SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Working Paper No. 222




                           Impact of Organized
                               Retailing on the
                            Unorganized Sector



                                       Mathew Joseph
                               Nirupama Soundararajan
                                        Manisha Gupta
                                     Sanghamitra Sahu




                                           September 2008




INDIAN COUNCIL FOR RESEARCH ON INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS
                                i                     R
Foreword

The retail sector is expanding and modernizing rapidly in line with India’s economic
growth. It offers significant employment opportunities in all urban areas. This study,
the second undertaken by ICRIER on the retail industry, attempts to rigorously
analyse the impact of organized retailing on different segments of the economy. No
distinction has been made between foreign and domestic players, in analyzing the
impact of the increasing trend of large corporates entering the retail trade in the
country. The findings of this study are based on the largest ever survey of
unorganized retailers (the so-called “mom and pop stores”), consumers, farmers,
intermediaries, manufacturers, and organized retailers. In addition, an extensive
review of international experience, particularly of emerging countries of relevance to
India, has also been carried out as part of the study.

The study estimates that the total retail business in India will grow at 13 per cent
annually from US$ 322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The
unorganized retail sector is expected to grow at approximately 10 per cent per annum
with sales rising from US$ 309 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 496 billion. Organized
retail, which constituted a low four per cent of total retail in 2006-07, is estimated to
grow at 45-50 per cent per annum and attain a 16 per cent share of total retail by
2011-12. In short, both unorganized and organized retail are bound not only to coexist
but also achieve rapid and sustained growth in the coming years. This is clearly not a
case of a zero sum game as both organized and unorganized retail will see a massive
scaling up of their activities. In fact, the retail sector, left entirely in the unorganized
and informal segment of the economy, could well emerge as a major bottleneck to
raising productivity in both agriculture and industry.

One of the rather surprising findings of the study is that low-income consumers save
more than others through shopping at organized retail outlets. This is a result of
targeted discount shopping. It is also seen that farmers gain considerably from direct
sales to organized retailers, with significant price and profit advantages as compared
with selling either to intermediaries or to government regulated markets. Large
manufacturers have also started feeling the competitive impact of organized retail
through both price and payment pressures. Yet, they see the advantages from a more
efficient supply chain and logistics that accompany the growth of organized retail.

The extensive empirical evidence marshalled and analysed by ICRIER researchers
will hopefully provide a solid basis for policy in this sector. Based on the empirical
evidence and analysis that have been extensively peer reviewed, the study makes a
number of policy recommendations that have a bearing on both the unorganized and
organized segments of the retail sector. The two most important recommendations in
my view are: first, for the government to facilitate the emergence of a “private code of
conduct” for organized retailers in their transaction with small suppliers; and, second,
a simplification of the licensing and permit regime to promote the expansion of
organized retail.

 I would like to express my appreciation to the Department of Industrial Promotion
and Policy (DIPP), Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India, for



                                             i
giving ICRIER the opportunity to undertake this important study. I trust the effort of
the research team led by Mathew Joseph and comprising of Nirupama Soundararajan,
Manisha Gupta and Sanghamitra Sahu will receive due recognition. I would also like
to thank our collaborators, Dr. Thomas Reardon, Dr. Ashok Gulati of IFPRI,
Technopak Advisors Pvt. Ltd. and Development & Research Services for their
significant contribution to this effort. Finally, I hope that the study’s findings will
help policymakers in their task of promoting modernization of the retail sector while
maximizing its employment potential.




                                                                     (Rajiv Kumar)
                                                          Director & Chief Executive


September 1, 2008




                                          ii
Abstract


The retail business, in India, is estimated to grow at 13 per cent per annum from US$
322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The unorganized retail sector is
expected to grow at about 10 per cent per annum from US$ 309 billion 2006-07 to
US$ 496 billion in 2011-12. Organized retail which now constitutes a small four per
cent of retail sector in 2006-07 is likely to grow at 45-50 per cent per annum and
quadruple its share of total retail trade to 16 per cent by 2011-12. The study, which
was based on the largest ever survey of all segments of the economy that could be
affected by the entry of large corporates in the retail business, has found that
unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers experienced a decline in
sales and profit in the initial years of the entry of organized retailers. The adverse
impact, however, weakens over time. The study has indicated how consumers and
farmers benefit from organized retailers. The study has also examined the impact on
intermediaries and manufacturers. The results are indicative of the mega-and-mini-
metro cities around a limited number of organized retail outlets. Based on the results
of the surveys, the study has made a number of specific policy recommendations for
regulating the interaction of large retailers with small suppliers and for strengthening
the competitive response of the unorganized retailers.




JEL Classification: L81, Q13
Keywords: Retail Sector, Organised Retail, Unorganised Retail, Kirana store, Food
Supply Chain




                                          iii
Acknowledgements

ICRIER has received considerable help from a number of organizations and
individuals for completing this study.

We would like to thank our various partners of the study: Mr. Narasimha Rao and his
team at Development & Research Services Private Limited (DRS) for conducting the
all-India surveys; Dr. Thomas Reardon and Dr. Ashok Gulati, Co-Directors of the
International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI)-Michigan State University
(MSU) Joint Programme on Markets in Asia, for the chapter on international retail
experience and their help with the survey and analysis of the impact of organized
retail on farmers; and Mr. Arvind Singhal, Ms. Preeti Reddy, Mr. Akshay Chaturvedi
and their team at Technopak Advisers Private Limited, for their valuable inputs.

Besides the partners of the study, we would like to thank the different organized retail
companies, Metro Cash & Carry India, PricewaterhouseCoopers Private Limited,
New Delhi, and Retailers Association of India.

We would also like to thank Mr. Ashish Sanyal, Amp Retail Services; and Mr. Jayant
Kochar, Go Fish Retail Solutions for their valuable help.

Finally we also thank Ms. Sheela Bajaj for editing the report and Mr. Anil Kumar for
formatting the report.




                                          iv
Abbreviations

Rs.         Indian rupees. The conversion to US dollars is roughly Rs 40.00 to
            US US$1.00
US$         Unless otherwise designated, this symbol refers to US Dollar


APMC        Agricultural Produce Marketing Committee
APPSI       The Association of Traditional Traders
B2B         business-to-business
C&C         cash-and-carry
C&F Agent   carrying and forwarding agent
CA          commission agent
CDIT        consumer durables and information technology
CII         Confederation of Indian Industry
CRISIL      Credit Rating Information Services of India Limited
CSO         Central Statistical Organization
CST         central sales tax
CWS         Co-operative Wholesale Society (UK)
DC          distribution centre
DFI         Dairy Farm International
DRS         Development & Research Services Private Limited
EBO         exclusive brand outlet
EMI         equated monthly installment
EMS         Environment Management System
ERP         enterprise resource planning
ESIC        Employees State Insurance Corporation
FICCI       Federation of Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industry
F&V         fruit and vegetables
FAMA        Federal Agricultural Marketing Authority (Malaysia)
FDI         foreign direct investment
FIPB        Foreign Investment Promotion Board
FMCG        fast moving consumer goods
GDP         gross domestic product
GOI         Government of India
GRDI        Global Retail Development Index
HACCP       Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points
HSBC        Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
HUL         Hindustan Unilever Limited
ICRIER      Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations



                                   v
ICT        information and communication technology
IFPRI      International Food Policy Research Institute
IGA        Independent Grocers Alliance
IPO        initial public offering
ISO        International Organization For Standardization
IT         information technology
ITC        Indian Tobacco Company
JV         joint venture
LILPL      Littlewoods International Private Limited, UK
MBO        multi-brand outlet
MDFPL      Mother Dairy Foods Processing Limited
MDFVL      Mother Dairy Fruit and Vegetable Limited
MDIL       Mother Dairy India Limited
MERCOSUR   Mercado Comun del Sur
MISH       Market Information Survey Of Households
MNC        multinational corporation
NABL       National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
           Laboratory
NAFTA      North American Free Trade Agreement
NCAER      National Council Of Applied Economic Research
NCR        national capital region
NDDB       National Dairy Development Board
NOC        no objection certificate
NSSO       National Sample Survey Organization
PACA       Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act (US)
PFA        Prevention of Food Adulteration Act
PPP        Public-Private Partnership
PRIL       Pantaloon India Retail Limited
RFID       radio frequency identification device
SABRAE     Brazilian Department of Support for Small Enterprises
SKU        stock keeping unit
SMI        small and medium industry
SPRING     Standards, Productivity, and Innovation Board (Singapore)
TOMCO      Tata Mills Oils Company Limited
VAT        value added tax
VSAT       very small aperture terminals
WM         weights and measures
WTO        World Trade Organization




                                 vi
Executive Summary

The real GDP is expected to grow at 8-10 per cent per annum in the next five years.
As a result, the consuming class with annual household incomes above Rs. 90,000 is
expected to rise from about 370 million in 2006-07 to 620 million in 2011-12.
Consequently, the retail business in India is estimated to grow at 13 per cent annually
from US$ 322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The study shows:

   •   The unorganized retail sector is expected to grow at about 10 per cent per
       annum with sales rising from US$ 309 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 496 billion in
       2011-12.
   •   Given the relatively weak financial state of unorganized retailers, and the
       physical space constraints on their expansion prospects, this sector alone will
       not be able to meet the growing demand for retail.
   •   Hence, organized retail which now constitutes a small four per cent of total
       retail sector is likely to grow at a much faster pace of 45-50 per cent per
       annum and quadruple its share in total retail trade to 16 per cent by 2011-12.
   •   This represents a positive sum game in which both unorganized and organized
       retail not only coexist but also grow substantially in size.
   •   The majority of unorganized retailers surveyed in this study, indicated their
       preference to continue in the business and compete rather than exit.

The Empirical Basis

The study comprises the largest ever survey of all segments of the economy that could
be affected by the entry of large corporates in the retail business. The findings are
based on a survey of 2020 unorganized small retailers across 10 major cities; 1318
consumers shopping at both organized and unorganized retail outlets; 100
intermediaries; and 197 farmers. In addition, a “control sample” survey was done of
805 unorganized retailers who are not in the vicinity of organized retail outlets in four
metro cities.

Detailed interviews were also carried out for 12 large manufacturers, 20 small
manufacturers and six established modern retailers.

The study contains an extensive review of international retail experience, particularly
from the major emerging market economies.


Main Findings

Impact on Unorganized Retailers

   •   Unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers experienced a
       decline in their volume of business and profit in the initial years after the entry
       of large organized retailers.
   •   The adverse impact on sales and profit weakens over time.
   •   There was no evidence of a decline in overall employment in the unorganized
       sector as a result of the entry of organized retailers.



                                           vii
•   There is some decline in employment in the North and West regions which,
       however, also weakens over time.
   •   The rate of closure of unorganized retail shops in gross terms is found to be
       4.2 per cent per annum which is much lower than the international rate of
       closure of small businesses.
   •   The rate of closure on account of competition from organized retail is lower
       still at 1.7 per cent per annum.
   •   There is competitive response from traditional retailers through improved
       business practices and technology upgradation.
   •   A majority of unorganized retailers is keen to stay in the business and
       compete, while also wanting the next generation to continue likewise.
   •   Small retailers have been extending more credit to attract and retain
       customers.
   •   However, only 12 per cent of unorganized retailers have access to institutional
       credit and 37 per cent felt the need for better access to commercial bank credit.
   •   Most unorganized retailers are committed to remaining independent and
       barely 10 per cent preferred to become franchisees of organized retailers.

Impact on Consumers

   •   Consumers have definitely gained from organized retail on multiple counts.
   •   Overall consumer spending has increased with the entry of the organized
       retail.
   •    While all income groups saved through organized retail purchases, the survey
       revealed that lower income consumers saved more. Thus, organized retail is
       relatively more beneficial to the less well-off consumers.
   •   Proximity is a major comparative advantage of unorganized outlets.
   •   Unorganized retailers have significant competitive strengths that include
       consumer goodwill, credit sales, amenability to bargaining, ability to sell loose
       items, convenient timings, and home delivery.

Impact on Intermediaries

   •   The study did not find any evidence so far of adverse impact of organized
       retail on intermediaries.
   •   There is, however, some adverse impact on turnover and profit of
       intermediaries dealing in products such as, fruit, vegetables, and apparel.
   •   Over two-thirds of the intermediaries plan to expand their businesses in
       response to increased business opportunities opened by the expansion of retail.
   •   Only 22 per cent do not want the next generation to enter the same business.

Impact on Farmers

   •   Farmers benefit significantly from the option of direct sales to organized
       retailers.
   •   Average price realization for cauliflower farmers selling directly to organized
       retail is about 25 per cent higher than their proceeds from sale to regulated
       government mandi.
   •   Profit realization for farmers selling directly to organized retailers is about 60
       per cent higher than that received from selling in the mandi


                                          viii
•   The difference is even larger when the amount charged by the commission
       agent (usually 10 per cent of sale price) in the mandi is taken into account.

Impact on Manufacturers

   •   Large manufacturers have started feeling the competitive impact of organized
       retail through price and payment pressures.
   •   Manufacturers have responded through building and reinforcing their brand
       strength, increasing their own retail presence, ‘adopting’ small retailers, and
       setting up dedicated teams to deal with modern retailers.
   •   Entry of organized retail is transforming the logistics industry. This will create
       significant positive externalities across the economy.
   •   Small manufacturers did not report any significant impact of organized retail.


Policy Recommendations

On the basis of the results of the surveys and the review of international retail
experience, the study makes the following major recommendations:

   1. Modernization of wetmarkets through public-private partnerships.
   2. Facilitate cash-and-carry outlets, like Metro, for sale to unorganized retail and
      procurement from farmers, as in China.
   3. Encourage co-operatives and associations of unorganized retailers for direct
      procurement from suppliers and farmers.
   4. Ensure better credit availability to unorganized retailers from banks and
      micro-credit institutions through innovative banking solutions.
   5. Facilitate the formation of farmers’ co-operatives to directly sell to organized
      retailers.
   6. Encourage formulation of “private codes of conduct” by organized retail for
      dealing with small suppliers. These may then be incorporated into enforceable
      legislation.
   7. Simplification of the licensing and permit regime for organized retail and
      move towards a nationwide uniform licensing regime in the states to facilitate
      modern retail.
   8. Strengthening the Competition Commission’s role for enforcing rules against
      collusion and predatory pricing.
   9. Modernization of APMC markets as modelled on the National Dairy
      Development Board (NDDB) Safal market in Bangalore.




                                           ix
Contents

Foreword....................................................................................................................... i
Abstract....................................................................................................................... iii
Acknowledgements .................................................................................................... iv
Abbreviations ...............................................................................................................v
Executive Summary .................................................................................................. vii
1. Introduction.............................................................................................................1
   1.1   Context........................................................................................................... 1
   1.2   Partners in the Study .................................................................................... 1
   1.3   Methodology .................................................................................................. 2
   1.4   Organization of the Report ........................................................................... 2
2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview......................................................................3
   2.1     International Retail....................................................................................... 3
     2.1.1      Organized vs Unorganized Retail ......................................................... 3
     2.1.2      Spread of Modern Retail in Developing Countries ............................... 4
     2.1.3      Globalization of Retail .......................................................................... 5
     2.1.4      Regulatory Framework ......................................................................... 5
     2.1.5      Future Trends ........................................................................................ 6
   2.2     Indian Retail.................................................................................................. 6
     2.2.1      Employment and Output in the Retail Sector ........................................ 7
     2.2.2      Organized vs Unorganized Retail ......................................................... 8
     2.2.3      Expansion of Organized Retail by Format.......................................... 11
     2.2.4      Regulatory Framework ....................................................................... 11
3. Domestic Organized Retailers: Case Studies .....................................................13
   3.1  Introduction................................................................................................. 13
   3.2  Organized Retail Models............................................................................. 14
   3.3  Market Penetration Strategy....................................................................... 17
   3.4  Product Margin of Retailers ....................................................................... 18
   3.5  Product Procurement by Retailers ............................................................. 19
   3.6  Employment Generation ............................................................................. 21
   3.7  Conclusion................................................................................................... 22
4. Impact of Organized Retailing ............................................................................23
   4.1     Introduction................................................................................................. 23
   4.2     Organized Retailing: Advantages to the Indian Economy ........................ 23
     4.2.1      Link with Agriculture .......................................................................... 23
     4.2.2      Link with Manufacturing ..................................................................... 24
     4.2.3      Boost to Exports .................................................................................. 25
     4.2.4      Impact on Growth and Productivity.................................................... 25
     4.2.5      Impact on Employment and Prices ..................................................... 25
     4.2.6      Improvement of Government Revenues............................................... 27
   4.3     Sample Surveys ........................................................................................... 27
   4.4     Survey Results: Unorganized Retailers ...................................................... 28
     4.4.1      Size of Unorganized Outlets ................................................................ 28
     4.4.2      Employment Impact............................................................................. 29
     4.4.3      Impact on Turnover and Profit ........................................................... 31
     4.4.4      Closure of Unorganized Outlets.......................................................... 35
4.4.5      Response to Competition ..................................................................... 35
   4.5     Control Sample Survey of Retailers ........................................................... 41
     4.5.1      Size and Age of Outlets ....................................................................... 42
     4.5.2      Employment Situation ......................................................................... 42
     4.5.3      Impact on Turnover and Profit ........................................................... 43
   4.6     Consumer Survey Results ........................................................................... 45
     4.6.1      Income Levels of Shoppers .................................................................. 45
     4.6.2      Location Advantage for the Unorganized Retailers............................ 45
     4.6.3      Preference for Organized vs Unorganized Retailers .......................... 46
     4.6.4      Savings from Organized Outlets ......................................................... 48
     4.6.5      Consumers’ View on Opening of More Organized Outlets ................ 49
   4.7     Consumer Survey at Unorganized Fruit and Vegetable Outlets............... 49
     4.7.1      Income Levels of Consumers............................................................... 49
     4.7.2      Attractiveness of Shopping from Fruit and Vegetable Vendors .......... 50
     4.7.3      Share of Purchases, Organized vs Unorganized Outlets .................... 51
     4.7.4      Preference for Additional Organized Outlets ..................................... 51
   4.8     Intermediary Survey Results....................................................................... 52
     4.8.1      Business Profile and Employment....................................................... 52
     4.8.2      Business Turnover and Profit.............................................................. 53
5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers.....................................................56
   5.1     Introduction................................................................................................. 56
   5.2     Plotting the Supply Chain........................................................................... 56
     5.2.1       Cost of Cultivation .............................................................................. 57
     5.2.2       Farmer’s Profit ................................................................................... 59
     5.2.3       Profit Margin for Each Player in the Supply Chain ........................... 61
   5.3     Farmer Survey Results ............................................................................... 61
     5.3.1       Farmer Grouping ................................................................................ 62
     5.3.2       Farmer Profiling ................................................................................. 63
     5.3.3       Quantitative Advantages ..................................................................... 66
     5.3.4       Qualitative Advantages ....................................................................... 68
     5.3.5       Conclusion........................................................................................... 71
   5.4     Manufacturers: Interview Report............................................................... 72
     5.4.1       Methodology........................................................................................ 72
     5.4.2       Key Findings ....................................................................................... 73
     5.4.3       Conclusion........................................................................................... 78
   5.5     Small Manufacturers: Interview Report .................................................... 79
     5.5.1       Respondent Profile .............................................................................. 79
     5.5.2       Interview Results ................................................................................. 79
6. Future Scenario in Retailing ................................................................................82
   6.1     Introduction................................................................................................. 82
   6.2     Growth of Retail and its Distribution ......................................................... 82
   6.3     The Retail Real Estate Scenario ................................................................. 83
   6.4     Organized Retail Investment ...................................................................... 84
   6.5     Share of Investments by City ...................................................................... 85
   6.6     Expected Share of Top Players in Indian Retail ....................................... 86
   6.7     Retail Space Break-up by Category............................................................ 86
   6.8     Employment Growth ................................................................................... 87
     6.8.1      New Retail Stores ................................................................................ 88
7. Policy Recommendations......................................................................................89


                                                            2
7.1        Main Findings of the Study ........................................................................ 89
   7.2        A Balanced Approach to Retail .................................................................. 90
   7.3        Modernization of Unorganized Retail ........................................................ 90
   7.4        Regulation of Organized Retail .................................................................. 91
   7.5        Modernization of APMC mandis................................................................ 91
Annex 1: Unorganized Retail Universe 2006...........................................................92
Annex 2: Modern Retail Formats in India ..............................................................94
Annex 3: Typical Clearances Required for Retail Store ........................................96
Annex 4: A Note on Sampling Design ......................................................................98
Annex 5: Syndicate Bank’s Small Credit Scheme Linked to Pigmy Deposits
    (“SyndSmallCredit”)......................................................................................105
References .................................................................................................................106




                                                               3
List of Tables

Table 2.1: World Retail.................................................................................................. 3
Table 2.2: Share of Organized Retail in Selected Countries, 2006 ............................... 4
Table 2.3: GDP, Private Final Consumption Expenditure and Retail Sales Growth,
       1994-07 (Compound Annual Growth Rate) ...................................................... 7
Table 2.4: Growth India Retail - Total vs Organized .................................................... 9
Table 2.5: India Retail - Share of Categories (per cent) ............................................. 10
Table 2.6: Share of Organized Sector in Total Retail by Category (%) ..................... 10
Table 2.7: Organized Retail Expansion by Format...................................................... 11

Table 3.1: Organized Retail Models ............................................................................ 15
Table 3.2: Organized Retailers Sales’ Turnover in 2006-07 ....................................... 17
Table 3.3 : Organized Retailers’ Gross Margin (per cent)........................................... 19
Table 3.4: Organized Retail Employment, 2006-07 .................................................... 22

Table 4.1: Growth of Selected Industries (Compound Annual Growth Rate in %) .... 24
Table 4.2: Share in GDP and Employment of Selected Sectors, ................................. 26
Table 4.3: Store Area of Unorganized Retail............................................................... 28
Table 4.4: Employment Impact on Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail
       (Compound Annual Growth) ........................................................................... 30
Table 4.5: Annual Growth in Turnover and Profit of .................................................. 31
Table 4.6: Annual Growth in Monthly Turnover and Profit of Unorganized Retail by
       Age of Organized Retail .................................................................................. 32
Table 4.7: Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover (% of Sampled Retailers) .................. 34
Table 4.8: Response to Competition from Organized Retail Outlets (% of Sampled
       Retailers) .......................................................................................................... 36
Table 4.9: Cash Credit Sales ........................................................................................ 37
Table 4.10: Technological Facilities in Use by Unorganized Retailers (As % of
       Sampled Unorganized Retailers) ..................................................................... 38
Table 4.11: Bank Finance Situation for Unorganized Retailers (As % of Sampled
       Unorganized Retailers) .................................................................................... 39
Table 4.12: Dealing with Competition by Unorganized Retailers (In % of Sampled
       Unorganized Retailers) .................................................................................... 40
Table 4.13: Attitude towards Children taking up Your Business (As % of Sampled
       Retailers) .......................................................................................................... 41
Table 4.14: Average Size and Age of Outlets - Control Sample vs Treatment Sample
       .......................................................................................................................... 42
Table 4.15: Employment Impact - Control vs Treatment Sample ............................... 43
Table 4.16: Impact on Turnover and Profit: Control vs Treatment Sample ................ 43
Table 4.17: Proportion of Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment
       Sample vs Control Sample (in per cent) .......................................................... 44
Table 4.18: Reasons for Decline in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs Control
       Sample (% of Sampled Retailers Subject to Decline) ..................................... 44
Table 4.19: Average Monthly Household Income of Shoppers (% Share) ................. 45
Table 4.20: Share of Average Monthly Spending by Product Category of Consumers
       at Organized/ Unorganized Outlets (% Share)................................................. 47
Table 4.21: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending)
       .......................................................................................................................... 48
Table 4.22: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending)
       .......................................................................................................................... 48
Table 4.23: Average Monthly Household Income of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit
       & Vegetable Outlets (% Share)........................................................................ 50
Table 4.24: Share of Purchases of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit & Vegetable
       Outlets (% Share) ............................................................................................. 51
Table 4.25: Profile of Sampled Intermediaries by Type and Commodity/ Product
       Group (in numbers).......................................................................................... 52
Table 4.26: Turnover and Profit by Product Category ................................................ 53
Table 4.27: Change in Turnover and Profit by Product Category ............................... 54
Table 4.28: Adverse Impact of Organized Retail on Intermediaries ........................... 54

Table 5.1: Sowing Patterns of Farmers ........................................................................ 58
Table 5.2 Cost of Cultivation of Cauliflower per Acre ............................................... 59
Table 5.3: Farmer’s Profit for Cauliflower .................................................................. 60
Table 5.4: Farmer Grouping ........................................................................................ 62
Table 5.5: Level of Education of Head of Farmer Households (%) ............................ 63
Table 5.6: Land Ownership (Owned and Leased) ....................................................... 64
Table 5.7: Sources of Finance for Cultivation ............................................................. 65
Table 5.8: Sources of Finance for Personal Need ........................................................ 66
Table 5.9: Average Price Received by Farmer per Head of Cauliflower .................... 66
Table 5.10 : Profit per Head of Cauliflower (excluding commissions payable) ......... 67
Table 5.11: Commission Paid by Farmer .................................................................... 68
Table 5.12: Share of Produce Sold to Different Marketing Channels ......................... 69
Table 5.13: Share of Rejection..................................................................................... 69
Table 5.14: Special Cultivation Practices .................................................................... 70
Table 5.15 : Grading of Cauliflower ............................................................................ 71
Table 5.16 : Participating Companies for Interview .................................................... 73

Table 6.1: Investment Plans of Major Retailers in the Next 5-7 Years ....................... 84
Table 6.2: Retail Market for 150 Cities in 2011-12 ..................................................... 86
Table 6.3: Employment Generation by Organized Retail during 2007-12 .................. 87
Table 6.4: Number of New Organized Retail Stores during 2007-12 ......................... 88


                                                      List of Charts

Chart 4.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers)............................................................ 29
Chart 4.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers).............................................................. 29
Chart 4.1c: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Employment ............................ 30

Chart 4.2a: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Turnover .................................. 33
Chart 4.2b: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Profit........................................ 33
Chart 4.3a : Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Region ............................. 34
Chart 4.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Category........................... 35
Chart 4.4a : Increased Home Delivery Sales (% of ..................................................... 36
Chart 4.5a : Bank Finance Situation (% of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) ............. 38
Chart 4.6a : Dealing with Competition – All-India ..................................................... 39
Chart 4.7a : Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your Business – All-India .......... 40
Chart 4.8a : Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized Retailers ..................... 41


                                                                 2
Chart 4.9a: Distance of Retail Outlets ......................................................................... 46
Chart 4.9b: Mode of Transport .................................................................................... 46
Chart 4.10a : Attitude towards Opening of More Organized Outlets .......................... 49
Chart 4.11a : Distance and Mode of Transport to Unorganized Retail Vendors ......... 50
Chart 4.12a : Preference for Additional Organized Outlets for Fruit & Vegetables ... 52
Chart 4.13a : Adverse Impact on Future Business....................................................... 55
Chart 4.14a : Succession Plans .................................................................................... 55

Chart 5.1: The Cauliflower Supply Chain ................................................................... 57
Chart 5.2: Share of Profit for Farmer, Intermediary and Retailer in the Consumer
       Price of Cauliflower ......................................................................................... 61
Chart 5.3 : Asset Ownership (in %) ............................................................................. 64
Chart 5.4 : Vehicle Ownership (in %) ......................................................................... 65
Chart 5.5 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Shampoos/Detergents.................................. 75
Chart 5.6 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Apparel ........................................................ 76

Chart 6.1 : Size of Indian Retail (in US$ bn)............................................................... 82
Chart 6.2: Projection of the Share of Organized Retail ............................................... 83
Chart 6.3: Investment Estimates by City Category (%)............................................... 85
Chart 6.4: Investment Estimates by Format (%).......................................................... 85

Chart 6.5 a: Retail Space Estimates by Format (%)..................................................... 86
Chart 6.5 b: Retail Space Estimates by City Type (%)................................................ 87




                                                           3
1. Introduction

1.1       Context

An important aspect of the current economic scenario in India is the emergence of
organized retail. There has been considerable growth in organized retailing business
in recent years and it is poised for much faster growth in the future. Major industrial
houses have entered this area and have announced very ambitious future expansion
plans. Transnational corporations are also seeking to come to India and set up retail
chains in collabouration with big Indian companies. However, opinions are divided on
the impact of the growth of organized retail in the country. Concerns have been
raised that the growth of organized retailing may have an adverse impact on retailers
in the unorganized sector. It has also been argued that growth of organized retailing
will yield efficiencies in the supply chain, enabling better access to markets to
producers (including farmers and small producers) and enabling higher prices, on the
one hand and, lower prices to consumers, on the other. In the context of divergent
views on the impact of organized retail, it is essential that an in-depth analytical study
on the possible effects of organized retailing in India is conducted.

In order to assess the impact of growing organized retail on different aspects of the
economy, the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations
(ICRIER) was appointed by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of
India to carry out a study on organized retail focusing on the following issues:

      •    Effect on small retailers and vendors in the unorganized sector keeping in
           mind the likely growth in the overall market.
      •    Effect on employment.
      •    Impact on consumers.
      •    Impact on farmers and manufacturers.
      •    Impact on prices.
      •    Overall impact on economic growth.

ICRIER has been asked by the Ministry to analyze the above issues in the context of a
growth scenario of 7-10 per cent per annum in the next five years and in the light of
practice in other fast- growing emerging market economies.

1.2       Partners in the Study

In this study, ICRIER sought and received assistance from three important groups: (a)
Development & Research Services Private Limited (DRS) for conducting all-India
surveys; (b) Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd., a leading management consultancy firm
on retailing; and (c) Dr. Thomas Reardon and Dr. Ashok Gulati as Co-Directors of the
International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI)-Michigan State University
(MSU) Joint Programme of Markets in Asia. After a study framework was prepared,
it was discussed in a brainstorming session organized by ICRIER on April 9, 2007 in
which industry representatives, government officials, and senior academics
participated.




                                            1
1.3       Methodology

The following methods were used in the study:

      •    A survey of international experience particularly the recent developments in
           emerging market economies;
      •    Interviews of major players in organized retailing, large manufacturers, and
           small manufacturers;
      •    Questionnaire-based survey of unorganized retailers including fixed fruit
           and vegetable vendors and push-cart hawkers;
      •    Questionnaire-based exit survey of consumers’ shopping at organized retail
           outlets and also consumers’ shopping at unorganized outlets; and
      •    Questionnaire-based survey of farmers who are selling their produce directly
           to organized retailers and also farmers who are selling through the traditional
           mandi route.

1.4       Organization of the Report

The report has been organized into eight chapters as follows:

      1. Introduction

      2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview
            ¾ International Retail
            ¾ Indian Retail

      3. Indian   Organized Retailers: Case Studies
             ¾    Subhiksha
             ¾    Trent Limited
             ¾    Pantaloon Retail
             ¾    ITC Choupal Sagar and Choupal Fresh
             ¾    RPG Spencer’s
             ¾    Mother Dairy

      4. Impact of Organized Retailing
            ¾ Advantages to the Indian Economy
            ¾ Unorganized Retail Sector: Survey Results
            ¾ Consumers: Survey Results
            ¾ Intermediaries: Survey Results

      5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers
            ¾ Farmers : Value Chain and Survey Results
            ¾ Manufacturers : Interview Report

      6. Future Scenario in Retailing
             ¾ Growth of Retail: Organized vs. Unorganized
             ¾ Investment and Employment Projections

      7. Policy Recommendations



                                             2
2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview

2.1         International Retail

                                                                                    1
Global retail sales are estimated to cross US$12 trillion in 2007. Almost reflecting
the growth in the world economy, global retail sales grew strongly in the last five
years (2001-06) at an average nominal growth of about 8 per cent per annum in dollar
terms (Table 2.1). This is in contrast to near stagnant global retail sales during the
previous five years, 1996-01. Grocery dominates retail sales with a share of
approximately 40 per cent which varies from about 30 per cent in rich Japan to an
average of 60 per cent in poor Africa. Retail sales through modern formats have been
rising faster than total retail sales; the share of modern retail has risen from about 45
per cent in 1996 to over 52 per cent in 2006.

                                        Table 2.1: World Retail
                                                                                                3           3
                                                                                        CAGR        CAGR
                       1996     2001    2002    2003    2004        2005    2006        (1996-      (2001-
                                                                                          01)         06)
    1. Total Retail
          1
    Sales (US$         7682     7833    7987    8827    9833        10657   11375         0.4         7.7
    Billion)
    2. Total
                   1
    Grocery Sales      3284     3161    3213    3571    3970        4308    4611         -0.8         7.8
    (US$ Billion)
    3. Modern
                 2
    Retail Sales       3478     3916    4149    4672    5246        5633    5969          2.4         8.8
    (US$ Billion)
    4. Modern
                   2
    Grocery Sales      2577     2816    2979    3378    3800        4074    4325          1.8         9.0
    (US$ Billion)
    2 as % of 1        42.7      40.4   40.2    40.5    40.4        40.4    40.5         -1.1         0.1
    3 as % of 1        45.3      50.0   51.9    52.9    53.4        52.9    52.5          2.0         1.0
    4 as % of 3        74.1      71.9   71.8    72.3    72.4        72.3    72.5         -0.6         0.2
    5. Nominal
    GDP (US$           30055    31889   32888   36904   41470       44713   48141         1.2         8.6
    Billion)
1                                 2                            3
 Excluding VAT or sales tax; Including VAT or sales tax;           Compound annual growth
rate. Source: Planet Retail Database.

2.1.1       Organized vs Unorganized Retail

In the developed economies, organized retail is in the range of 75-80 per cent of total
retail, whereas in developing economies, the unorganized sector dominates the retail
business. The share of organized retail varies widely from just one per cent in
Pakistan and 4 per cent in India to 36 per cent in Brazil and 55 per cent in Malaysia
(Table 2.2). Modern retail formats, such as hypermarkets, superstores, supermarkets,
discount and convenience stores are widely present in the developed world, whereas
such forms of retail outlets have only just begun to spread to developing countries in
recent years. In developing countries, the retailing business continues to be dominated
by family-run neighbourhood shops and open markets. As a consequence, wholesalers

1
     Planet Retail estimates.


                                                   3
and distributors who carry products from industrial suppliers and agricultural
producers to the independent family-owned shops and open markets remain a critical
part of the supply chain in these countries.

          Table 2.2: Share of Organized Retail in Selected Countries, 2006

                                          Total Retail Sales   Share of Organized
        Country
                                              (US$ bn)             Retail (%)
        USA                                 2,983                      85
        Japan                               1,182                      66
        China                                 785                      20
        United Kingdom                        475                      80
        France                                436                      80
        Germany                               421                      80
        India                                 322                       4
        Brazil                                284                      36
        Russia                                276                      33
        Korea, South                          201                      15
        Indonesia                             150                      30
        Poland                                120                      20
        Thailand                                68                     40
        Pakistan                                67                      1
        Argentina                               53                     40
        Philippines                             51                     35
        Malaysia                                34                     55
        Czech Republic                          34                     30
        Vietnam                                 26                     22
        Hungary                                 24                     30
Source: Planet Retail and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd.

2.1.2    Spread of Modern Retail in Developing Countries

The arrival of modern retail in developing countries occurred in three successive
waves (Reardon and Hopkins, 2006; Reardon and Berdegue, 2007). The first wave
took place in the early to mid-1990s in South America (e.g., Argentina, Brazil, and
Chile), East Asia outside China (South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, and
Taiwan), North-Central Europe (e.g., Poland, Hungary, and Czech Republic) and
South Africa. The second wave happened during the mid to late 1990s in Mexico,
Central America (e.g., Ecuador, Colombia, and Guatemala), Southeast Asian
countries (e.g., Indonesia), Southern-Central Europe (e.g., Bulgaria). The third wave
has just begun in the late 1990s and early 2000s in parts of Africa (e.g., Kenya), some
countries in Central and South America (e.g., Nicaragua, Peru, and Bolivia),
Southeast Asia (e.g., Vietnam), China, India, and Russia.

Thus, the third wave countries which include China, India and Russia are late comers
in the diffusion of modern retail. According to the authors, the main reason why they
lagged behind was the severe restrictions on foreign direct investment (FDI) in
retailing in these countries. The demand side features of these countries, such as


                                             4
income, size of the middle class, urbanization, and the share of women in workforce,
etc., have been similar to countries in the second wave. In China and Russia these
restrictions were progressively relaxed in the 1990s and in India partially in the 2000s.
In January 2006, India allowed foreign companies to own up to 51 per cent in single-
brand retail joint ventures (JVs), but multiple-brand foreign firms are still barred in
retail although they can set up wholesale operations.

2.1.3   Globalization of Retail

There has been a creeping internationalization of retailing over the recent period. As
home markets have become crowded and with opportunities in emerging markets
rising, modern retailers from developed countries have been turning to new markets.
On an average each of the top 250 retailers in the world have operated on an average
in 5.9 countries in 2005-06 (July-June) against five countries in 2000-01 (Deloitte-
Stores Report, 2007). Foreign business accounted for 14.4 per cent of retail sales of
these companies in 2005-06 up from 12.6 per cent in 2000-01. The retail sales growth
of companies which have ventured into foreign markets has been faster than those that
have confined themselves to home markets.

As far as the international expansion is concerned, West European and South African
retail companies are the most outward looking. The West European firms, among the
top 250 retailers, expanded into an average of 9.9 countries in 2005-06 and generated
28.1 per cent of their sales from foreign operations, largely in Central and Eastern
Europe. The five South African retailers in the top 250 list conducted business in an
average of 8.8 countries particularly in the African continent in 2005-06, generating
on an average 13 per cent of these companies’ sales. The US retailers are mostly
home-market based operating just in an average of 3.7 countries outside US in 2005-
06 up from three countries in 2000-01 and two countries in 1996-97. The US retailer
Wal-Mart, the world’s biggest retailer, is a notable exception operating in 14 countries
in 2007. Most of the Japanese retailers are insular operating only domestically.

2.1.4   Regulatory Framework

It is interesting to note that regulatory restrictions on the growth in modern retail is
more stringent in developed rather than in developing countries. For example, in most
West European countries, setting up of hypermarkets has become very difficult since
the late 1990s and early 2000s as governments became alive to the demands of
traditional small retailers and non-mobile consumers in these countries. Merger and
acquisition plans are now looked at more critically by the national and European
competition authorities. While in most countries opening hours are liberalized
including holiday trading, the very small number of countries where opening on
Sundays are prohibited include developed countries such as Germany and Austria
(Planet Retail).

As noted by Reardon and Hopkins (2006), there are four types of policy regulations
that can be seen in countries which have experienced advanced retail expansion. They
are:

   •     Competition policy that limits concentration and collusion.



                                           5
•     Zoning and hours regulations to limit the diffusion, market penetration, and
            convenience of organized retail.
      •     Pricing regulations that prevent modern retail companies from pricing below
            cost and prompt-payment regulations to secure speedy payment to suppliers.
      •     Policies to strengthen traditional retailers and suppliers through technology
            and practice upgrading, enhancing organizational capacity, and financial
            access.

The above regulations were put in place in different countries basically with a view to
balance the conflicts of interests between modern retail, on the one hand and the
traditional retailers and suppliers to the modern retail, on the other. Recently,
countries in Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Indonesia, and Thailand) imposed a number of
restrictions on the growth of large retail companies particularly the transnational
companies in contrast to a fairly liberal approach to the retail sector followed until the
late 1990s. These restrictions involve the use of a combination of competition laws,
FDI regulation, land use restrictions (zoning laws), and limits on operating hours
(Mutebi, 2007).

2.1.5     Future Trends

The Deloitte-Stores (2007) study held that the retail business would slow down
definitely over the next decade in developed countries, while it would grow strongly
in developing countries. This is based on a projection of three significant changes
that will occur. First, the population in the age-group 50-70 years and above in the
developed world will explode, shifting the share of consumer spending further away
from goods towards services, such as travel, healthcare and maintenance of the
elderly. Second, the population growth in the age-group 20-35 years in these
countries will be relatively modest making the hiring of entry-level workers difficult,
while the population in the age-group 35-50 years will decline leading to acute
shortage of middle and upper management positions. Third, in developing countries,
there will be plentiful supply of workforce and consumers in the younger age groups.
Besides, this demographic shift will make the developing countries more dynamic and
risk-taking enabling them to grow much faster than the developed world. Driven by
these trends, it is expected that retailers in developed countries will increasingly move
to the markets of developing countries for growth.
                          2
2.2       Indian Retail

The growth of the retail trade in India is associated with the growth in the Indian
economy. Gross domestic product (GDP) grew by an annual rate of 6.6 per cent
during 1994-00 but the growth slackened to 4.7 per cent per annum during the next
three years before the growth remarkably rose to 8.7 per cent per annum in the last
four years (Table 2.3). This meant a substantial rise in disposable income of Indian
households since the mid-1990s. Based on the Market Information Survey of

2
     The data on Indian retail is sketchy. There is no official machinery which regularly releases
    retail statistics. There have been a few private sources which give information on various aspects of
    Indian retailing. In this report, the authors have relied on the data generated by Technopak
    Advisers Pvt. Ltd. which in turn has used the data from official sources, such as the Central
    Statistical Organization (CSO) and the National Sample Survey Organization (NSSO) for the
    purpose.



                                                    6
Households (MISH) of the National Council of Applied Economic Research
(NCAER), the number of people in the income groups of “aspirers” and the middle
class with annual income ranging from Rs. 90,000 to one million, more than doubled
                                                                                 3
from 157 million to 327 million during the last decade 1995-96 to 2005-06. The data
from the Central Statistical Organization (CSO) indicate that the growth of real
private final consumption expenditure, which dipped from an average of 5.7 per cent
per annum during 1994-00 to 4 per cent per annum during 2000-03, shot up to 6.7 per
cent per annum during 2003-07. Retail sales (in nominal terms) in the country also
followed a similar pattern: a high annual growth of 13.6 per cent during 1994-00, a
low growth of 4.8 per cent during 2000-03 and a smart pick up in the last four years,
2003-07 at around 11 per cent.

       Table 2.3: GDP, Private Final Consumption Expenditure and Retail Sales
                  Growth, 1994-07 (Compound Annual Growth Rate)


                                               1994-95 to     2000-01 to       2003-04 to
                                                1999-00        2002-03          2006-07

    Real GDP                                        6.6           4.7                8.7

    Real private final consumption
                                                    5.7           4.0                6.7
    expenditure

    Retail sales                                   13.6           4.8             10.9

Source: CSO, NSSO, and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd.

The international consulting firm, A.T. Kearney, annually ranks emerging market
economies based on more than 25 macroeconomic and retail-specific variables
through their Global Retail Development Index (GRDI). For the last three years
(2005, 2006, and 2007) India has been ranked as number one indicating that the
country is the most attractive market for global retailers to enter. The high economic
growth during the last few years raising disposable incomes rapidly, favourable
demographics placing incomes on younger population with less dependency, and
urbanization are some of the major factors fueling the Indian retail market.

2.2.1     Employment and Output in the Retail Sector

Retail is a labour-intensive economic activity. According to the Economic Census
carried out by the CSO in 1998, the country had a total of 10.69 million enterprises
engaged in retail trade, of which 5.23 million were in the rural areas and 5.46 million
in the urban areas. The total employment in these enterprises in 1998 was 18.54
million of which 7.88 million was in the rural sector and 10.65 million in the urban
sector. Economic Census has been carried out for 2005 but its detailed results are yet
to be released. However, according to NSSO’s Employment and Unemployment

3
        The NCAER gives data in terms of the number of households and they have been converted
     into number of people by using the average household size of 4.7 persons derived from the
     NSSO surveys.


                                               7
Survey for 2004-05, employment in the retail trade has been 35.06 million, divided
                                                                                   4
between rural (16.08 million) and urban (18.98 million) sectors. This constituted
about 7.3 per cent of the workforce in the country (459 million). Wholesale trade, on
the other hand, contributed to an employment of 5.48 million, of which only 1.71
million was in the rural sector and 3.77 million in the urban sector.

The NSSO data also indicated that retail employment was about 30.62 million in
1999-00 with 12.15 million in rural areas and much higher at 18.47 million in the
urban areas. This means that an additional employment of 4.44 million was added in
this sector during the five-year period, 2000-05, showing an annual employment
growth of 2.7 per cent per annum. However, it is interesting to note that the retail
employment growth has been quite large in the rural sector – there has been a massive
rise in employment in rural retailing of 3.93 million during 2000-05 – and the urban
sector has also shown an employment growth, but only of 0.51 million during this
period.

According to CSO estimates, total domestic trade, both wholesale and retail included,
constituted about 15.1 per cent of India’s GDP in 2006-07, a successive increase in
share from 13 per cent of GDP in 1999-00. Taking into account the fact that retail
trade is more labour intensive than wholesale trade, the contribution of retail trade
alone to GDP can be estimated to be around 11-12 per cent in 2006-07.

2.2.2    Organized vs Unorganized Retail

Indian retail is dominated by a large number of small retailers consisting of the local
kirana shops, owner-manned general stores, chemists, footwear shops, apparel shops,
paan and beedi shops, hand-cart hawkers, pavement vendors, etc. which together
                                                                               5
make up the so-called “unorganized retail” or traditional retail.                   The last 3-4 years
                                                                         6
have witnessed the entry of a number of organized retailers opening stores in various
modern formats in metros and other important cities. Still, the overall share of
organized retailing in total retail business has remained low.

Table 2.4 gives the category-wise growth of Indian retail, total as well as the
organized sector, in recent years. While total retail sales have grown from Rs. 10,591
billion (US$ 230 billion) in 2003-04 to Rs. 14,574 billion (US$ 322 billion) in 2006-
07, which is at an annual compound growth rate of about 11 per cent, the organized
retail sales grew much more at about 20 per cent per annum from Rs. 350 billion




4
  This is based on the “usual status” definition. Employment based on the “current daily status” is
  not available for retail trade from the NSSO data.
5
    See Annex 1for a classification of the unorganized retail
universe.
6
  Organized retail or modern retail is usually chain stores, all owned or franchised by a central entity,
  or a single store that is larger than some cut-off point. The relative uniformity and
  standardization of
  retailing is the key attribute of modern retail. The size of each unit can be small so that a chain
  of convenience stores is modern retail. A single large department store is also modern retail.
8
Table 2.4: Growth India Retail - Total vs Organized

                                                                                 CAGR
                                          2003-       2004-    2005-    2006-
                                                                                 2004-07
                                           04          05       06       07
                                                                                   (%)
                                  India Retail (Rs. bn)
 1. Food & grocery                        7,028        7,064    7,418    8,680       7.3
 2. Beverages                               212          309      373      518      34.7
 3. Clothing & footwear                     777          993    1,036    1,356      20.4
 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances
                                            512         656      746      986       24.4
     and services
 5. Non-institutional healthcare            950         972     1,022    1,159       6.9
 6. Sports goods, entertainment,
                                            212         272      308      395       23.0
     equipment & books
 7. Personal care                           371          433      465      617      18.5
 8. Jewellery, watches, etc.                530          610      655      863      17.7
              Total Retail               10,591       11,308   12,023   14,574      11.2
                               Organized Retail ( Rs. bn)
 1. Food & grocery                           39          44       50       61       16.5
 2. Beverages                                11          12       13       16       14.7
 3. Clothing & footwear                     168         189      212      251       14.3
 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances
                                               67        75       85      101       14.8
   & services
 5. Non-institutional healthcare               14        16       19       24       20.0
 6. Sports goods, entertainment,
                                               25        33       44       63       37.0
   equipment & books
 7. Personal care                            11          15       22       33       46.9
 8. Jewellery, watches, etc.                 18          24       33       49       40.5
 Total Organized Retail                     350         408      479      598       19.5
 Share of Organized Retail in Total
                                               3.3       3.6      4.0      4.1
               Retail (%)
Source: CSO, NSSO, and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd.

(US$ 7.6 billion) in 2003-04 to Rs. 598 billion (US$ 13.2 billion) in 2006-07. As a
result, the share of organized retail in total retail grew, although slowly, from 3.3 per
cent in 2003-04 to 4.1 per cent in 2006-07.

Food and grocery constitutes the bulk of Indian retailing and its share was about two-
thirds in 2003-04 gradually falling to about 60 per cent in 2006-07 (Table 2.5). The
next in importance is clothing and footwear, the share of which has been about 7 per
cent in 2003-04 and rose to 9 per cent in 2006-07. The third biggest category is non-
institutional healthcare whose share has slowly reduced from 9 per cent in 2003-04 to
8 per cent in 2006-07. The next is furniture, furnishing, appliances and services,
whose share rose from about 5 per cent in 2003-04 to 7 per cent in 2006-07. The
category of jewellery, watches, etc. constituted about 6 per cent of total Indian
retailing in 2006-07, rising from 5 per cent in 2003-04.



                                           9
Table 2.5: India Retail - Share of Categories (per cent)


                                         2003-04      2004-05      2005-06   2006-07
1. Food & grocery                          66.4            62.5     61.7        59.6
2. Beverages                                 2.0            2.7       3.1        3.6
3. Clothing & footwear                       7.3            8.8       8.6        9.3
4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances
                                             4.8            5.8       6.2        6.8
  & services
5. Non-institutional healthcare              9.0            8.6       8.5        8.0
6. Sports goods, entertainment,
                                             2.0            2.4       2.6        2.7
  equipment & books
7. Personal care                             3.5            3.8       3.9        4.2
8. Jewellery, watches, etc.                  5.0            5.4       5.4        5.9
             Total Retail                 100.0        100.0       100.0      100.0

Source: Computed from Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. data.

While the overall share of organized retailing remains low, its share in certain
categories is relatively high and in certain other categories quite low. Thus, for
clothing and footwear, the share is already in the range of 19-22 per cent, for the
category of sports goods, entertainment, equipment and books the share is 12-16 per
cent, and for furniture, furnishing, appliances and services, the share is 10-13 per cent
(Table 2.6). In contrast, the share of organized sector in the largest category of food
and grocery retailing, although growing, remains just below one per cent.

      Table 2.6: Share of Organized Sector in Total Retail by Category (%)


                                       2003-04      2004-05       2005-06    2006-07

1. Food & grocery                         0.5              0.6      0.7         0.7
2. Beverages                              5.0              3.8      3.6         3.1
3. Clothing & footwear                   21.6          19.0        20.4        18.5
4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances
                                         13.0          11.4        11.3        10.2
   & services
5. Non-institutional healthcare           1.5              1.7      1.9         2.1
6. Sports goods, entertainment,
                                         11.6          12.1        14.4        16.0
   equipment & books
7. Personal care                          2.8              3.5      4.7         5.4
8. Jewellery, watches, etc.               3.3              4.0      5.1         5.6
            Total Retail                  3.3              3.6      4.0         4.1

Source: Computed from Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. data.




                                           10
The growth in organized retailing in recent years can also be gauged by the rise of
shopping malls as well as the rising number of modern retail formats. In 1999, India
had just three shopping malls measuring less than one million sq. ft. By the end of
2006, the country had 137 shopping malls equivalent to 28 million sq. ft. The pace of
construction of shopping malls is progressing rapidly and the number of malls is
expected to be about 479 by the end of 2008 with a capacity of 126 million sq. ft.
(ICICI Property Services-Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd., 2007).

2.2.3   Expansion of Organized Retail by Format

Table 2.7 provides an analysis of the expansion of organized retail in terms of the
different modern retail formats (see Annex 2 for definitions of Indian modern retail
formats). The total number of organized retail outlets rose from 3,125 covering an
area of 3.3 million sq. ft. in 2001 to 27,076 with an area of 31 million sq. ft. in 2006.
Small-sized single-category speciality stores dominated the organized retail in the
beginning with almost two-thirds of total space in 2001. Departmental stores came
next with nearly a quarter of total space and supermarkets accounting for the balance
of about 12 per cent of organized retail space. There were no hypermarkets in India in
2001. Speciality stores are still the most common modern retail format with over a
half of total modern retail space in 2006. Supermarkets and department stores
occupied nearly an equal space of 15-16 per cent each in 2006. In 2006, India had
about 75 large-sized hypermarkets carrying a tenth of the total modern retail space in
the country. This format is expected to gain more prominence in the future.

                 Table 2.7: Organized Retail Expansion by Format


                                                2001                        2006

                       Average                                                        Share
                                                          Share
        Format         Size (sq. No. of         Area                                    in
                                                            in    No. of    Area
                          ft.)                  ('000                                 Total
                                 Stores                   Total   Stores    ('000
                                                 sq.                                  Space
                                                          Space            sq. ft.)
                                                 ft.)                                  (%)
                                                           (%)
Supermarkets /
                           1,000        400         400    11.9   4,751     4,751      15.5
convenience stores
Hypermarkets             40,000            0        0       0.0     75 3,000            9.8
Discount stores           1,000           48       48       1.4 1,472 1,472             4.8
Speciality stores           800        2,651    2,121      63.3 20,612 16,490          53.7
Department stores        30,000           26      780      23.3    166 4,980           16.2
Total                                  3,125    3,349     100.0 27,076 30,693         100.0
Source: Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd.

2.2.4   Regulatory Framework

There had been no specific restrictions on the entry of foreign retailers into the Indian
market till 1996. A few foreign players were granted permission for retailing under
this earlier regime. However, in 1997 it was decided to prohibit FDI in retailing into
the country. In January 2006, however, a partial liberalization took place in policy in

                                               11
which foreign companies are allowed to own up to 51 per cent in single-brand retail
JVs as approved by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB). Besides this,
foreign companies are allowed in wholesale cash-and-carry business and export
trading with 100 per cent equity through the automatic route. Foreign companies with
100 per cent equity can also carry out trading of items sourced from the small-scale
sector and do test marketing of products for which the company has a manufacturing
approval under the FIPB route.

With regard to domestic regulation, the organized retailer has to secure a number of
licenses and clearances from various central, state, and local authorities before it starts
its operations. They are related to operations, infrastructure, labour, taxation and
other general matters. The number of licenses varies from state to state and it also
depends on the type of store format. First, a retailer has to obtain a trade license from
the local authority (municipal corporation, municipality, or panchayat) which grants
permission to carry on the retail business. It has also to obtain licenses from the
Agricultural Produce Marketing Committees (APMCs) of each state for procurement
and sale of fruit, vegetables, and staples within the respective market areas (mandis)
of each APMC. A detailed general list of required clearances is given in Annex 3.

In addition, in case a new building or mall is to be constructed for use in retailing, the
organized retailer has to obtain “no objection certificates” (NOCs) from the different
state authorities in charge of traffic, electricity, water, fire and pollution control.
Zoning restrictions are also applicable to the organized retail outlets which can be set
up only on land earmarked for the local authority for commercial establishments.




                                            12
3. Domestic Organized Retailers: Case Studies

3.1    Introduction

The Indian retail sector is highly fragmented, consisting predominantly of small,
independent, owner-managed shops. The domestic organized retail industry is at a
nascent stage. At the macro level factors such as rising disposable income, dominance
of the younger population in spending, urbanization, shift of the traditional family
structure towards the nuclear family are buttressing the organized retail growth in
India. Being considered as a sunrise sector of the economy, several large business
houses are entering the retail industry under multiple modern retail formats. On the
one hand, the advancement of information technology is improving end-to-end
business processing by integrating the entire value chain, backward and forward, for
operational efficiencies. On the other hand, rising real estate prices, infrastructure
constraints, and expensive technology are making the retail industry capital intensive.

The current regulatory environment is not very conducive to the growth of modern
retail in India. The Government of India (GOI) prohibits FDI in retail except for
single-brand JVs with up to 51 per cent equity share. The recent growth of the retail
industry is already impacting the commercial real estate sector. As a result of shortage
of land and rising property prices, finding property in commercial markets is
becoming difficult. Further, the land conversion process is complex. The licensing
process for organized retail is cumbersome requiring as many as 33 licensing
protocols. Taxes differ from state to state on the movement of goods: for instance,
some states levy entry tax; a few levy exit taxes; in some states, the local municipal
government also levies octroi. Presently, there is the central sales tax (CST) of 3 per
cent on inter-state sales and value added tax (VAT) of 4-12.5 per cent on different
products. Besides, the lobby against modern retail is mounting in recent months from
traditional retailers.

Nevertheless, the macroeconomic landscape indicates that the domestic retail industry
has immense scope for the modern as well as traditional retailers to co-exist. Through a
balanced regulatory framework and competition policy, both the traditional format
and the modern format can continue to grow, eventually closing the gap between the
organized and unorganized sectors. Organized retailing will: (i) promote quality
employment; (ii) improve business process practices; (iii) spur investments in support
industries; and (iv) enable the modernization of the fragmented traditional retail
industry.

Modern retail business focuses on maximizing customer footfalls and capturing rising
volume and share of the customer wallet. While the competition strategy is largely
price focused, the model works by: (i) improving sourcing efficiencies; (ii) expanding
product assortment; (iii) differentiating service; and (iv) enhancing the store
ambience. Thus, there are four drivers of modern retail’s “one-stop shopping model”:
price, product, service, and ambience.

This chapter attempts to summarize the business models of key six established
organized retail players in the country. These are: (a) Subhiksha; (b) Trent Limited;
(c) Future Group: Pantaloon India Retail Limited (PRIL); (d) Spencer’s Retail; (e)
ITC: Choupal Sagar and Choupal Fresh; and (f) Mother Dairy. The sixth case study is


                                          13
the first co-operative retail model in India. The main objective of these case studies is
to understand how these firms are: (i) penetrating markets; (ii) introducing formats
and product categories; (iii) operating the end-to-end value chain; (iv) pricing
different products; and (v) capturing customer footfalls.

3.2       Organized Retail Models

High population density in the metropolitan cities and surrounding tier-1 towns is
driving the geographic penetration of modern retail. Nationwide, the retail penetration
has been the highest in the South in Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka, and Andhra
Pradesh, moving towards the West along Maharashtra and Gujarat and now
penetrating the North, in Delhi’s National Capital Region (NCR), Punjab, and
Western Uttar Pradesh. The fresh crop of modern retail in the late 1990s started in the
southern region as South India has clusters of metro cities and tier-1 towns. In
addition, less complicated licensing regulations by the state and local authorities have
played an important role in the spatial penetration along the regions. In Andhra
Pradesh, the licensing process is now online, thereby reducing the time lag.

Broadly, retail firms are following three routes for their market entry: (a) the
acquisition route which gives a jump-start to take advantage of the already
experienced manpower, infrastructure, front-end property of the acquired firm; (b) the
JV partnerships, a preferred route for firms seeking foreign collabouration for
technical know-how and assistance in the back-end operations as well as future export
opportunities; and (c) the green-field investment route for market entry. A few firms
are also following a mixture of acquisition and JV routes for quick market access.
Additionally, firms are strategically expanding verticals by forming subsidiaries or
holding firms that act as catalysts to their retail business.
                                                                                                           7
Typically, firms are positioning themselves in one or both of the segments: lifestyle
                           8
and value retailing under multiple retail formats. Retail firms are adopting a
combination of formats including, mega (hyper and/or super), medium (department
and/or speciality), and small size (convenience and/or discount) for expansion. This
strategy benefits firms in several ways. It helps to: (i) attain critical mass; (ii)
economies of scope in sourcing by accruing costs across stores; and (iii) reach out to
consumers in the local neighbourhood locations.

Regardless of the route followed, the domestic retail industry is witnessing an
increase in domestic investment, technical know-how expertise, improvements in
supply chain and logistics, and demand for store brand private labels.

Table 3.1 summarizes the business models of the key organized retailers.




7
    Lifestyle retailing is category-specific retail of lifestyle-oriented products, such as fashion apparel,
    high-end consumer durables, home décor, etc. In the Indian scenario, lifestyle retailing is
    more focused on apparel brands, but changing lifestyle aspirations of Indians have also seen a
    sizeable increase in demand for branded furniture and furnishings.
8
    Value retail is related to the pricing strategy, i.e. discount and value-for-money formats and hence it
    can be present across all product categories. Discount stores, a form of value retail, deal in a
    variety
    of goods ranging from food articles, household durables, electrical appliances, to apparel.


                                                     14
Table 3.1: Organized Retail Models


 Retailer             Segment                       Business Strategy
                                     Low-price high-volume strategy: by keeping no
                                     fancy frills front-end and by becoming an
 Subhiksha            Value          intermediary at            the back        end,
                                                  Subhiksha leverages      on
                                                  discounted prices         on bulk
                                     purchasesbrand strategy: leverages on high
                                     Single- and cash payments.
                      Lifestyle &
 Trent Limited                       margins in private labels, and targets consumers
                      Value
                                     in socio-economic class B and C.
                                     Strategic JVs and subsidiaries around retail has
                                     enabled PRIL to develop retailing across age-
 Future Group:        Lifestyle &
                                     groups, all product categories, the entire
 PRIL                 Value
                                     customer segments under multiple retail
                                     formats.
                                     Backward       integration    through   IT-based
 ITC Choupal                         business model: leverages by building direct
 Sagar & Choupal      Value          relationship with the supply source, the farmers,
 Fresh                               to sell as well as purchase products and
                                     services.
                                     The “duck and the duckling” model: by having
                                     two- or three- value segment stores, backed by
 Spencer’s Retail     Value          a cluster of small-sized Fresh, Daily, and
                                     Express stores, to leverage on economies of
                                     scale at back-end value chain.
                                     Operates on a co-operative model with the
                                     objective of increasing farmers’ welfare. Has a
 NDDB: Mother                        strong presence in Delhi’s NCR region.
                      Value
 Dairy                               Strategically located in residential areas and
                                     follows a low-price strategy for fruit and
                                     vegetables.

In the organized retail one-stop shopping model, Subhiksha distinguishes itself as the
“no fancy frills” store working on mass consumers’ daily needs. The company’s
business model focuses on high volume and low margin by: (i) keeping small-sized
functional stores within the range of 1,000-1,500 sq. ft. area; (ii) clustering in close
proximity to each other; and (iii) locating in high population density residential area.
The company concentrates on daily-need essentials and repeat buying nature of its
product categories in fruit and vegetables, fast moving consumer goods (FMCG), and
medicines. In a typical store in Delhi, the average footfall is around 600- 700 walk-
ins of which approximately 78 per cent turn into bills.

Trent differentiates itself by building its own-label route. This strategy allows Trent a
better control over the product range, design (value-added portion of the supply
chain), and merchandize pricing. The company’s business proposition in building
customer relationship through membership programmes and liberal exchange policy
has helped Trent in strengthening the Westside brand. The Star India Bazaar caters to
the mass-market segments in meeting their regular needs. Although, the footfalls

                                           15
differ from store to store, the average customer footfalls range between 800 and 3,000
a day at a given store. However, Trent claims that their conversion rates are higher by
10-15 per cent per day than other stores.

Pantaloon India Retail Limited is the pioneer of India’s modern retail in the
hypermarket format and is recognized as an organized multi-format retailer across
value and lifestyle segments. The firm’s business strategy is to capture a greater share
of the consumer wallet by covering all customer segments in all age-groups, in all
product categories through multiple retail formats nationwide. The company’s Big
Bazaar (hypermarket chain) cuts across entire customer segments. In a lifestyle store,
the average customer footfalls are around 1,000 of which 350 convert into sales
transactions. In the value segment, the company attracts an average of approximately
3,000 customer footfalls, of which the sales conversion is between 220 and 250.

India Tobacco Company (ITC), leveraged on information-technology, enabled a
unique business platform to directly integrate backwards with the source of supply,
the farmers. The company not only optimized efficiencies in the procurement chain
for export markets but also created a market place for rural retailing in the domestic
market. Choupal Fresh is a fresh produce wholesale C&C format catering to
organized retailers, push-cart vendors, and traditional retailers. These are in operation
now only in three cities, namely Hyderabad, Pune, and Chandigarh. They have
parallel retail outlets for regular customers. ITC leverages in backward linkages
through its expertise in agricultural extension services and strategic partnerships for
handling temperature-control technologies and logistics support. By extending
agricultural services at the farm level, ITC is managing the quality of the produce and
building an ITC brand in fresh fruit and vegetables.

Spencer’s differentiates itself on product quality, assortment of imported food
products, and shopping experience. Leveraging on the perception of high-quality
imported goods that was attached to the old Spencer’s & Co. brand name, Spencer’s
business strategy focuses on an array of food-related products and activities spanning
across intercontinental and domestic culinary, and chef demonstrations. Spencer’s
follows the “duck and duckling” (pyramidal) strategy for its retail expansion and cost-
benefits in back-end procurement; it has a small set of destination stores (Spencer’s
hyper), followed by the supermarket format (Spencer’s Daily), and a larger set of
convenient store format (Spencer’s Express and Fresh) located close to the local
neighbourhood.

Mother Dairy in Delhi was set up by the National Dairy Development Board (NDDB)
under the first phase of Operation Flood Programme in 1974 with the objective of
making available liquid milk to city consumers. Following the success of its dairy
industry, NDDB established the Mother Dairy Fruit and Vegetable Project in Delhi in
1988. In addition, Mother Dairy also markets dairy products, such as ice creams,
flavoured milk, dahi, lassi, mishti doi, ghee, butter, cheese, dairy whitener, Dhara
range of edible oils and the Safal range of fresh fruit and vegetables, frozen
vegetables and fruit juices at a national level. Mother Dairy sources its entire
requirement of liquid milk from dairy co-operatives and sources almost 75-80 per cent
of fruit and vegetables from farmers and growers’ associations at the village level. For
distributing milk, and fruit and vegetables, Mother Dairy has opened its booths and
shops mainly near residential areas of the Delhi NCR region.


                                           16
In 2006-07, the retail firms mentioned above generated a total sales’ turnover of Rs.
64.72 billion with an average sales per sq. ft. at Rs. 8,298. In addition, these firms’
array of private labels across several product categories has supported sourcing tie-
ups with more than 4,124 large and small manufacturers and concessionaires.

                    Table 3.2: Organized Retailers Sales’ Turnover in 2006-07

                                                                                  Mother
                        Subhiksha   Trent       PRIL        ITC Spencer’s                     Total
                                                                                  Dairy
    Sales turnover
                          8,000      4,979     19,336       NA       5,400        27,000     64,715
    (Rs million)
    Sales per sq. ft.
                          13,333     6,036      6,108       NA       7,714         NA         8,298
    (Rs)
    Total sq. ft.
                         600,000    825,000 3,165,000       NA      700,000        NA       5,290,000
    area

In 2006, the firms covered in the case studies (excluding Mother Dairy) consisted of a
total of 1,070 stores encompassing nearly 5.3 million sq. ft. area across formats.
These firms have projected a cumulative increase to over 6,600 stores by 2010.

3.3         Market Penetration Strategy

                                                        9                    10
The modern retailers follow either a spiral or a cluster approach for retail
expansion, and in India typically the cluster approach is more popular. In the cluster
approach, the firm initially launches in an urban city and then expands towards
surrounding tier-1 towns belonging to the same cluster catchment area. Each cluster
covers its own region for direct sourcing, distribution, and logistics like a separate
business unit. This approach is favourable for retailers because they can build a more
efficient logistics network and take advantage of cultural similarities among
consumers in the same region in order to develop their product offerings.

The real estate constraint however is restricting the retailers’ expansion plans in large
formats. The new crop of retailers across the country are acquiring or leasing mega
sized store spaces in newly constructed malls in an approved market space.
Paradoxically, modern retail is diverting the shoppers’ traffic and noise congestion
away from residential localities and minimizing the possibility of land encroachment
beyond the store area as it is currently being done in the case of traditional retail
outlets. However, in recent years, large retailers are heading for a pyramidal approach
by launching several small-sized neighbourhood convenience stores in tandem with a
few large hypermarket or department store formats. This strategy is beneficial to large
retail firms because they can absorb supply-chain costs across formats. Further, bulk
purchases enable them to squeeze profit margin from suppliers. However, the local
traditional retailers in the nearby locations feel more intense competition.

9
   In the spiral approach, a firm starts in a large city and expands further and further, but
   maintains synergies in buying, logistics, and relationships.
10
    In the cluster approach, a firm expands around the major urban centres like a separate business unit,
   each covering its own region. Subsequent expansions in other regions tend to follow the
   stepwise cluster pattern.


                                                  17
The hypermarket format is predominantly the backbone and primary driver of the
modern retailers’ market access strategy. The product mix in the hypermarket format
is typically 60 per cent food and 40 per cent non-food. The format incorporates a
larger share of apparel, grocery products in staples, and FMCG goods, of which the
share of apparel merchandize is 30 per cent. Fruit and vegetables, mobile phones,
alcohol-based beverages and pharmaceutical electronics and household durable
product categories encompass a much smaller share. Although, the supermarket
format has been in India for a while, the new crop of modern retailers expanded the
product mix incorporating FMCG goods, packaged food products, and private labels
in staples and general merchandize. Another dominant format used by modern
retailers includes the department and speciality stores focusing primarily in clothing,
cosmetics, artificial jewelry and watches, and household durables. The discount and
convenience formats largely concentrate on fruit and vegetables and grocery products.

3.4    Product Margin of Retailers

Clearly, the share of product category in modern retail formats is driven by the level
of profit margin retailers make and the consumer adoption rate. Modern retail
penetration and consumer adoption in the apparel and clothing category is the highest.
The firms’ competition strategy is differentiated in the lifestyle segment and cost
focused in the value segment. An organized retailer gets an average of 30 per cent
gross margin or above on MRP across women’s wear, gents’ wear, and kids’ wear on
branded labels. In the case of private labels of store brands, clothing margins are
higher than 60 per cent typically.

In the food and grocery section across hypermarket, supermarket, and discount store
formats, grocery covers around 45 per cent of store space in FMCG and staple food
products. The profit margin in FMCG products is tight because large suppliers control
the brand power and store shelf space at local neighbourhood stores. In staples and
lesser- known FMCG products, however, retailers gain 13 per cent profit margin on
the cost price (Table 3.3). In the absence of national brands in staple food products,
store branded private labels are becoming popular and fetch up to 12 per cent average
margin. As regards fresh fruit and vegetables, however the store level penetration is
low compared to other categories for various reasons: (i) high wastage; (ii) lack of
temperature-controlled isles; and (iii) low profit margins in bulk produce (potatoes,
tomatoes, and onions). In addition, the customer adoption rate is also low in fresh fruit
and vegetables because of its daily need-based requirement and the distance factor.
Nevertheless, fruit and seasonal vegetables are higher profit-margin produce: fruit sell
at 40 per cent margin on the cost price, and seasonal and exotic vegetables around 30
per cent above the cost price. Across the fruit and vegetable section, the net profit
gain is between 8 per cent and 10 per cent on an average. As a result, organized retail
firms are strategizing convenience format stores up to 2,000 sq. ft. area in order to
penetrate the local neighbourhood markets.




                                           18
Table 3.3 : Organized Retailers’ Gross Margin (per cent)


      Product Category          General Margin          Margin for Private Labels

      Clothing                           30                          60
      FMCG                              1-2                          13
      Staples                                                        12
                                                                Fruit 40
      Fruit & vegetables                 10                     Seasonal & exotic
                                                                vegetables 30

3.5     Product Procurement by Retailers

The cluster focused “hub and spoke” model has been widely used across retailers for
integrating backward and forward linkages. The centralized distribution centre is
typically located in one central location surrounded with several collection centres
and/or re-packaging centres spread across the region near the supply source. The hub
distribution centre is the key stock-holding point. Collection centres are warehouses
for temporary holding of fruit and vegetable stocks up to 48 hours or so. The re-
packaging centres are usually used for packaging the private label goods.

In countries where organized retail is at an advanced level, the common practice is to
have one central distribution hub supplying to several spokes across the country.
However, due to the inadequate infrastructure and CST regulations in India, the “hub
and spoke” model for supply chain distribution is restricted to its respective catchment
area. The abolition of CST may streamline the nationwide distribution of warehouses
and allow linear logistics and flow of supply.

Firms are increasingly disintermediating the traditional supply chain of procurement
for operational efficiency gains. They are attempting to reconstruct their own supply
chain by forging direct ties with the original source of supply or using a service
provider between them and suppliers. At present, the supply chain is a combination
of: (i) direct procurement from farmers, small-scale suppliers, and large FMCG
suppliers; (ii) APMC markets; and (iii) consolidators or distributors as a single
intermediary point. The distributor channel is used only if the volume scale is low.
Gradually, the organized retail value chain would prefer to lean towards the direct
procurement approach in order to reduce the cost of the middleman. The direct
procurement model benefits modern retailers for the following reasons: (i)
maximizing its gains on large volume transactions; (ii) implementing store brand
promotional schemes; and (iii) minimizing the operational cost.

In the case of FMCG and staple products, the firms procure primarily from large
suppliers for branded products and small suppliers for store brand private labels. As
regards apparel, a mix of large and small suppliers supply directly for private labels.
As for fresh fruit and vegetables, to a large extent, firms procure from APMC
markets. At the same time, for bulk purchases firms contact farmers and fruit growers
directly. A large share of household durables and furniture goods are being imported
from Southeast Asian countries and procured through a consolidator. In the case of




                                           19
household durables and electronic goods, firms directly forge ties with foreign
manufacturers and subsidiaries of multinational firms in India.

With regard to the relations between organized retailers and suppliers, the following
trends are emerging: (a) organized retailers have direct contract terms with large
suppliers, millers, and clothing manufacturers; (b) in the case of small-scale farmers
in fruit and vegetables, and clothing manufacturers, the organized retailers use a
consolidator (clothing and imported products) or an aggregator (fruit and vegetables)
as a single intermediary point. The latter trend is particularly used for procuring
private labels for the retailers.

Additionally, the modern retailers have created a market channel for small-scale
industries. There has been an upward surge of private labels in staples, consumer
durables, household and plastic goods, and clothing categories. The private label
model works well for small-scale manufacturers or suppliers because they get stability
in receiving payments and business orders. Most importantly, the business process of
small-scale suppliers is improving by receiving direct market feedback and technical
know-how. As a result, the quality standards of products are improving. Many small-
scale manufacturers doing private label business have expanded from one
manufacturing unit to two or three units. On the other hand, the private label business
proposition offers the modern retailer better profit margin and control over price and
shelf space.

At the same time, however, the branded suppliers are losing their bargaining power
with the influx of store brand private labels. Currently, the modern retailers work on a
commission-based margin with branded suppliers as opposed to the slotting-fee
position where a manufacturer or supplier gets shelf space by paying a certain fee
structure. By having commission-based direct contract terms with branded suppliers,
retailers are able to arrange various promotional schemes in order to attract customer
footfalls to their stores and secure discounted price on bulk purchase. This business
tactic is particularly disadvantageous to the traditional retailers because their volume
demand is very small and is primarily on credit payments.

The new intermediary, in the role of a “consolidator” or a “collector”, is evolving as a
value-added service provider between all small suppliers and organized retailers. The
consolidator consolidates goods from small suppliers, undertakes bar coding,
labelling, documentation, packaging, and accounting requirements and then brings
goods to the consolidation or collection centre. A collector in fruit and vegetables
category sorts, grades, and arranges them in crates before supplying to the collection
centre. A typical consolidator or an aggregator owns warehouses and vehicles, keeps
inventories, and stock based on projections provided by the retail firm’s sourcing
division. He understands the company’s business requirements and enables small and
fragmented manufacturers or farmers to scale up to meet the organized retailer’s
volume needs.

In the case of fruit and vegetables, meat, and poultry, the direct procurement at the
farm level is benefiting farmers in receiving market feedback, getting technical know-
how, and reducing wastage. Farmers supplying directly to large retailers are receiving
timely agricultural extension services: international level benchmark practices in
sorting, grading, and efficient packaging at the source level to improve the produce


                                          20
quality and yields. Certainly, direct procurement is improving the business processing
in fruit and vegetables. As a result, there is less wastage and increase in farm income.
Yet, the horticultural field in India requires a great deal of learning and
experimentation on post-harvest processing. There are no hard and fast rules on
meeting the quality and hygiene standards, and modern retail firms are bringing in
standard international practices.

As regards consumer durables, household, and plastic goods, the domestic suppliers
are facing tough competition from goods being imported from Southeast Asia. In
electronics, there already exist multinational and domestic collabourations. However,
new brands may roll in through JVs and store brand private labels.

Modern retail firms are heavily investing in information technology software
applications for streamlining the spokes (outlets) and the hub (distribution centres).
“IT SAP” Retail implementation is widespread across all format retailing. Besides,
point of sale, bar code based billing (automates the billing system), web-based vendor
management system, such as Retail Pro software applications, and auto-replenishment
have become necessary tools for better inventory control and competitive pricing.
Further, the increase in private labels may trigger the need for streamlining the
distribution of warehouses and manufacturing units to improve the logistics flow,
strengthen the supply chain, and push the demand for IT hardware.

At present, modern retailers are making third-party contracts with logistics providers
for managing the movement of goods between the warehouses, collection centres, and
outlets across the nation. The distinctive trend here is to have a dedicated fleet of
trucks through third-party logistic providers but managed by organized retailers
themselves. So far, many firms do not have third-party contract with cold chain
logistics primarily because organized retailing in fresh fruit and vegetables as well as
consumer adoption rate under the modern formats is quite low at around one per cent.
Nevertheless, as modern retail in India overcomes the learning curve in reducing
wastage, know-how in temperature-controlled isles in the front-end store, and direct
procurement from farmers, the requirement for cold chain infrastructure will increase.
Already, ITC has partnered with Ingersoll Rand and Snowman; Ingersoll Rand offers
material handling and temperature-control technologies and Snowman provides the
logistics support in the form of warehouse and cold chain transport. The growth of the
organized retail in India will attract cold chain investments in infrastructure and
logistics infrastructure services from global supply chain companies.

3.6    Employment Generation

Finally, but most importantly, the employment generated by organized retail is
building a quality labour class that is gaining vocational training in skilled and
unskilled jobs at the graduate and tenth class level. To meet the growing demand of
trained professionals in the retail industry, several management and training institutes
conforming to the international standards of certification have been launched across
the country. Foreseeing the demand for trained staff, leading organized retailers are
creating their captive human resources pool through internal training and programmes
and tie-ups with retail management schools.




                                          21
The case studies represented here directly accounted for employment of nearly 28,320
people in 2006-07 (Table 3.4). The induced impact of the payroll spending of the
organized retail employment is also hard to ignore.

                 Table 3.4: Organized Retail Employment, 2006-07


            Retailer                                     Employment

            Subhiksha                                        3,500
            Trent Limited                                    2,600
            PRIL                                            14,500
            ITC                                                NA
            Spencer’s Retail                                 7,700
            Mother Dairy                                       NA
            Total                                           28,300

3.7    Conclusion

The growth of organized retail will have a positive multiplier effect on the Indian
economy. Retail industry is attracting inward investment both at the domestic and
global level in several support industries: IT industries, cold chain infrastructure, and
logistics and warehouse distribution services in order to strengthen the supply chain.
The surge of private labels have generated demand and sourcing tie-ups with
manufacturers across product categories. In the case of fruit and vegetables, the direct
procurement is bringing quantitative benefits from higher price realization and
qualitative benefits in improvements of agro-processing services. Finally, organized
retail is creating quality labour class that is gaining vocational training in skilled and
unskilled jobs at graduate and tenth plus levels. Nevertheless, there is a timely need
for a fresh regulatory framework and competition policy so that both traditional retail
and modern retail can continue to grow in harmony eventually closing the gap
between the organized and unorganized sector.




                                           22
4. Impact of Organized Retailing

4.1     Introduction

There has been a huge growth in organized retail in India since 2002-03 and this is
associated with the growth in the economy and the attendant rise in consumption
spending. Organized retailing has begun to tap the enormous market but its share
indeed is small. A number of large business houses have entered the retail business
with very ambitious expansion plans. Big foreign retailers are also keen to invest in
India but their entry depends on changes in the government’s FDI policy regarding
retailing. Organized retailing played a significant role in the present-day developed
countries during their period of high growth. Since the early 1990s, it is also
contributing substantially to the growth of developing countries. In India, organized
retail is poised to make a mark in the near future. This chapter deals with some of the
major implications of modern retailing for the country. It also presents the results of
the all-India survey of unorganized retailers, consumers, and intermediaries on the
impact of modern retailing.

4.2     Organized Retailing: Advantages to the Indian Economy

India’s Planning Commission, in its Approach Paper for the Eleventh Five Year Plan,
(2006, pp. 27-8) has noted:

 “Organized retailing brings many advantages to producers and also to urban
consumers, while also providing employment of a higher quality. Organized retailing
in agricultural produce can set up supply chains, give better prices to farmers for their
produce and facilitate agro-processing industries. Modern retailing can bring in new
technology and reduce consumer prices, thus stimulating demand and thereby
providing more employment in production.”

4.2.1   Link with Agriculture

Indian agriculture is in the midst of a grave crisis with its growth rate steadily falling
to just 2.5 per cent per annum during 2000-07, as against an annual growth rate of 4.2
per cent during the 1980s and 3.2 per cent during the 1990s. Among the reasons for
the secular downtrend of this sector are: (a) low level of investment in the sector of
just below 2 per cent of GDP (Economic Survey 2006-07, p. 176) for the past decade
and a half; (b) inability to bring a larger share of land under irrigation in the past ; (c)
lack of any significant breakthrough in yields for the last few decades; and (d) the
dismal state of rural infrastructure, such as power, roads, transport, marketing, etc.
While the industrial and services sectors are largely free from the controls of the
license raj, agriculture remains constrained by a series of restrictions from input
supply and production to marketing and distribution.

The problem in agriculture is reflected to a certain extent in the operation of the
APMC Acts in various states and union territories. The APMC Acts were originally
intended to protect farmers from exploitation by intermediaries and traders by
ensuring that they receive reasonable prices and timely payment. Over a period of
time, the government regulated markets failed to function the way they were intended
to and farmers felt exploited with a lack of transparency in the pricing, weighing,
bagging and payments for their produce. The various intermediaries in the system


                                            23
from the village trader, who acts as a consolidator, commission agent, wholesaler,
sub-wholesaler, etc have been appropriating a large part of the final price in the form
of margins and commissions. The transactions at various stages involved huge
wastages estimated at 5-7 per cent for foodgrains and 25-30 per cent for fruit and
vegetables (Annual Report 2006-07, Ministry of Agriculture, Department of
Agriculture and Cooperation). These factors inflate the final price to the consumer by
nearly three times what the farmer receives, and the farmer’s realization of one-third
of the final price compares poorly with two-thirds in most other countries.

A number of states and union territories have taken steps to amend their respective
APMC Acts based on the model law on agricultural marketing prepared by the
Department of Agriculture and Co-operation under the central government. These
amendments, among other things, provide for the setting up of private markets and
yards, direct purchase centres, promotion of public-private partnership (PPP) in the
management and development of agricultural markets in the country.

Organized retail will result in a complete revamp of the agricultural supply chain in
the country. A recent study by CRISIL has estimated a current annual total loss of
about Rs. 1,000 billion in the agricultural supply chain, 57 per cent of which is due to
avoidable wastage and the rest due to avoidable costs of storage and commissions
(CRISIL Research, June 2007). Organized retailers have already started procuring
fruit and vegetables from farmers directly bypassing the various intermediaries who
add more costs than value to the food chain. They are investing heavily on logistics in
the form of centralized warehousing and distribution centres, transport and cold
storage, either directly or through engaging third party logistics companies. They are
also employing a large number of unskilled workers for sorting, grading, packaging
and labelling. All these will enhance farmer’s realizations, improve quality of
products at the shop and reduce the ultimate consumer price.

4.2.2   Link with Manufacturing

The Planning Commission has identified four sectors as the major employment
generating sectors for the Eleventh Plan period, 2007-12. They are: (i) food-
processing industry; (ii) textiles and clothing; (iii) tourism; and (iv) construction. Of
these sectors, all except tourism are getting a fillip with the growth of organized retail.
Currently, both the food-processing and textile industries are lagging behind (Table
4.1). It is particularly the small and medium industry (SMI) sector which will gain
advantages with the emergence of organized retailers by becoming their suppliers.
Modern retail will catalyze the development of the SMI sector in the country.

Table 4.1: Growth of Selected Industries (Compound Annual Growth Rate in %)

                                                      1994-95 to          2000-01 to
                                                       1999-00             2006-07
   General Index                                          7.6                6.9
   Manufacturing                                          8.1                7.4
   Food products                                          5.8                4.0
   Cotton textiles                                        3.6                3.5
   Wool, silk, and man-made fibre textiles               12.0                4.5
   Textile products and apparel                           7.7                9.0
Source: CSO


                                            24
4.2.3   Boost to Exports

Organized retail’s link with exports comes through foreign players. International
retailers look for sources around the world and a country in which they operate
becomes a source for their global sales. Some of the international retailers that have
plans for India in the future have already developed suppliers in the country and have
started exporting from India. For example, Wal-Mart exported an equivalent of US$
600 million, and IKEA about 380 million euros from India in 2006-07.

4.2.4   Impact on Growth and Productivity

Organized retail has the potential to lift the Indian economy to higher levels of
productivity and growth. In the context of the United States, a McKinsey Global
               11
Institute study indicated a contribution by the retail sector of nearly one-fourth of
the rise in productivity growth from 1987-95 to 1995-99. In India, organized retail
will raise productivity and growth by pulling up the current lagging sectors, such as
agriculture, food-processing industry, and textiles. Besides, in order to meet the
rapidly growing demand for retail space, construction of real estate is taking place at a
fast pace. It is interesting to note that construction has been one of the fastest-growing
segments of India’s GDP in recent years, recording an average annual real growth of
                                     12
about 13 per cent during 2003-07.

With regard to agriculture, organized retailing will work with farmers to: (i) improve
yields by enabling them to obtain quality input supplies; (ii) adopt superior farm
technology and practices; and (iii) access timely credit at reasonable rates. Organized
retailing will offer the farmer an alternative market which is more transparent, and
less time consuming. It will provide prompt payment, avoid margins for unproductive
intermediaries, and ensure remunerative prices.

As regards manufacturing, SMIs particularly in food-processing, textiles and clothing
will get a tremendous boost by producing for the big organized retail companies and
will grow along with the organized retail business. The tie-up with organized retail
will drive these industries to become more efficient in order to meet the stringent
delivery conditions of the retail market. Private labelling is the creation of brands in
the name of modern retailers. It has already begun in India in the food and grocery,
and apparel segments and is expected to expand rapidly. Small-scale manufacturers
will be the major beneficiaries of private labels.

In short, organized retailing will remove various inefficiencies that characterize the
present Indian distribution system, which in turn will provide better price for the
farmers and suppliers on the one hand, and lower prices for consumers, on the other.

4.2.5   Impact on Employment and Prices

Employment in India is distributed in a skewed manner towards agriculture. Though
the share of agriculture (including forestry and fishing) in GDP came down from 28.9
per cent in 1993-94 to 18.8 per cent in 2004-05, its share in employment remained

11
    Quoted in Morgan Stanley Research
(2006).
12
     National Income Accounts,
CSO.


                                           25
huge, coming down gradually from 61 per cent to 52.1 per cent during the same
period (Table 4.2). The strength of workforce engaged in agriculture had been about
201 million in 2004-05. This is, in fact, a reflection of the lack of employment
opportunities in the non-agricultural sectors. The industry’s share in employment
went up from 15.9 per cent in 2003-04 to 19.4 per cent in 2004-05 which is somewhat
better than the rise in its share in GDP from 25.9 to 27.5 per cent during the same
period. The share of services in GDP rose sharply from 45.2 per cent in 1993-94 to
53.7 per cent in 2004-05 but its share in employment grew somewhat slowly from
23.1 per cent to 28.5 per cent during the same period. Within the services sector, the
share of trade (both retail and wholesale included) in GDP rose from 11.9 per cent in
1993-94 to 14.9 per cent in 2004-05, but its share in employment grew marginally
from 7.7 per cent to 8.4 per cent during the same period. The trade sector, particularly
retail, is predominantly the unorganized “mom-and-pop” shops.

           Table 4.2: Share in GDP and Employment of Selected Sectors,
                                1993-94 to 2004-05

                                        Share in GDP              Share in Employment
                                            (%)                            (%)
                                    1993- 1999- 2004-             1993- 1999- 2004-
                                     94      00      05            94       00    05
1. Agriculture, forestry, and
                                      28.9        25.0    18.8       61.0      56.6     52.1
   fishing
2. Industry                           25.9        25.3    27.5       15.9      17.6     19.4
   Of which: Manufacturing            15.8        14.8    15.9       11.1      12.1     12.6
3. Services                           45.2        49.7    53.7       23.1      25.8     28.5
   Of which: Trade                    11.9        13.0    14.9        7.7       8.2       8.4
   Of which: Retail                    n.a         n.a      n.a       n.a       7.4       7.3
               Wholesale               n.a         n.a      n.a       n.a       0.8       1.1
Total                                100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

n.a = not available.
Note: Employment is based on “current daily status” except for trade (retail and wholesale)
where only “usual status” data is available.
Source: CSO and NSSO and Planning Commission.

The growth of organized retail will enhance the employment potential of the Indian
economy. While providing direct employment in retail, it will drive the growth of a
number of activities in the economy which in turn will open up employment
opportunities to several people. This includes the small manufacturing sector
especially food-processing, textiles and apparel, construction, packing, IT, transport,
cold chain, and other infrastructure. It may adversely affect employment in
unorganized retail and the trade intermediaries associated with the traditional supply
channels but the additional jobs created will be much higher than those that are lost.
An important point to be noted is that while the jobs that organized retail displaces are
the low-end, low-quality, underproductive ones, the new jobs created are the high-
quality, productive ones. It also generates a number of jobs for unskilled labour for
the tasks of sorting, grading, labelling, etc.


                                             26
Organized retail’s direct purchase from farmers and other suppliers compresses the
supply chain and eliminates a large number of intermediaries and hence can offer
consumers a lower price than the traditional channels. This has a subduing effect on
inflation in the economy. Besides inflation, high volatility of prices of certain
essential commodities, such as onions, sugar, tomatoes is an essential feature of the
Indian economy. The spread of retail can mitigate price volatility of essential
commodities by making them available throughout the year.

4.2.6     Improvement of Government Revenues

Another significant advantage of organized retailing is its contribution to government
revenues. Unorganized retailers normally do not pay taxes and most of them are not
even registered for sales tax, VAT, or income tax. Organized retailers, by contrast, are
corporate entities and hence file tax returns regularly. The growth of organized retail
business will be associated with a steady rise in tax receipts for the central, state, and
local governments.

4.3       Sample Surveys

In order to understand the actual impact of the growing organized retail, the study
carried out all-India surveys of following five entities:

      •    Unorganized retailers
      •    Consumers
      •    Intermediaries
      •    Farmers
      •    Manufacturers

Annex 4 gives the coverage and sampling design for these surveys. These surveys
were carried out during the four months, May-August 2007.

These surveys are confined to two major categories of product groups namely: (a)
food and grocery; and (b) textiles and clothing. These two categories cover nearly 70
per cent of retail in the country in recent years. In order to conduct an impact study for
this Report, it was felt appropriate to focus attention on these two categories. The
unorganized retailers in the survey included the grocery and general stores, textile and
readymade garment shops, fixed fruit and vegetable sellers, and push-cart fruit and
vegetable hawkers.

For the survey of traditional retailers, consumers and intermediaries, the study
covered all seven mega-metro cities of population above 40 lakhs as per 2001 Census
(Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, and Ahmedabad) and in
addition, one mini-metro (of population between 10 lakhs and 40 lakhs) with strong
organized retail presence from the North (Jaipur), West (Indore), and South (Kochi).

For the survey of traditional retailers, the study interviewed 2,020 shops, of which 55
per cent belonged to grocery and general stores, 20 per cent textiles and clothing, 7
per cent fixed fruit and vegetable sellers and 8 per cent fruit and vegetable hawkers.
They were selected, 20 each in the vicinity of each of the 101 chosen organized
outlets of four different formats (hypermarket, supermarket, discount store, and
department store). In analyzing the survey results, the retailers are classified into four


                                           27
regions: (a) North (consisting of surveyed retailers from Delhi and Jaipur); (b) West
(surveyed retailers from Mumbai, Ahmedabad and Indore); (c) East (retailers from
Kolkata); and (d) South (Chennai, Hyderabad, Bangalore and Kochi). After
eliminating the outliers, there are 1,999 traditional retailers in the final sample.

A consumer survey was conducted through exit interviews of 1,010 consumers,
equally divided between 505 persons each who shopped at 101 organized outlets and
another 505 persons who shopped at the same number of traditional retail outlets. The
same 10 cities for the retailer survey were also covered in the consumer survey. After
eliminating the outliers, there are 470 consumers shopping at organized outlets and
462 consumers shopping at unorganized outlets.

One hundred intermediaries of various categories dealing in different commodities
were interviewed from the 10 cities. Ninety seven intermediaries have remained in the
sample after discarding outlier cases. Given the very diverse categories of
intermediaries and the variety of products they deal in, a sample of 97 intermediaries
may not represent this heterogeneous group and hence the results from this survey
may be treated as more indicative than conclusive.

For the farmers’ survey, 197 cauliflower cultivators belonging to Hoskote taluka near
Bangalore have been chosen where many organized retailers have set up their
collection centres. These farmers were interviewed for their transactions with one or
                                              13
other of organized retailers, local mandi,         Bangalore mandi, and mandis of other
states.

Finally, in the case of manufacturers, executives for 12 large manufacturers and 20
small manufacturers were interviewed on their experience with organized retailing.

4.4       Survey Results: Unorganized Retailers

4.4.1     Size of Unorganized Outlets

The sampled traditional retail outlets had an average size of 217 sq. ft. including the
storage area, with textiles and clothing shops having a higher average size of 256 sq.
ft. and fixed fruit and vegetable shops an average size of 129 sq. ft. The grocery and
general stores have an average size of 216 sq. ft. including the storage area (Table
4.3).

                       Table 4.3: Store Area of Unorganized Retail

                                                     Average      Storage/       Total
                                        Sample
                Category                            Store Size    Godown       Average
                                         Size
                                                     (sq. ft.)    (sq. ft.)   Store Area
 Grocery and general store                1,299        200           16           216
 Textiles and clothing shop                 394        231           25           256
 Fixed fruit and vegetable seller           151        119           10           129
 Total                                   1844*         200           17           217
* Excludes 155 push-cart hawkers from the total sample of 1,999 cases.
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

13
     Mandi means market in Hindi.


                                             28
4.4.2   Employment Impact

The sampled unorganized retail outlets employ more family labour than hired labour;
on an average they employ 1.5 persons per shop from the family, and hired employees
of 1.1 persons. The survey finds a marginal increase in overall employment for these
outlets over the period of existence of the sampled organized retail outlets which
averaged 21 months. However, there has been a general increase in employment in
the South and East but a decline in the West and virtually no employment change in
the North (Chart 4.1a and Chart 4.1b).

                   Chart 4.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers)


                Chart 5.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers)

         180
                                                                  158                               95%
         160    149 151        148               149 152                154        153 152
                                     136
         140
                                                                                                    75%
         120
         100
                                                                                                    55%
          80
          60
                                                                                                    35%
          40
          20                                                                                        15%
           0                              8.4%




                                                                                          India
                                  East




                                                   West




                                                                                   All-
                                                                    Sout


                                                                         2.7%
                                                                                             0.8%
                                                                    h


                       -1.3%                              -1.6%
         -20                                                                                        -5%
                  Nort
                  h




                                  Now            Before           % Change




                      Chart 4.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers)


                 Chart 5.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers)



                                144 146
         150                                              134                                       23%
                                                 124               128
         130                                                             117        113 111
         110                                                                                        18%
          90     73    72                                                                           13%
          70
          50                                                                                        8%
                                                                    9.2%
          30
          10
               2.4%                                                                                 3%

         -10                                                                          2.2%
                               -1.4%                                                                -2%
                   Nort




                                                                        Sout
                                                    Wes




         -30
                                                                                          India
                   h




                                                                                          All-
                                                                        h
                                                    t




         -50                                                                                        -7%
                                                  -7.3%
                                   East




                                 Now             Be fore           % Cha nge   n
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.



                                         29
There appears to be a relation between the employment effect on unorganized retail
and the period of existence of organized outlets; the adverse effect, if at all there is
any, wears off with time. Interestingly, in the South and East, where the sampled
organized retailers have been in operation for some time, there has been an increase in
employment (Table 4.4 and Chart 4.1c).

    Table 4.4: Employment Impact on Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized
                      Retail (Compound Annual Growth)

                                                                                          All-India
                      North (Average         West (Average          East (Average      South (Average
                                                                                          (Average
                       age=19 mos.)          age=15 mos.)           Age=41 mos.)        Age=24 mos.)
   Age of                                                                               age=21 mos.)
  Organized                     Employ-        Employ-        Employ-        Employ-           Employ-
   Outlets        Sample                Sample         Sample         Sample         Sample
                                ment           ment           ment           ment              ment
                  size                  size           size           size           size
                                growth         growth         growth         growth            growth
                  (Nos.)                (Nos.)         (Nos.)         (Nos.)         (Nos.)
                                (%)            (%)            (%)            (%)               (%)
 Up to 1 year          235        -1.2     290   -7.4      0     n.a     388   6.6      913      -0.5
 Above 1 year
                       171          -0.5      148      -1.9           0        n.a      232          5.6         551     1.8
 up to 2 years
 Above 2 years
                       70           0.6       59       -2.0           27       3.0       40          2.4         196     0.5
 up to 3 years
 Above 3 years
                       40           -0.7      20       -2.7           50       1.4       20          -1.3        130     -0.6
 up to 4 years
 Above 4 years
                        0           n.a        0       n.a            10      -1.5       29          -0.7        39      -0.9
 up to 5 years
 Above 5 years          10           4.1       8       -0.4            9       0.9      143          1.6        170      1.6
 Total                 526          -0.1      525      -3.4           96       1.0      852          2.7        1999     0.8
n.a = not applicable; mos. = months; Nos. =
Numbers. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

          Chart 4.1c: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Employment
                            (Annualized Growth in %)

                 8

                 6

                 4

                 2

                 0

                 -2

                 -4

                 -6

                 -8

              -10
                            <1 year        1-2 years    2-3 years          3-4 years     4-5 years           > 5 years


         North               -1.2            -0.5             0.6            -0.7                               4.1
         Wes t               -7.4            -1.9             -2             -2.7                               -0.4
         Eas t                                                3               1.4             -1.5              0.9
         South                6.6             5.6             2.4            -1.3             -0.7              1.6
         All-India           -0.5             1.8             0.5            -0.6             -0.9              1.6

                            North             West                  East             South                 All-India




                                                              30
Finalmrp
4.4.3   Impact on Turnover and Profit

The survey has brought out that there has been an adverse impact on turnover and
profit of the unorganized retail sector after the opening of organized outlets. The
overall impact has been a decline in turnover of about 14 per cent and in profit of
about 15 per cent over the period, which is an average of 21 months. Therefore, the
annual decline in turnover and profit is in the range of 8-9 per cent. The negative
impact has been felt most in the West with an annual fall in turnover and profit of 19
per cent followed by the North and East in the range of 10-16 per cent whereas the
effect has been virtually insignificant in South (Table 4.5).

               Table 4.5: Annual Growth in Turnover and Profit of
                           Unorganized Retail Outlets


                                                    Average Age
                                                    of Organized        Annual
                    Sample         Turnover
                                                       Outlets         Growth in
                     Size         Growth (%)
                                                      (Months)        Turnover (%)

North                 526                -15.9            19               -10.2
West                  525                -23.7            15               -19.0
East                   96                -33.0            41               -11.1
South                 852                 2.4             24                1.2
All-India            1999                -13.7            21                -8.0

                                                    Average Age
                                                    of Organized         Annual
                    Sample       Profit Growth
                                                       Outlets          Growth in
                     Size             (%)
                                                      (Months)          Profit (%)

North                 526                -17.1            19               -11.1
West                  525                -24.1            15               -19.4
East                   96                -44.8            41               -16.1
South                 852                -1.0             24                -0.5
All-India            1999                -15.3            21                -8.9

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

Here again, it is interesting to see that the adverse impact has been in the first 4-5
years of opening of organized outlets after which the negative effects peter out (Table
4.6).



                                            31
Table 4.6: Annual Growth in Monthly Turnover and Profit of Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail

                                   North
                                                              West                        East                      South                   All-India
                             (Avr. age=19 mos.)
                                                       (Avr. age=15 mos.)          (Avr. Age=41 mos.)        (Avr. Age=24 mos.)         (Avr.age=21 mos.)
 Age of Organized
      Outlets                                                      Turnover
                         Sample size     Turnover    Sample size              Sample size     Turnover    Sample size    Turnover    Sample size    Turnover
                                                                    growth
                           (Nos.)       growth (%)     (Nos.)                   (Nos.)       growth (%)     (Nos.)      growth (%)     (Nos.)      growth (%)
                                                                      (%)
Up to 1 year                  235         -23.3         290          -36.4          0            n.a         388           1.0          913          -22.8
Above 1 year up to 2
                              171          -7.9         148          -16.6          0            n.a         232           2.2          551           -7.5
years
Above 2 years up to
                              70           -8.2          59          -9.4           27           -7.7         40           -0.7         196           -7.4
3 years
Above 3 years up to
                              40           -5.2          20          -7.8           50          -14.0         20           -1.2         130           -8.3
4 years
Above 4 years up to
                               0           n.a           0            n.a           10          -19.6         29           0.9           39           -1.9
5 years
Above 5 years                  10          -2.5          8            -6.1           9           -2.6        143           1.2           170          -0.3
Total                         526         -10.2         525          -19.0          96          -11.1        852           1.2          1999          -8.0
                                                                     Profit
                         Sample size       Profit    Sample size    growth    Sample size       Profit    Sample size      Profit    Sample size      Profit
                           (Nos.)       growth (%)     (Nos.)         (%)       (Nos.)       growth (%)     (Nos.)      growth (%)     (Nos.)      growth (%)

Up to 1 year                  235         -20.2         290          -37.1          0            n.a         388           -4.4         913          -23.5
Above 1 year up to 2
                              171          -9.5         148          -15.6          0            n.a         232           6.1          551           -6.3
years
Above 2 years up to
                              70          -10.5          59          -12.8          27          -13.2         40           0.8          196           -9.9
3 years
Above 3 years up to
                              40           -6.0          20          -7.3           50          -13.6         20           -1.3         130           -8.1
4 years
Above 4 years up to
                               0           n.a           0            n.a           10          -26.8         29          -10.7          39          -12.6
5 years
Above 5 years                  10          -4.9          8            -6.1           9          -13.0        143            1.6          170          -0.8
Total                         526         -11.1         525          -19.4          96          -16.1        852           -0.5         1999          -8.9
n.a = not applicable: Nos. = Numbers.
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey
2007




                                                                              32
The weakening of the adverse impact on the small retailers over time is also depicted
in Chart 4.2a and 4.2b.

             Chart 4.2a: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Turnover
                             (Annualized Growth in %)

       5

       0
                  <1 year       1-2 years        2-3 years      3-4 years          4-5 years    > 5 years
       -5

    -10

    -15
   %




    -20

    -25

    -30

    -35

    -40

                            North           West              East               South          All-India



                  Chart 4.2b: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Profit
                                 (Annualized Growth in %)


            10

             5

             0
                     <1 year         1-2 years     2-3 years         3-4 years      4-5 years    > 5 years
             -5

            -10

            -15
     %




            -20

            -25

            -30

            -35

            -40

                             North               West          East               South          All-India




About 49 per cent of the sampled small retailers reported decrease in turnover while
the rest reported either an increase (27 per cent) or no change (24 per cent). The
proportion of unorganized retailers who experienced decline in turnover was highest
in the East (71 per cent) followed by the West (66 per cent) and the North (57 per


                                                         33
cent) and the South reported only a smaller proportion (30 per cent) with a decline in
turnover (Table 4.7). Retailers, who reported a decline in turnover as a result of
competition from organized retail, were about 59 per cent. This was highest in the
East (83 per cent), followed by West (62 per cent), and South (59 per cent) and least
in the North (49 per cent).

    Table 4.7: Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover (% of Sampled Retailers)

                                        North      West      East    South      All-India
 Decrease in Turnover                    57            66     71         30        49
 Reasons:
  • Competition from
      organized retail                   49            62     83         59        59

   • Competition from
     unorganized retail                  13            6      4          9          9

   • All other factors                   38            32     13         32        32
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

The aforementioned data provides the information collected without indicating the
influence of the organized retail outlets. When the unorganized retailers were directly
asked about the impact of the opening of organized outlets in their vicinity, only 40
per cent respondents admitted that there was a negative impact. Region-wise, the
adverse impact of organized retail was admitted by as much as 59 per cent in the
West, followed by 48 per cent both in the North and East, and in the South only 23
per cent mentioned the adverse effect (Chart 4.3a). Category-wise, the impact has
been perceived more by textiles and clothing shops at 46 per cent and least by fruit
and vegetable hawkers at 34 per cent (Chart 4.3b).

         Chart 4.3a : Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Region
                            (% of Sampled Retailers)

                   Chart 5.3a: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers
           100%                            by
                                  Region (% of Sampled

            80%

                                                            59%
            60%
                     48%                        48%
                                                                         40%
            40%




                                  23%
            20%




             0%
                    North       South           East        West    All-India
34
Chart 4.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Category
                            (% of Sampled Retailers)


                    Chart 5.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized
                                    Retailers by
                              Category (% of Sampled
        100%

         80%

         60%
                                 46%
                   39%                         39%                       40%
         40%                                                 34%



         20%

          0%
                Groce ry &    Te xtiles &      Fixe d        Fruit/     Ove rall
                   ge ne       clothing     fruit/ ve ge     ve ge
                    ral         s hops      table selle    table haw
                  store s                        rs          kers




 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

4.4.4   Closure of Unorganized Outlets

It is interesting to know whether the presence of organized retail has led to the closure
of traditional outlets. The survey asked the respondent retailers whether they are
aware of any closing down of small shops in their neighbourhood after the opening of
organized outlets. A total of 151 such outlets were reported to have been closed down
over an average period of 21 months, which constituted about 4.2 per cent annualized
closure of retailers. This ratio is somewhat higher in the West at 6.8 per cent, about
4.5 per cent in the North, 3.5 per cent in the South and least at 2.1 per cent in the East.
These rates of closure are very low by international standards. The US data show a 50
per cent closure of small businesses within four years of operation (Headd, 2003).

However, only 41 per cent of the retailers attributed these closures directly to
competition from organized retail. This means that the closure of unorganized retail
outlets has been about 1.7 per cent a year on account of competition from organized
outlets. This varied between a high of 3.2 per cent in the West to a low of 0.4 per cent
in the East and 1.5 per cent in the South and 1.6 per cent in the North.

4.4.5   Response to Competition

According to the survey, unorganized retailers have indicated a number of steps taken
in response to competition from organized retail, such as adding new product lines
and brands, better display, renovation of the store, introduction of self service,
enhanced home delivery, more credit sales, acceptance of credit cards, etc. (Table
4.8).
35
Table 4.8: Response to Competition from Organized Retail Outlets
                            (% of Sampled Retailers)


                                  North        East         West         South        All-India

 Reduced prices                      43         31             24         33            33
 Reduced expenses                    33         38             31         36            34
 Reduced staff                       11         22             20         19            17
 Added new product lines             47         52             56         55            53
 Discontinued some
                                     20         22             26         34            28
 product lines
 Increased number of
                                     45         57             60         60            56
 brands
 Better display                      55         56             65         60            60
 Introduced self-service             38           7            52         24            34
 Done up my store                    32         35             58         30            38
 Improved home delivery              22         15             32         25            25
 Increased store space               24         10             31         20            24
 Increased price for some
                                      4           4               3       16              9
 consumers
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

Home delivery is at present provided by about 32 per cent of these retailers, and this
proportion is highest in the West at 39 per cent, followed by the South at 34 per cent
and then the North at 24 per cent and least in the East at 17 per cent. The survey
indicated increased home delivery sales after the advent of organized retail (Chart
4.4a).

                  Chart 4.4a : Increased Home Delivery Sales (% of
                         Retailers reporting Home Delivery)

                          Chart 5.4: Increased Home Delivery Sales
                          (% of Retailers reporting Home Delivery)

     60.0%

                  45.0%
                                      38.6%
     40.0%




     20.0%

                                                           9.4%
                                                                               7.0%




      0.0%
             Started free home                         Giving home
             delivery only now                        delivery to more
                                                      customers now
delivery order size
Reduced home                              Any other




                                     36
The results of the survey suggest that over a third of the retailers (35 per cent)
currently provide cash credit to their customers and the proportion is highest at 44 per
cent in the East and least in the South at 32 per cent and in between at 36-37 per cent
in the West and North. The average share of credit sales to total sales has been 21 per
cent, up from 13 per cent before the opening of organized outlets (Table 4.9).

                             Table 4.9: Cash Credit Sales


                                            North     East    West South All-India

 % of Retailers giving Cash Credit              37     44      36       32        35

 Change in cash credit sales:

 Started giving cash credit only now            24     29      49       26        32
 Giving cash credit to more customers
                                                43     63      26       38        38
 now
 Giving cash credit for more amount             8       5      14       17        13

 Giving cash credit for longer periods          1       -       9       13         8
 Charging higher prices/interest on
                                                5       -       2       3          3
 credit sales
 No change                                      20      3       -       4          7
 Mean per cent of cash credit sales
                                                20     23      23       19        21
 (now)
 Mean per cent of cash credit sales
                                                15     11      17       14        13
 (before)
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

Another interesting finding is that a section of traditional retailers are currently using
a number of modern technological facilities and this section is going to widen in the
future (Table 4.10). For example, acceptance of credit cards by small retailers is a
new phenomenon resulting from the presence of organized retailers. Currently 7 per
cent of the sampled unorganized retailers have installed credit card machines and the
survey showed that a huge additional 24 per cent plan to use a credit card machine in
the future. Computerized billing is done by 10 per cent of these retailers and an
additional 27 per cent is planning to use it in the future. Scanning and bar coding is
done currently by 4 per cent and an additional 17 per cent plan to use it in the future.
Computerized accounting and inventory control is practised by 5 per cent now and 19
per cent more want to do it in the future. Refrigerant, freezer, and hot case facilities
are already being used by 36 per cent and in addition 14 per cent wish to utilize it in
the future. About 10 per cent of the traditional outlets are air-conditioned and another
21 per cent will opt for it in the future. Surprisingly, about 45 per cent of these
retailers have an electronic weighing machine, and an additional 15 per cent want to
set up this machine in the future.




                                           37
Table 4.10: Technological Facilities in Use by Unorganized Retailers
                    (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers)


                                                                           Plan to Use in
                                                     Currently
                                                                              Future
                                                     Available
                                                                            (Additional)

 Computerized billing                                     10                          27
 Credit card machine                                       6                          24
 Scanning / bar coding                                     4                          17
 Computerized accounting / inventory control               5                          19
 Refrigerant/ freezer / hot case                          36                          14
 Air-conditioning                                         10                          21
 Electronic weighing machine                              45                          15

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

Access to bank credit is low among the surveyed unorganized retailers; only 12 per
cent of the respondents had availed themselves of bank credit during the last year.
This is much below the proportion of those who wish to secure bank credit at about 37
per cent (Chart 4.5a).

  Chart 4.5a : Bank Finance Situation (% of Sampled Unorganized Retailers)


                             Chart 5.5: Bank Finance Situation
                               (% of Sampled Unorganized
                                         Retailers)
      100%                   No, 88%
       80%
       60%                                                       No, 54%
                                                      Yes, 37%             Do'nt


       40%                                                               k now
       20%        Yes, 12%                                            /cannot s ay,
                                                                           9%
        0%
              Proportion of retailers availing
                  bank loans during the last 1-       Willingness to avail bank
                  year                                          credit
                                                     (including those who have
                                                      already taken bank loan)




Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

A majority of those who are willing to receive bank finance want it for expanding and
adding additional services to the same business (Table 4.11).
38
Table 4.11: Bank Finance Situation for Unorganized Retailers
                    (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers)

                                            North    East    West     South All-India
 Proportion of Retailers availing bank
                                                11    4        8        15       12
 finance during last year (%)
 Willingness to avail of bank credit:
     Yes                                        33    48      25        45       37
      No                                        61    41      72        40       54
      Don’t know/ can’t say                      5    11       2        15        9
 If willing, what would you do with
 bank credit?
 Will start another business along with
                                                12    21      29        18       19
 current business.
 Will expand and add more services to
                                                69    54      59        53       58
 the same business.
 Will get out of this business and start
                                                4     4        6         6       5
 something new.
 Never thought about expanding my
 business even, if I had sufficient             2     2        1         6       4
 finance.
 Don’t know/ can’t say.                         13    17       5        17       14

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

Despite the adverse impact so far, a large majority of unorganized retailers showed
their determination to continue in business. This is indicated by their response to the
need for making changes to keep up with the changing times (Chart 4.6a).

                  Chart 4.6a : Dealing with Competition – All-India


                  Chart 5.6: Dealing with Competition - All-India

                                                            I would like to
                         Don't know/                          change my
                                                             business in
                        Can't say (17%)
                                                             keeping with
                                                            modern times
                                                                (30%)

         We have always
          been doing this                                    I do not have the
           business in a                                        resources to
          certain way. I do                                      change my
            not see any                                          business in
         reason to change                                       keeping with
                that                                           modern times
              (29%)                                                (24%)




                                           39
Finalmrp
The region-wise attitude of the sampled small retailers in dealing with competition is
shown in Table 4.11.

         Table 4.12: Dealing with Competition by Unorganized Retailers
                    (In % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers)


                                  North      East       West       South      All-India

 Would like to change
 business in keeping with          23         50         39          28             30
 modern times.
 Do not have resources to
                                   25          6         22          25             24
 change my business.
 Doing this business in a
 certain way; I do not see any     32         17         36          23             29
 reason to change.

 Don’t know /can’t say.            20         27          2          24             17

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

Even for the next generation, unorganized retailers want to continue the same
business. Only 29 per cent of the respondents want their children to do something
other than retail (Chart 4.7a).

  Chart 4.7a : Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your Business – All-India

             Chart 5.7: Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your
                               Business - All-India
                                                                     I would definitely
                                                                      like my children
               Don't know/Can't
                                                                      to continue with
                      say
                                                                          the same
                    (28%)                                                 business
                                                                             (7%)




                                                                   I would like my
                                                                    children to get
                 I would insist                                   into my business
               that my children                                   but will leave the
              take up anything                                     choice to them
                other than this                                           (36%)
                    business
                   (29%)




This ratio is higher in the North at 38 per cent and least in the East at 16 per cent
(Table 4.13).
40
Table 4.13: Attitude towards Children taking up Your Business
                            (As % of Sampled Retailers)


                                    North         East      West       South        All-India
 I would definitely like my            8            8         6           7             7
 children to continue with
 the same business.
 I would like my children to           39          55         32         35            36
 get into my business but
 will leave the choice to
 them.
 I would insist that my                38          16         29         25            29
 children take up anything
 other than this business.
 Don’t know /can’t say.                16          21         33         33            28
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

There has been talk of organized retailers extending franchisee relationship to small
retailers as a way of helping them to cope with the adverse impact. Surprisingly,
unorganized retailers expressed their lack of interest to become a franchisee of
organized retailers. On an average only 10 per cent are willing to take up franchisees
and this proportion is hardly 3-4 per cent in the East and West but higher in the North
at 18 per cent (Chart 4.8a).

       Chart 4.8a : Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized Retailers
                             (% of Sampled Retailers)

              Chart 5.8: Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized
                          Retailers (% of Sampled Retailers)

      100%

      80%

      60%

      40%
                 18%
      20%                       10%                                           10%
                                                 3%           4%
       0%



                North          South             East        West             Total


Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

4.5    Control Sample Survey of Retailers

The above analysis has shown that unorganized retailers over the past few years have
been adversely affected in terms of their turnover and profit. Is this adverse effect
confined only to traditional retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers? To test this,


                                            41
Finalmrp
the authors have undertaken a survey of a sample of 805 unorganized grocery outlets,
fixed fruit and vegetable sellers and push cart fruit and vegetable vendors (“control
sample”) who are located away from the organized retailers. This was done in four
cities, one each in the four regions (Delhi in the North, Kolkata in the East,
Hyderabad in the South and Ahmedabad in the West). The methodology of this
survey can be seen in Annex 4. The results of this survey in comparison with those
done in the same cities for traditional retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers
(“treatment sample”) are examined below.

4.5.1   Size and Age of Outlets

As can be seen in Table 4.14, the average size and average age of outlets in both
samples are similar. Although some variations exist in each city, the overall average
of the store size is about 166-167 sq. ft. excluding the godown. Similarly, the average
age of outlets in both samples work out to about nine years.

                Table 4.14: Average Size and Age of Outlets - Control
                            Sample vs Treatment Sample

                                             Average Size of       Average Age of
                     Sample Size
                                             Store* (sq. ft.)      Outlet (years)
                Treatment Control Treatment Control Treatment Control
                 sample   sample   sample   sample   sample   sample

Delhi               357           363         144        142        10           9

Kolkata              58           60          130        116        14           12

Hyderabad           259           261         171        205         9           9

Ahmedabad           119           121         241        215         6           9

Overall             793           805         167        166         9           9

* Excluding godowns, if any, and push-cart vendors.
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

4.5.2   Employment Situation

The overall employment situation showed no change in the treatment sample which is
in tune with the authors’ earlier analysis (Table 4.15). The treatment sample shows
some decline in employment in Delhi and Ahmedabad, while Kolkata and Hyderabad
have some increase in employment. In the control sample, Kolkata and Ahmedabad
record strong growth in employment in the unorganized retail sector. Surprisingly,
Delhi indicates a large decline in unorganized retail employment in the control sample
and Hyderabad, no change.




                                             42
Table 4.15: Employment Impact - Control vs Treatment Sample

                                 Treatment Sample                     Control Sample
                    Average age                      Annualized          Annual %
                                  % Change in
                    of organized                     % change in         change in
                                  employment
                    outlets (Yrs)                    employment         employment
 Delhi                  1.37             -0.91           -0.67              -3.37
 Kolkata                3.02              6.19            2.01              4.58
 Hyderabad              1.97              1.16            0.59                0
 Ahmedabad              1.10             -3.06           -2.79              4.47
 Overall                1.65                0               0               -0.53
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

4.5.3   Impact on Turnover and Profit

Table 4.16 brings out the comparative position with regard to turnover and profit for
unorganized retail in both treatment and control samples. The control sample records
an overall growth in turnover of about 2 per cent and profit of about 5 per cent in the
past one year; in the treatment sample, both turnover and profit declined by about 10
per cent per annum. This diverse impact as between the treatment and control samples
is evident in all the four cities.

   Table 4.16: Impact on Turnover and Profit: Control vs Treatment Sample

                               Treatment Sample                    Control Sample
                   Average age of
                                          %        Annualized      % Change over
                  organized outlets
                                        Change     % change        the past year
                      (years)

A. Turnover
Delhi                   1.37            -18.57        -13.92              2.93
Kolkata                 3.02            -36.00        -13.74              0.80
Hyderabad               1.97             -2.54         -1.30              4.91
Ahmedabad               1.10            -21.97        -20.19             -5.05
Overall                 1.65            -16.26        -10.20              2.11
B. Profit
Delhi                   1.37            -16.29        -12.17              3.54
Kolkata                 3.02            -34.77        -13.19             12.10
Hyderabad               1.97             -1.76         -0.90              7.41
Ahmedabad               1.10            -28.46        -26.25               1.5
Overall                 1.65            -16.42        -10.30              5.26
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

The dissimilar impact as between the treatment and control samples is also seen in the
proportion of retailers who experienced a decline in turnover or profit. In the
treatment sample, overall 50-51 per cent of unorganized retailers indicated a decline


                                          43
in turnover and profit, while that proportion was only 28-29 per cent in the control
sample (Table 4.17).

Table 4.17: Proportion of Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment
                     Sample vs Control Sample (in per cent)

                                        Treatment Sample           Control Sample

 A. Turnover
 Delhi                                          57                        29
 Kolkata                                        67                        32
 Hyderabad                                      31                        25
 Ahmedabad                                      64                        35
 Overall                                        50                        29

 B. Profit
 Delhi                                          57                        29
 Kolkata                                        74                        28
 Hyderabad                                      32                        24
 Ahmedabad                                      64                        33
 Overall                                        51                        28
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

The unorganized retailers who were subject to a decline in turnover and profit were
asked the major reason for that decline. In the treatment sample, 50-58 per cent of
retailers who were subject to decline in turnover and profit attributed it to competition
from organized retail, whereas only 24-25 per cent in the control sample attributed it
to organized retail (Table 4.18). Similarly, while only 12-13 per cent quoted
competition from the unorganized retailers as the main reason for decline in the
treatment sample, a larger 26-32 per cent considered that as the main reason for the
decline in the control sample.

    Table 4.18: Reasons for Decline in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs
          Control Sample (% of Sampled Retailers Subject to Decline)

                                                         Treatment          Control
                                                          Sample            Sample

 A. Turnover
 1. Competition from organized retail                        58                25
 2. Competition from unorganized retail                      12                32
 3. All other factors                                        30                43

 B. Profit
 1. Competition from organized retail                        50                24
 2. Competition from unorganized retail                      13                26
 3. All other factors                                        37                50
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007


                                           44
4.6      Consumer Survey Results

The purpose of the survey of consumers is to understand the behaviour of and benefits
to consumers in shopping at organized vs. unorganized retail outlets. Exit interviews
were conducted with 505 consumers who shopped at 101 organized outlets in the
selected 10 cities and an equal number of consumers who shopped at 101 unorganized
outlets in the same cities. After dropping the outliers, the sample has 470 customers at
organized outlets and 462 at unorganized outlets.

4.6.1    Income Levels of Shoppers

As expected, consumers shopping at organized outlets have higher income levels than
consumers shopping at unorganized outlets. However, the middle class including the
aspirers (covering monthly household income between Rs.10,000 to Rs. 1,00,000)
which is the mainstay for retail, shop at both organized and unorganized outlets
(Table 5.19).

       Table 4.19: Average Monthly Household Income of Shoppers (% Share)

                                                                     Shoppers at
                                            Shoppers at
        Income Group (Rupees)                                        Unorganized
                                          Organized Outlets
                                                                       Outlets
      Up to 10,000                                 6                       27

      10,001 – 20,000                              36                      54

      20,001 – 50,000                              45                      16

      50,001 – 1,00,000                            11                      2

      1,00,000 -10,00,000                          2                       1

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

4.6.2    Location Advantage for the Unorganized Retailers

Location is a comparative advantage for unorganized retailers as the mean distance to
the residence for consumers at unorganized outlets is 1.1 km compared to 2.6 km for
consumers at organized outlets (Chart 4.9a). As expected, a majority of consumers
walk to traditional retailers, while most of the consumers use own vehicle to reach
organized outlets (Chart 4.9b).




                                          45
Chart 4.9a: Distance of Retail Outlets


    70           Organized                                                   Unorganized
                                                         70



                 (N = 470)                                                       (N = 462)
    60                                                   60
                                                                    64
    50                                                   50

    40                                                   40
%                                                    %
           26      24                                    30
    30
                                               19                             19
                             16
    20                               15                  20
                                                                                           7                   6
                                                         10                                           4
    10
                                                          0
     0                                                             Upto    0.6 to 1   1 to 2      2 to 4 Above 4



           Upto 0.6 to 1   1 to 2   2 to 4 Above 4             0.5 Km       Km            Km      Km      Km
         0.5 k m  Km        Km       Km      Km




           Mean Distance = 2.6 Km                                  Mean Distance = 1.1 Km


                                    Chart 4.9b: Mode of Transport


                    Organized                                                             Unorganized
                    (N = 470)                                                              (N = 462)
    60
                                                              60

    50
                                                              50
                                                                      55
    40
                                                              40
%   30
                    33         33                        %    30
    20
                                          22                  20
    10
                                                                                                 23       18
                                                                                      4
           12                                                 10
     0
                                                               0


          Walk      Car     Scooter/ Other
                                                                     Walk          Car         Scooter/ Other
                             Bik e
                                                                                                Bike




Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

4.6.3      Preference for Organized vs Unorganized Retailers

Those who shopped at organized outlets reported the main reasons as better product
quality, lower price, one-stop shopping, choice of more brands and products, family
shopping, fresh stocks, etc. Those who shopped at unorganized outlets attributed it to
proximity to residence, goodwill, credit availability, possibility of bargaining, choice
of loose items, convenient timings, home delivery, etc.




                                          46
The survey also throws light on the fact that shoppers do not shop exclusively at the
organized or the unorganized outlets. They shop at both outlets and the share of
spending varies from product to product. Even those who were interviewed at
organized outlets, declared that 43-46 per cent of their spending on vegetables, fruit,
non-staple food items, cooking oil and other packaged food items was from
unorganized outlets (Table 4.20). On the whole, the sample shoppers at organized
outlets make a 30 per cent of their spending on food and grocery, and textiles and
clothing at unorganized outlets.

Similarly, consumers interviewed at unorganized outlets also spend at organized
outlets; on an average, 39 per cent of their monthly shopping is done at organized
outlets. This is relatively higher for toiletries (59 per cent), household cleaning
products (45 per cent), readymade garments (45 per cent), and cooking oil (41 per
cent).

     Table 4.20: Share of Average Monthly Spending by Product Category of
            Consumers at Organized/ Unorganized Outlets (% Share)

                               Consumers at Organized           Consumers at
                                      Outlets                 Unorganized Outlets
                              Spending at Spending at Spending at Spending at
                               organized unorganized organized unorganized
                                outlets     outlets     outlets     outlets

 Staples                           66             34            31            69
 Other food items                  59             41            34            66
 Cooking oil                       54             46            41            59
 Other packaged foods              55             45            38            62
 Toiletries                        63             37            59            41
 Household cleaning
                                   54             46            45            55
 products
 Fruit                             56             44            36            64
 Vegetables                        57             43            35            65
 Readymade garments                62             38            45            55
 Total                             70             30            39            61
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

The consumers at organized outlets were asked whether their overall spending on
food and grocery, and textiles and clothing has increased, decreased, or remained the
same after they started shopping from organized outlets. While 32 per cent of sampled
consumers declared an increase in spending, 21 per cent indicated a decrease and the
balance no change. Thus the arrival of organized retail has enhanced spending in
general. The reasons indicated for higher spending have been mainly the purchase of
larger quantities due to wider range of products, availability of attractive offers like
discounts and promotional schemes, and access to better quality products with higher
prices.


                                          47
4.6.4   Savings from Organized Outlets

Do the shoppers who buy at organized outlets save money? Yes, they save but the
degree of saving depends upon the type of modern formats. The sampled consumers
at organized outlets reported an overall saving of 4 per cent, and the saving is higher
at 8 per cent at discount stores and supermarkets, and a low of 2 per cent at
hypermarkets and hardly one per cent at departmental stores (textiles and clothing
outlets). Interestingly, the survey has shown that small spenders save more from
shopping at organized outlets (Table 4.21).

         Table 4.21: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format
                                (as % of Spending)

                                                                Depart-
  Spending at Sampled Visit       Discount Super- Hyper-
                                                                mental      Overall
          (Rupees)                 Store   market market
                                                                 Store
         Up to 250                      12        10      6        0          10
         251 - 500                       9         6      6        2           6
         501 - 1000                      7         9      6        4           7
         1001 – 2000                     7        10      3        2           6
         2001 – 5000                     5         4      0        1           1
         Above 5000                      0         0      2        0          0.4
         Overall                         8         8      2        1           4
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

Is it that the small spenders who save more at organized outlets are into cherry
picking on discounted items irrespective of income levels or are they from the low-
income brackets?

Table 4.22 shows that it is really the low-income households who save more at
organized outlets.

         Table 4.22: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format
                                (as % of Spending)

                                                                Depart-
  Monthly Household Income        Discount Super- Hyper-
                                                                mental      Overall
          (Rupees)                 Store   market market
                                                                 Store
        Up to 10,000                    17        10      6        0           10
        10,001 – 20,000                  7        10      4        4           7
        20,001 – 50,000                  7         6      2        1           3
        50,001 – 1,00,000                7         3      1        1           2
        1,00,000 -10,00,000              0         7      0        0            1
        Overall                          8         8      2        1           4
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007




                                             48
4.6.5   Consumers’ View on Opening of More Organized Outlets

Finally, consumers were asked about their opinion about opening of more organized
outlets. Among the shoppers at organized outlets, 73 per cent wanted more organized
outlets whereas only 34 per cent of shoppers at unorganized outlets preferred to have
more organized outlets. Among both shoppers, a quarter did not want any more
organized outlets (Chart 4.10a).

        Chart 4.10a : Attitude towards Opening of More Organized Outlets

        Organized                                    Unorganized
        (N = 470)                                     (N = 462)


                                                       No                  Yes
       No                        No                  Opinion
                               Opinion                                    34%
      22%                                             40%
                                5%




                                                                No
                        Yes                                    26%
                       73%

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007




4.7     Consumer Survey at Unorganized Fruit and Vegetable Outlets

The above consumer survey did not include consumers who are shopping at pure fruit
and vegetable shops located in fixed market areas or the push-cart hawkers selling
fruit and vegetables. Separate exit interviews were conducted of a total of 308
consumers shopping at these outlets in nine major cities (all ten cities included earlier
minus Kochi). The findings of this survey are given below.

4.7.1   Income Levels of Consumers

About 52 per cent of the sampled shoppers at fixed and push-cart fruit and vegetable
vendors are the low-income households (monthly income up to Rs. 10,000). Within
the sample, it is observed that about 37 per cent (114 numbers) of consumers shop
also from organized retail outlets and the majority (63 per cent) shop exclusively from
unorganized outlets. If we consider the part of shoppers who exclusively shop from
these outlets, 66 per cent of them belong to the low-income group (Table 4.23).
Among those who also shop from organized outlets for fruit and vegetables, the
majority (71 per cent) belongs to the middle-income category (monthly household
income from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 1,00,000).
49
Table 4.23: Average Monthly Household Income of Consumers at Unorganized
                             Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share)

                                                              Consumers Buying Consumers Buying only
             Income Group                  Total
                                                             also from Organized from Unorganized
                (Rupees)                 (N = 308)
                                                               Outlets (N = 114)  Outlets (N = 194)
         Up to 10,000                        52                            28                               66

         10,001 – 20,000                     32                            43                               25

         20,001 – 50,000                     14                            24                               8

         50,001 – 1,00,000                       1                          4                               1

         1,00,000 -10,00,000                     1                          1                               0

     Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

     4.7.2     Attractiveness of Shopping from Fruit and Vegetable Vendors

     Proximity comes out clearly as the major advantage of the traditional fruit and
     vegetable shops and hawkers with their mean distance for consumers at just one km
     (Chart 4.11a). A majority of consumers walk to these outlets (62 per cent), some
     travel by scooter or motor cycle (19 per cent). These results are similar to what was
     evident in the case of consumers shopping at neighbourhood kirana shops.

         Chart 4.11a : Distance and Mode of Transport to Unorganized Retail Vendors

           Distance to Vendors                                                    Mode of Transport
    70
             62                                                      70
                                                                            62
    60
                                                                     60

    50
                                                                     50


    40
                                                                     40
%                                                                %
    30                     28                                        30
                                                                                      19
    20                                                               20

    10
                                        8                                                      8        7
                                                                     10                                          3
                                                         2                                                              1
     0                                                                0
          Upto 0.5      0.6 to 1   1 to 2 Km s       2 to 4 Km             By      Scoote r/ Au to   Bi cycl e By C ar Bu s
           Km s          Km s      s                                      Wal k     Bi k e




     Mean Distance = 1.04 km

     Besides closeness to residence, the survey has highlighted the other attractive features
     of shopping from these retail outlets as: possibility of bargaining, freshness of
     products, better quality, lower price, choice of varieties, credit availability, convenient
     timings, e
              etc.
50
4.7.3   Share of Purchases, Organized vs Unorganized Outlets

As indicated earlier, some of the consumers who shop at unorganized fruit and
vegetable outlets also shop from organized outlets. On an average, these shoppers
make 11 purchases in a month of which two are made from organized outlets. In the
case of the shoppers who also shop from organized outlets (which constitute 37 per
cent of the sample); they make 13 purchases a month of which four are from
organized outlets. If we consider all those who shop exclusively from unorganized
outlets, they shop 10 times a month (Table 4.24).

As regards the level of spending in these outlets, the consumers on an average spend
approximately Rs. 1,085 in a month on fruit and vegetables of which nearly one-fifth
is spent at organized outlets. If one takes into account only those who shop also from
organized outlets, they make over two-fifths of their fruit and vegetable purchases
from organized outlets.

           Table 4.24: Share of Purchases of Consumers at Unorganized
                       Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share)

                                                                        Consumers
                                                    Consumers Buying    Buying only
                                     Total              also from          from
                                   (N = 308)        Organized Outlets   Unorganized
                                                        (N = 114)         Outlets
                                                                         (N = 194)

A. Frequency of monthly
  purchases
 1. Average number of
                                         11                13               10
     purchases
 2. Purchases from organized
                                         2                 4                0
     outlets
 3. Purchases from
                                         9                 9                10
     unorganized outlets

B. Monthly expenditure
 1. Average monthly
                                        1085              1307             955
    expenditure (Rs.)
 2. % Spending at organized
                                        18.7              41.8              0
    outlets
 3. % Spending at unorganized
                                        81.3              58.2            100.0
    outlets
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

4.7.4   Preference for Additional Organized Outlets

These consumers were also asked whether they would like the opening of additional
organized outlets for fruit and vegetables, a third answered in the positive. About 29
per cent did not want any additional organized outlets and 38 per cent did not have
any opinion (Chart 4.12a).


                                               51
Chart 4.12a : Preference for Additional Organized Outlets for Fruit & Vegetables



      No Opinion                                                               Yes
         38%                                                                  33%




                                                                     No
                                                                    29%

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

4.8      Intermediary Survey Results

The profile of the sampled 97 intermediaries by type and by commodity and product
group is given in Table 4.25.

      Table 4.25: Profile of Sampled Intermediaries by Type and Commodity/
                             Product Group (in numbers)

                                             Packaged
                   Cooking                                  Veget-
                           Rice Wheat Pulses Consumer Fruit        Apparel Total*
                     Oil                                    ables
                                             Products
 Commission
                      0      1       0       1         0        3         3          0    8
 agent
 Miller/trader        1      1       2       4         3        0         0          2    9
 Regional
                      0      1       1       0         2        0         1          1    5
 wholesaler
 C & F agent          0      0       0       0         0        0         0          1    1
 Wholesaler           5      4       7       6         8        5         5          5   41
 Local comm-
                      0      0       0       0         1        0         1          0    2
 ission agent
 Company
                      4      2       3       3        10        0         0          2   19
 stockist
 Distributor          1      2       2       2         1        1         0          0    7
 Authorized
                      0      2       0       2         1        0         0          0    3
 dealer
 Others               2      0       0       0         0        0         0          0    2

* In some cases, the same intermediary is engaged in more than one product category and hence
the row total may add more than the last column total.
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey
2007

4.8.1    Business Profile and Employment

Intermediation is the core business for 96 per cent of the sampled intermediaries. A
majority of them have been in business for a very long period: 36 per cent are in
                                                                               a
business for more than 20 years and only 29 per cent are for less than 10 years.
52
Thirty-two per cent of the intermediaries interviewed are company-appointed
stockists or distributors. A bulk of the sampled intermediaries has good infrastructural
backing: 71 per cent have warehouses and 80 per cent of them own those warehouses;
50 per cent of the intermediaries have their own transport and 77 per cent of them
own them. 97 intermediaries employed 586 persons under them in 2006-07, almost
the same number of 587 employees in 2005-06.

4.8.2    Business Turnover and Profit

The sampled intermediaries reported an increase of turnover by 7.5 per cent in 2006-
07 over 2005-06 and an increase in profit by 15 per cent also over the same period.
However, the sample indicated that there was: (i) some decline in turnover in fruit,
vegetables and apparel; (ii) a decline in profit in vegetables and apparel; and (iii)
stagnation in profit in pulses, packaged consumer products and fruit (Table 4.26).

                Table 4.26: Turnover and Profit by Product Category

                             Average Turnover                  Average Profit
 Product/                      (Rs. million)                    (Rs. million)
 Commodity
                           2005-06        2006-07        2005-06          2006-07

 Cooking oil                 21.3           22.0            1.4              1.5
 Rice                        15.0           16.6            2.7              3.4
 Wheat                       11.8           12.6            2.0              2.7
 Pulses                      11.6           12.7            1.0              1.0
 Packaged consumer
                              8.1           11.2            0.7              0.7
 products
 Fruit                        8.1              7.9          0.5              0.5
 Vegetables                   4.1              3.6          0.3              0.2
 Apparel                      7.9              7.8          0.6              0.5
 Total average               10.6           11.4            1.0             1.15

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

The sampled intermediaries were asked whether they have experienced an increase,
decrease or constant turnover and profit in the past year compared to the previous
year. In both turnover and profit, the number who reported increase had been 23-24
per cent which is lower than those who reported decrease (33 per cent for turnover
and 38 per cent for profit). With both overall turnover and profit showing an increase,
it implies that the smaller intermediaries have been affected. Interestingly, product-
wise response indicated that a greater number of intermediaries had decreases than
increases except in product categories of rice and wheat for both turnover and profit,
and pulses for turnover (Table 4.27).




                                          53
Table 4.27: Change in Turnover and Profit by Product Category

                           Turnover in 2006-07          Profit in 2006-07
 Product/                      over 2005-06               over 2005-06
 Commodity                         Decreas
                        Increase             Same Increase Decrease Same
                                      e
 Edible Oil                23         54     23      23          54       23
 Rice                       31        23     46      38          31       31
 Wheat                     27           7    67      27            7      66
 Pulses                     28        17     56      28           28      44
 Packaged
 consumer                    31          31        38         31           34       35
 Products
 Fruit                       33          44        23         33           56       11
 Vegetables                   0          50        50          0           50       50
 Apparel                      9          27        64          0           27       73
 Overall                     24          33        43         23           38       39
Note: The figures are in terms of percentage of respondents who are 97 in number
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

Intermediaries were asked whether the emergence of organized retail had any adverse
impact on them. Thirty seven per cent have admitted an adverse impact, while 59 per
cent indicated no adverse impact. However a larger proportion of intermediaries
dealing in commodities, such as rice (54 per cent), fruit (56 per cent), vegetables (50
per cent) and packaged consumer products (42 per cent) have indicated negative
impact (Table 4.28).

        Table 4.28: Adverse Impact of Organized Retail on Intermediaries

                                                                            Don't Know/
           Product/ Commodity                           Yes         No
                                                                             Can't Say
   Cooking oil                                          31          62            8
   Rice                                                 54          46            0
   Wheat                                                20          80            0
   Pulses                                               22          67          11
   Packaged consumer products                           42          58            0
   Fruit                                                56          44            0
   Vegetables                                           50          50            0
   Apparel                                              18          73            9
   Overall                                              37          59            4
Note: The figures are in terms of percentage of respondents who are 97 in number.
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007

The intermediaries were also asked whether they adopted changes in their business
strategy to meet the threat from organized retail. Only 19 per cent had admitted
changes in business strategy during 2006-07. The measures included improved




                                              54
services to customers, reduction in margins, dealing in better quality products,
reduction of expenditure, reduced staff, new product lines, and increased credit sales.
While 37 per cent had indicated adverse impact of organized retail, a lower proportion
of 31 per cent intermediaries reported possible adverse impact of organized retail in
their future business (Chart 4.13a). Even this 31 per cent plan different strategies to
remain competitive to cope with the adverse effect of organized retailing, such as
offering discounts, reducing margins, putting pressure on the government, shifting to
better quality and branded products, increasing the variety of products, enhancing
credit facility, etc.

                   Chart 4.13a : Adverse Impact on Future Business

              Don't Know/ Can't Say, 20%



                                                                  Ye s , 31%



                                         No, 49%




Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007.

With regard to future plans, 66 per cent are prepared to invest and expand business
and remain competitive. About 89 per cent want to remain in the same business, while
only 3 per cent are thinking of changing the business line. An overwhelming
proportion – almost two-thirds want their children to get into intermediary business
and only 22 per cent did not want their children to be in the same business (Chart
4.14a).

                                Chart 4.14a : Succession Plans


                    13

  14




       22                                                                                    51

            I w ould lik e m y childre n to ge t into m y bus ine s s but w ill le ave choice on
            the m I w ould ins is t that m y childr e n tak e up anything othe r than this bus
            ine s s Don’t' Know /Can't Say
            I w ould de finite ly lik e m y childr e n to continue w ith the s am e bus ine s s


                                                    5
                                                    55
5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers

5.1     Introduction

This chapter analyses the impact of organized retail on farmers and manufacturers.
The study of the impact of organized retail on farmers is undertaken in two parts. The
first part explores the supply chain of agricultural produce. This has been done for
                                                  14
cauliflower farmers in Hoskote, Bangalore. The second part is an exhaustive survey
of 197 cauliflower farmers in the same area. These farmers rely on multiple channels
to sell their produce and the results of this survey have been analysed to find out the
comparative advantages for the farmer.

The chapter also reports the findings from interviews of manufacturers. To understand
the impact on manufacturers, interviews of the management were conducted for 12
important FMCG and apparel producers. In addition, 20 small producers were also
interviewed separately to learn about how the small sector is impacted and is coping
with the emergence of organized retail.

5.2     Plotting the Supply Chain

Subsequent to the investigation in and around Bangalore (Hoskote), where interviews
were conducted with all market players in the supply chain, seven unique supply
chains were mapped (Chart 5.1). These chains trace the various paths adopted by the
farmer to sell his produce. The only logistic service providers are the transporters.
Most of the services required, such as loading, unloading, grading, sorting and
packing, are undertaken either by the farmer or the intermediary or the retailer. These
services are value additions for either the farmer or the retailer. The selling price of
the cauliflower is given in rupees in the arrow box below each player’s name. All
prices are applicable for one head of cauliflower. The cauliflower is graded by size
            15
and weight. Not all players buy all the grades of cauliflower. Hence prices of only
those grades that the respective player sells to the buyer are given.

The presence of those intermediaries (wholesalers) within the dotted arrow boxes is
optional. On most occasions, these wholesalers are absent from the chain. These
wholesalers are typically responsible for the produce reaching the small retailers such
as the small stationery vegetable shops and the many push-cart vendors and hawkers.

With the exception of the last two chains, (f) and (g)), which pertain only to organized
retailers, in all the other chains, the retailer may be an organized or a traditional
retailer. Most farmers utilize a mix of the chains listed above.




14
     The climate in Bangalore is suited to growing cauliflower throughout the year. The vegetable
   is transported from Bangalore to other states in India all through the year. Hoskote is one of the
   largest cauliflower producing areas in the country.
15
      A cauliflower weighing over 750g is considered as “large” (L), while a “medium” (M)
   weighs between 400-750g and a head that weighs less than 400g is “small” (S).


                                                 56
Chart 5.1: The Cauliflower Supply Chain




     Farmer             Transporters       CA*               Wholesaler          Retailer
     L: 8-9               (Service         L: 8-9            L: 10-10.50         L: 15-16
a)   M: 4-4.50
                        provider)          M: 4-4.50         M: 6-6.50           M: 11-12
     S: 2                                  S: 2              S: 3-4              S: 8-9




     Farmer                Wholesaler        Retailer
b)   L: 7-7.50             L: 8.50-9.50
     M: 5                  M: 6-7




      Farmer            Wholesaler                           Wholesaler          Retailer
                                           CA*
      L: 8-9             L: 10.50-11                         L: 12.50-13.50      L: 17-19
c)                                         L: 10.50-11
      M: 4-4.50          M: 6.50-7         M: 6.50-7         M: 8-8.50           M: 13-14
      S: 2               S: 3              S: 3              S: 6-7              S: 9-10.50




       Farmer              Shandi             Consumer
d)     L: 9-10
       M: 6-7
       S: 5




       Farmer             Safal Market         Wholesaler          Retailer
e)     L: 9.50-10.50       (NDDB)              L: 11.50-12         L: 15.50-16
       M: 7.50-8           L: 9.50-10.50       M: 9.50-10          M: 12-13
                           M: 7.50-8




     Farmer             Group Leader/         Collection        Supermarket
f)                        Consolidator        Centre
     L: 9-9.50            L: 10-10.50                             L: 14-15




      Farmer                Collection      Supermarket
g)                          Centre
      L: 10-10.50                              L: 14-15
*Commission Agent


5.2.1   Cost of Cultivation

Investigation at the field level indicated that cultivation practices of farmers supplying
to organized retailers and farmers not doing so were different. Therefore, interviews
were held with both categories of farmers to understand farming practices and
differences in the costs, if any, of cultivation.

Table 5.1 provides the number of cauliflowers planted and harvested by the farmer
differentiated as between the various channels to which he sells his produce.




                                           57
Table 5.1: Sowing Patterns of Farmers

                            Cauliflowers Planted and Harvested per Acre

                                            First Buyer or Market of the Farmer
        Number of
        Cauliflowers
                                Mandi    Wholesaler Shandi NDDB Consolidator Retailer

 I           Total planted      18000     18000         18000     18000        15000         12000
             Numbers
 II
             harvested
       (a)       Large            6000      6000         6000      6000         10000          7000

       (b)       Medium          4000       4000         4000      4000          3000          2500

       (c)       Small            2000      2000         2000      2000          1000          1500

                 Total           12000     12000        12000      12000        14000         11000
                       16
 III         Wastage              6000      6000         6000      6000          1000          1000

Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER

A farmer who does not supply to an organized retailer, directly or through a
consolidator, seems to sow as many as 18,000 heads per acre of land. Farmers who do
supply to organized retailers stated that sowing fewer heads ensures better quality
produce. The farmers also stated that retailers too recommend the sowing of not more
than 15,000 heads on an acre of land. Farmers who do not supply to organized
retailers are aware that the crop yields bigger and better quality heads when fewer
numbers are sown. However, they stated that greater numbers meant more flowers to
sell. Interestingly, as per information collected and tabulated above, wastage is the
highest among the farmers who are not associated with organized retailers. Farmers
associated with organized retailers seem to not only have low wastage but also better
quality yields.

Table 5.2 puts down the costs of cultivation per acre of different farmers categorized
by the first buyer or market that they sell to. The costs of cultivation for farmers
supplying to the mandi, wholesaler, shandi or the NDDB market are the same. The
differences arise in commissions payable and charges payable for transport and
loading and/or offloading. All costs, except commission, are expressed in rupees.
Commission is expressed in terms of percentage of the selling price.

                                                                                              17
From Table 5.2 it is evident that the farmer, who supplies to the consolidator (who
in turn supplies to the organized retailer), incurs the highest cost for crop care.
However, that farmer also has a fair number of “large” cauliflowers and low wastage.
The same is true of a farmer supplying to an organized retailer directly. The farmers

16
   Wastage here refers to the number of cauliflower heads that are not fit to be sold or consumed.
   Some farmers however do choose to feed the same to cattle.
17
   The consolidator is sometimes also referred to as the group leader.


                                                   58
who are not associated with organized retailers spend only half of what their
counterparts do on crop care. It is perhaps because of this that the quality of the yield
varies substantially.

                Table 5.2 Cost of Cultivation of Cauliflower per Acre

 Stages of the                    First Buyer or Market of the Farmer
 Supply Chain
                    Mandi Wholesaler         Shandi NDDB Consolidator Retailer

 Cost of Cultivation
 Land
                    10,600      10,600       10,600     10,600      10,100        13,400
 preparation
 Crop care           7,100       7,100          7,100   7,100       20,750        12,325

 Labour              2,800       2,800          2,800   2,800        9,000        4,600

 Total              20,500      20,500       20,500     20,500      39,850        30,325

 Logistics
 Loading/
                     300           0              0       0            0             0
 Offloading
 Transport           1000          0            200      500           0             0

 Total               1,300         0            200      500           0             0

 Commission          10%           0              0       0            0             0
 Total Cost
 (excluding         21,800      20,500       20,700     21,000      39,850        30,325
 commission)
Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER

5.2.2    Farmer’s Profit

Table 5.3 computes farmer’s profit. Costs of production in column two of the table is
inclusive of the 10 per cent commission that is payable by the farmer to the
commission agent. A 10 per cent commission has been computed on the sale proceeds
received by the farmer for a large, medium, and small head of cauliflower and the
total of the three has been added to the cost of cultivation value given in Table 5.2.
The costs of production of those farmers selling either directly or through the
consolidator to the organized retailer in the value chain (f) and (g) also show an
increase in the cost of production. These farmers typically sell their large heads to the
organized retailer and use value chain (a) to sell the rest of their produce at the mandi.
The cost of production of the farmers using value chains (f) and (g) is also inclusive
of costs incurred for selling a part of their produce at the mandi.




                                           59
Table 5.3: Farmer’s Profit for Cauliflower

                Cost of
                                    Prices Received (in Rs.)               Sales Proceed (in Rs.)
             Production per                                                                            Total Sales    Total     Profit Per
  Value
                  Acre                                                                                 Proceed (in    Profit      Head
  Chain
                (in Rs.)         Large       Medium      Small      Large        Medium        Small      Rs.)       (in Rs.)    (in Rs.)


    (a)           29,400              9         4.5            2    54,000        18,000       4,000    76,000       46,600       3.88

    (b)           20,500            9.5          7         1.5      57,000        28,000       3,000    88,000       67,500       5.62

    (c)           20,500             11          7             3    66,000        28,000       6,000   1,00,000      79,500       6.62

    (d)           20,700             10          7             5    60,000        28,000     10,000     98,000       77,300       6.44

    (e)           21,000           10.5          8         1.5      63,000        32,000       3,000    98,000       77,000       6.41

    (f)           40,350            9.5          8         1.5      95,000        24,000       1,500   1,20,500      80,150       5.72

    (g)           30,825           10.5          8         1.5      73,500        20,000       2,250    95,750       64,925       5.90

Note: See Chart 5.1 for Supply Chains (a) to (g).
Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER




                                                                      60
It is evident from the above table that the farmer using value chain (a) makes far less
profit per flower than a farmer using any of the other chains. This is despite the fact
that the costs of production of the farmer using the mandi is significantly lower than a
farmer who produces cauliflower to supply to an organized retailer. The reason why a
farmer using chain (c) is better off than all others is because the final price paid by the
consumer in that chain is significantly higher than all other chains. The farmer is able
to absorb some of this added margin. With the exception of this particular value chain,
it is justified to infer from all other supply chains that the profit per flower decreases
with the increase in the number of intermediaries in the supply chain.

5.2.3       Profit Margin for Each Player in the Supply Chain

Chart 5.2 depicts the share of margin of each player. Shares have been computed as a
proportion of the selling price to the consumer in each respective chain, for one large
cauliflower.

        Chart 5.2: Share of Profit for Farmer, Intermediary and Retailer in the
                            Consumer Price of Cauliflower



        g          19%                     51%                   30%

                   19%                 44%               7%      30%
        f
                                                                                   Cost of
                  11%                 55%                 9%         25%
        e
                                                                                   Production
                   17%                             83%
        d                                                                          Farmer
                  9%           38%                 24%           29%
        c                                                                          Intermediary
                   18%                       61%                      21%
                                                                                   Retailer
        b
                  15%                41%            9%          34%
        a
             0%          20%          40%          60%         80%          100%




While here it is true that the farmer does receive a reasonable share of the selling price
in all the chains, it is also true that he could receive more if there is less number of
intermediaries. The value chains (b) and (e) are used scarcely, and value chain (d) has
the farmer selling directly to the consumer. In value chain (f) and (g), where the
farmer is linked to the organized retailer, he receives a relatively higher share of the
selling price, compared to value chain (a) which is the traditional mandi channel.

5.3         Farmer Survey Results

The details of the methodology for the farmer survey are provided in Annex 4.

The analysis of the survey results has been organized as follows:
61
1. Farmer profiling
              a. Education
              b. Land ownership and irrigation facility
              c. Asset ownership
              d. Vehicle ownership
              e. Availing of credit

        2. Quantitative advantages (profitability of the farmer)

        3. Qualitative advantages

5.3.1    Farmer Grouping

A two-way grouping of farmers was adopted. Group one was used for profiling the
farmers and computing the costs of cultivation. Group two was used to compute the
costs of transaction.

Group one is a mutually exclusive grouping of farmers based on where the farmer
sells the majority of his produce. Of the 197 farmers surveyed, 145 supply the
majority of their produce to the mandi, 12 to the retailers’ collection centre, 8 through
the consolidator to organized retail, two to the Safal mandi, 26 to the wholesaler, and
the remaining four to local villagers, and the shandi at Bangalore city.

Group two is a non-mutually exclusive grouping of farmers based on the choice of the
marketing channels adopted by the farmer for the sale of their produce. Each group
contained the number of farmers opting to sell their produce, irrespective of the share
of the sale of produce, through the respective channel. Of the farmers that were
surveyed 171 farmers sell some part of their produce to the commission agent at the
mandi, 24 farmers sell some part to the organized retailer directly, 20 farmers sell a
part of the share to the organized retailer through a consolidator, 65 farmers sell some
share of their produce to the wholesaler, and 22 sell a part of their produce to local
villagers and at the shandi. Interestingly, there were only two farmers amongst those
surveyed that used the Safal mandi as a marketing channel to sell their produce.

                              Table 5.4: Farmer Grouping

                                                                       Shandi
                   Commission Collection              Safal
                                         Consolidator       Wholesaler & Local Total
                     Agent     Centre                 Mandi
                                                                       Villager
 For Profiling/
 Cultivation
 Cost                   145         12            8        2       26        4     197
 calculation
 (Group One)
 For Calculation
 of Costs of
 Sales                  171         24            20       2       65       22     304
 transactions
 (Group Two)

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007



                                             62
5.3.2   Farmer Profiling

Education Level

Table 5.5 shows the education level of the farmers opting for any marketing channel.
The farmers selling to the collection centre directly or through a consolidator seem to
have a relatively larger proportion with an education equivalent to the secondary or
intermediate level.

          Table 5.5: Level of Education of Head of Farmer Households (%)

                                                                             Shandi
 Education              Commission Collection               Safal            & Local
                Overall                       Consolidator        Wholesaler
   level                Agent       Centre                 Mandi             Villager

No. of
                 197       145            12          8          2        26         4
Farmers
No. of
                 100       100          100         100        100       100      100
Farmers (%)

Illiterate        12        15             0          0          0         4         0

Literate but
no formal         24        22            42         38         50        15        50
schooling
Primary/ up
to 5th            29        29            33         13         50        31        25
standard
Secondary/
up to 10th        28        30            17         25          0        31        25
standard
Intermediate/
up to 12th         6          3            8         25          0        12         0
standard

Diploma            1          1            0          0          0         4         0

Some
college, but       1          0            0          0          0         4         0
not graduate

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Land Ownership and Irrigation

It was found from the survey that farmers supplying to the organized outlets through a
consolidator and farmers opting to sell to the Safal mandi own larger land holdings
than those selling to other outlets (Table 5.6). Also, in the case of farmers supplying
either directly or through the consolidator to the organized outlets, their land is well
irrigated.




                                          63
Table 5.6: Land Ownership (Owned and Leased)

                                                                     Shandi&
  Land            Commission Collection              Safal
          Overall                       Consolidator       Wholesaler Local
Ownership           Agent     Centre                 Mandi            Villager
No. of
                197     145            12                 8     2     26              4
Farmers
Size of
operated
                4.43    4.49         4.42           9.38       9.5   2.33       3.75
total land
(in acres)
Operated
Land
                0.07     0.1             0                0     0      0              0
leased-out
(in acres)
Operated
Owned
                4.36    4.39         4.42           9.38       9.5   2.31       3.75
Land (In
acres)
Operated
Lease-In        0.07     0.1             0                0     0    0.02             0
Land
% Area
under            51      60            77             61       42     80           60
irrigation

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Asset Ownership and Vehicle Ownership

The farmers associated directly with organized retail also seem to be better endowed
with assets. The most common form of irrigation in the area seems to be through
borewell and a large part of the surveyed farmers own a tractor too (Chart 5.3).

                         Chart 5.3 : Asset Ownership (in %)

                          Chart 6.3: Asset Ownership (in % )

       120

       100
                                                                            Tractor
           80
                                                                            Pump set
    Valu




           60                                                               Bore well
    e




                                                                            Cart Sprayer
           40

           20




            0




                                  First Buye r/Ma rke t
64
A major feature in ownership of assets is that farmers associated directly or indirectly
with organized retail own four-wheelers. It is through these four-wheelers that farmers
transport their produce, while other farmers incur costs for transport hiring (Chart
5.4).
                             Chart 5.4 : Vehicle Ownership (in %)

                                    Chart 6.4: Vehicle Ownership (in % )

           120


           100


            80
                                                                                                      4 Wheeler

      Value 60                                                                                        2 Wheeler
                                                                                                      Phone
            40                                                                                        Bicycle




            20


              0
                  Overall   Commission Collection Consolidator Safal Mandi Wholesaler
                              Agent     Centre                                        Shandi
                                                                                      & Local
                                                                                      Villager


                                               First Buyer/Market



Credit Availability

Farmers avail of two kinds of credit for: (a) personal needs, and (b) cultivation. A
common perception has been that most farmers prefer to go to the village money
lender or to the commission agent for loans. While this seems to be true in the case of
personal loans, most farmers seem to approach the banks for agricultural operations
(Table 5.7).

                      Table 5.7: Sources of Finance for Cultivation

                                                                                                          Shandi&
 Agriculture                 Commission Collection              Safal
                  Overall                          Consolidator       Wholesaler                           Local
 Loan                          Agent     Centre                 Mandi
                                                                                                          Villager
 No. of farmers     197            145             12               8             2              26               4
 % Availing of
                     42            45              75               0             0              19             100
 credit
                                         Source of Loan (Yes, %)
 Bank                40            42              75               0             0              15             100
 Village lender      1              2               0               0             0              0                0
 Commission
                    0.5             1               0               0             0              0                0
 agent
 Wholesaler         0.5             0               0               0             0              4                0
 % Possessing
 Bank                62            61              92               93          100              46             100
 Account
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007
65
Farmers who deal with organized retail directly avail themselves of most number of
loans in general and also the most number of loans from the bank. Most of them have
bank accounts. However, for personal loans, they do not approach banks but
surprisingly, wholesalers (Table 5.8).

                   Table 5.8: Sources of Finance for Personal Need

                                                                               Shandi&
                            Commission Collection              Safal
Personal Loan Overall                             Consolidator       Wholesaler Local
                              Agent     Centre                 Mandi
                                                                               Villager
 No. of farmers     197         145          12           8        2       26       4
 % Availing
                     8           7           17          13        0         8      0
 personal loans
                                     Sources of loan (yes, %)
 Commission
                     3          3.5           0           0        0         0      0
 agent
 Wholesaler          5          3.5           17         13        0         8      0

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

5.3.3    Quantitative Advantages

While there are several factors that help the farmer in choosing a marketing channel,
the primary driver is profitability. A farmer chooses a particular channel depending on
the channel’s profitability. Organized retailers too claim that they aid the farmer in
increasing the latter’s profitability by not only offering them a better price but also by
saving on their transaction cost.

Price Advantage

Table 5.9 clearly indicates that the farmer associated with organized retail does get a
better price for a large head of cauliflower. This is however not necessarily true in the
case of medium and small heads. This is because the organized retailer usually buys
only large heads.

        Table 5.9: Average Price Received by Farmer per Head of Cauliflower

                 Commission Collection              Safal Whole- Shandi at Local
                                       Consolidator
                   Agent     Centre                 Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers

No. of farmers       171             24            20      2     65      7        15
                              Average price received per head
 Large              12.40        12.68         13.44       0    12.15   14.00    12.83
 Medium             7.68         7.95          7.22        0    7.50    8.00     7.50
 Small              3.45         3.37          3.33        0    3.25    3.00     3.00
 Mixed              7.57         8.40          10.54     8.39   7.82    8.46     7.11
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007




                                                  66
Profitability of the Farmer

The survey attempted to capture the cost of production, cost of transaction, the
realization, and thus the profitability of the farmer.

Cost of Cultivation                 =             Cost of Fertilizer + Cost of Pesticide + Cost of
                                                  Labour

Cost of Transaction                 =             Cost of Loading + Cost of Transportation + Cost
                                                  of Unloading

Total Cost of Production =                        Cost of Cultivation + Cost of Transaction

Table 5.10 provides the breakdown of average cost, price realization, and profit per
head of cauliflower of a farmer supplying to each marketing channel. The data has
                                      18
been collated from the survey results.

      Table 5.10 : Profit per Head of Cauliflower (excluding commissions payable)

                                                                                               Shandi &
                    Commission          Collection                     Safal
                                                       Consolidator          Wholesaler          Local
                      Agent              Centre                        Mandi
                                                                                               Villagers
 No. of
                          171              24              20             2           65            18
 farmers
 Input cost              1.23              1.07            1.36          1.5         1.36         1.11

 Labour cost              0.9              0.73            0.99          1.4         0.61         1.06
 Cost of
                         2.13              1.8             2.35          2.9         1.97         2.17
 cultivation
 Transaction
                          1.1              0.7             0.6            1          0.9           0.5
 cost
 Total cost              3.23              2.5             2.95          3.9         2.87         2.67
 Price
                          7.0              8.0             9.6           8.0         8.64         7.42
 realization
 Profit                  3.77              5.5             6.65          4.1         5.77         4.75

Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

The profitability is the lowest for the farmer selling to the commission agent at the
mandi and the highest for the farmer selling to organized retail through the
consolidator, despite his cost of production being the highest. The survey results seem
to corroborate the value chain analysis. The farmers supplying to organized retail
through the consolidator seem to invest a lot of money in crop care. However, as the
value chain analysis also suggested, the quality of produce of these farmers is far
better than their counterparts supplying to other channels. The transaction cost is the
highest for the farmer selling to the mandi and one of the lowest for the farmers
associated with organized retail.
18
      The survey questionnaire contained detailed questions on costs of cultivation, shares of sale to each
     marketing channel, prices received and number of heads sold. Average cost, price realization,
     and profit were calculated based on the number of farmers using each marketing channel.


                                                      67
Commissions Paid by the Farmers

The above computations do not include the commissions that are paid to commission
agents by farmers. Table 5.11 below depicts the pattern of commission fees as
revealed from the survey.

                          Table 5.11: Commission Paid by Farmer

                   Commission Collection              Safal Whole- Shandi at Local
                                         Consolidator
                     Agent     Centre                 Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers
 No. of
                       171           24           20         2      65         7           15
 farmers
 No. of
                       100          100          100        100     100      100           100
 farmers (%)
Commission
                                      % of Farmers paying Commission
 Fee in %
    25%                 0.6           0           0          0       0         0            0
    16%                 0.6           0           0          0       0         0            0
    10%                92.4           0           0          0       0         0            0
     8%                 0.6           0           0          0       0         0            0
     6%                 1.2           0           0          0       0         0            0
     5%                 4.7           0           0          0       0         0            0
    Other               1.2           0           0          0       0         0            0
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Table 5.10 clearly indicates that it is only the farmer supplying to the commission
agent in the mandi who pays the commission. Ironically, the APMC Act states quite
clearly that all commissions that are paid to the commission agent are to be collected
                                                 19
from the buyer and not the seller (farmer). However, commission agents take their
share from not the buyer but from the farmer, and the commission is fixed largely at
10 per cent. If one were to deduct commissions payable too from the realization of
the farmer supplying to the mandi, his profit would drop even further making the
mandi the most unprofitable channel. It was earlier seen that the price realization too
is the highest for the farmers associated with organized retail. The above results
clearly illustrate that the farmer associated with organized retail stands to gain
considerably.

5.3.4      Qualitative Advantages

Share of Different Marketing Channels

Apart from the two farmers who sell their entire produce at the Safal mandi, it is the
farmers selling to the commission agent who sells the majority of their produce
through one channel (Table 5.12). The share that the farmer is unable to sell at the
mandi is usually sold to local villagers. Since organized retailers buy only large heads
of the cauliflower, farmers selling to those channels sell not more than 50 per cent of
their produce. The rest is usually sent either to the mandi or sold to wholesalers or

19
     As told to the authors by an APMC official at the Kalashapalayam vegetable mandi at
     Bangalore city.


                                                68
local villagers. One major advantage that a farmer who sells to the mandi has over
the farmer who sells to the organized retailer appears to be that the former’s entire
produce, irrespective of the grade, can be sold in the mandi.

       Table 5.12: Share of Produce Sold to Different Marketing Channels

                  Commission Collection                     Safal Whole- Shandi at          Local
                                             Consolidator


                    Agent         Centre                    Mandi saler      Bangalore Villagers




 No. of               171            24            20         2         65        7          15
 farmers
 Average %
 share of
 output sold          83             50            34        100        42        26         26
 to that
 channel



Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Rejection

A related point that should be analysed is the rejection rate of produce. The
percentage of farmers reporting rejection is lower for the mandi channel in
comparison with the channel of the consolidator supplying to the organized retailer or
the wholesaler (Table 5.13). Surprisingly, no farmer reported any rejection at the
collection centre. In the case of farmers subject to rejection, the portion of rejection of
the produce is insignificantly low for all channels.

                                Table 5.13: Share of Rejection

                    Commission Collection              Safal Whole Shandi at Local
                                          Consolidator
                      Agent     Centre                 Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers

 No. of farmers         171           24          20         2     65         7        15
 % Reporting
                        2.3            0           5         0      8         0         0
 rejection
 Rejection rate
                        0.09           0         0.04        0     0.02       0         0
 (%)
                                 If yes, Reasons for Rejection?

 Too small                 25          0           0         0      0         0         0
 More than they
                           75          0           0         0      0         0         0
 required
 Discolouration
 due to exposure            0          0         100         0     20         0         0
 to the sun
 Insect damage              0          0           0         0     80         0         0
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007




                                          69
The reason for rejection varies; while in other marketing channels, the rejection is due
to low quality, the primary reason for rejection at the mandi is that the supply was
greater than the demand.

Special Cultivation Practices

As stated already, cauliflower is very sensitive to climate. Excess exposure to sunlight
causes discolouration in the cauliflower. In order to prevent discolouration, farmers
either tie up leaves or cover the heads of the cauliflower with newspaper to prevent
exposure to sunlight. Most farmers adopt this practice. Table 5.14 shows that farmers
selling to the mandi follow this practice more than the farmers supplying to organized
retailers.

                       Table 5.14: Special Cultivation Practices

                                                                                Shandi &
                          Commission Collection              Safal
                Overall                         Consolidator       Wholesaler     Local
                            Agent     Centre                 Mandi
                                                                                 Villager
 No. of
                 197          145        12          8        2       26           4
 farmers
 Cover head
 of
                  53          55         42         38       100      46           50
 Cauliflower
 (%)
                            At instruction from Whom? (Yes %)
 Commission
                  40          48         20          0        0       17           50
 Agent
 Wholesaler       15          13         40         67        0        8           50
 Supermarket
                   4           5          0          0        0        0           0
 Agent
 Consolidator      2           2          0          0        0        0           0
 Yourself         36          29         40         33       100      75           0
 Other             3           4          0          0        0        0           0
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Interviews with farmers revealed that those associated with organized retail are not
forced to adopt this practice as they are able to afford hybrid seeds which produce
good quality heads. However, some of them do cover the cauliflower heads in order to
protect the quality of those heads that are sold through alternate channels.

Grading

Contrary to popular belief, this survey reveals that commission agents at the mandi do
offer a premium price for better quality produce. Most farmers supplying to the
mandi, at their own initiative, grade their cauliflowers before sending them to the
mandi (Table 5.15).



                                              70
Table 5.15 : Grading of Cauliflower

                    Commission Collection              Safal Whole Shandi at Local
                                          Consolidator
                      Agent     Centre                 Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers
 No. of farmers         171           24            20       2        65     7      15
 No. of farmers
                        100          100            100     100       100   100    100
 (%)
 % Grading
                        63            79            30       0        48    43      60
 cauliflower
                              If yes, whose decision was it? (in %)
 Buyer asked for
                        46            68            83      0         52     0       0
 it
 It was farmers’
                        54            32            17      0         48    100    100
 initiative
 % of farmers
 packing each           61            95         100        0         74    42      40
 grade separately
Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey
2007

Farmers selling to organized retail too grade their produce, but this is done at the
request of the retailer or consolidator. The first level of sorting of cauliflowers occurs
at the farm at the hands of the farmer.

5.3.5   Conclusion

Direct procurement of produce from the farmer by organized retail is a recent
phenomenon. Organized retailers maintain that this helps in being able to procure
quality produce and offer fresher produce to the consumer. They also state that by
procuring directly from the farmer, they are able to bypass intermediaries, thereby
decreasing transaction costs. This results in not only reducing prices for the consumer
considerably but also increasing the farmers’ profitability.

While whatever has been mentioned above does hold true for the farmer, the biggest
advantage that the farmer has is the option of another marketing channel for his
produce. For many years, the farmer’s only choice of marketing channel has been the
mandi, which lacks transparency. The farmer also does not have any bargaining
power. Business is based only on trust and the farmer is under constant threat of being
deceived by the commission agent. While the survey results showed that price and
volume of sale is usually decided in advance through a verbal contract, it also showed
that there are a number of farmers who receive a price lower than what was promised.
Even though the APMC Act clearly states that commissions are not to be taken from
the farmer, in actual fact this does not seem to be the case. The farmers cannot risk
exposing the commission agents as he does not have an alternative channel through
which he could sell his produce.

The Safal mandi was expected to be an alternative channel through which the farmer
could sell his produce. Unfortunately the Safal mandi is boycotted by most farmers
and wholesalers, which leaves the farmer with the city mandi once again as the only
option. Hence the entry of organized retail provides the farmer the option to sell his


                                               71
produce through another channel. With many organized retailers beginning to procure
produce directly, the farmer’s selling options also increases. When the farmer has the
option of selling through any of the channels, it increases his bargaining power.

While it is important for farmers to have multiple channels to choose from, it is
equally important to have both private and government players. The survey results
also indicated that there are some farmers, who sold to organized retail, also reported
having received a price lower than what was promised. The mode of business with
organized retailers is through verbal contracts and is again based on trust. The
solution therefore does not lie in doing away with the mandi completely. It lies in
making the mandi more efficient and in enforcing laws that are already in place to
protect the farmer’s interests. The NDDB Safal mandi facility in Bangalore has
excellent infrastructure but is underutilized. The Safal mandi model can be adopted
for all APMC mandis. This Report recommends the modernization of the APMC
mandis by providing better infrastructure in terms of closed spaces for trading, better
access roads and in also devising a suitable and effective waste disposal mechanism to
improve the hygiene in and around the mandi. Allowing only private players to exist
is at the risk of collusion between all organized retailers. Such a situation again leaves
the farmer with no alternative choice or bargaining power. However, if private players
and the mandi were to co-exist, the farmer stands no risk of deceit. This will ensure
transparency and efficiency. And most importantly, the farmer will get an enhanced
profit.

5.4     Manufacturers: Interview Report

One of the key stakeholders likely to be impacted by the growth in the size and
strength of organized retail are manufacturers and brand owners in the sectors under
study – FMCG and apparel. It is recognized that, while, organized retail will offer
many opportunities to brand owners and manufacturers, it will also pose several
challenges that these companies will need to gear up for. This study is an attempt to
understand how these companies view the advent of organized retail and its likely
impact on their businesses.

This section attempts to assess: (i) how large manufacturers or brand owners view the
likely impact – either positive or negative - of modern retail on their business; (ii)
how they are gearing up to leverage the opportunities that organized retail will throw
up; and (iii) efforts they are making to retain countervailing power as organized retail
becomes a more significant force in India.

5.4.1   Methodology

This survey was conducted by Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. through one-to-one in-
depth interviews of large manufacturers using a semi-structured open-ended
questionnaire. A total of 12 companies operating in the FMCG and apparel categories
participated (Table 5.16). The companies interviewed were selected deliberately to
represent the leading companies with a significant presence in the FMCG and apparel
categories in India.




                                           72
Table 5.16 : Participating Companies for Interview

          FMCG                                     Apparel (Textile & Clothing)
          HUL                                      Raymond
          ITC Foods                                Madura Garments
          Pepsi Foods                              Levi’s
          Cargill India                            United Colors of Benetton
          Glaxo Smith Kline                        FabIndia
          United Spirits
          Henkel

In each company, the interview was done with the CEO, the Category/Business Head
or the Head of Modern Trade/Retail.

5.4.2     Key Findings

 1.       At a macro level, manufacturers felt that the impact of modern retail will be
          positive. According to them, the advent of organized retail in India was both
          welcome and inevitable for the Indian economy. In their opinion, the benefits
          that organized retail would bring by far outweigh the negative effects of
          inadequate retail services in a country like India.

 Some of the reasons cited for this positive impact were:

      •   Benefits for consumers: Organized retail will offer consumers several
          benefits, such as wider product choice more in line with consumer needs,
          lower prices, better shopping experience because of improved store ambience
          and increased browseability, enhanced service, and quality levels.

      •   Greater job creation: Organized retail will create employment at several
          levels. The most significant increase will be in front-end jobs for retail staff,
          where the contribution of organized retail will be not only in the greater
          number of the people employed but also in making jobs that were otherwise
          considered “menial”, more dignified, thereby, giving even those without
          higher educational qualifications a decent livelihood.

      •   Efficient supply chain: The robust sourcing and distribution network likely to
          be set in place by modern trade would result in a more efficient supply chain
          management -- reduced lead times, fewer stock outs, reduced wastage, and
          consistent product quality.

      •   Survival of traditional retail: Manufacturers believe that both small and
          large retailers would continue to co-exist in India. Small retailers account for
          the bulk of retail sales today and will remain a significant force in the future
          since growing consumption will itself warrant the growth of both organized


                                             73
and traditional retail. Traditional retailers will also innovate, upgrade their
         stores and enhance value-added services to retain and strengthen relationships
         with their customers.

2.       The likely direct impact on the business of manufacturers, however, will not
         be entirely positive. The response of manufacturers interviewed to the likely
         impact of growth of organized retail on their own businesses was, on the
         whole, more guarded and less positive. The benefits that organized retail
         would bring in terms of creating higher demand for their brands and greater
         efficiency in the distribution system would need to be weighed against the
         pressures on prices, margins, and the threat of competition from private label
         brands.

3.       Manufacturers anticipate several benefits.

     •   Organized retail will fuel growth and build efficiencies. Manufacturers felt
         that the advent of modern retail will stimulate their growth as well. Initially,
         this will be because of increased demand created by organized retailers in
         order to fill retail shelf space, and, subsequently, because of increased
         consumption created by the consumers’ exposures to categories and brands at
         modern retail formats. They also felt that the need to service large buyers
         demanding lower prices and greater efficiencies will force large manufacturers
         to invest in people, processes, and technology to streamline their own
         production and distribution operations.

     •   Organized retail will aid development of new FMCG categories.
         Manufacturers anticipate that organized retail will help in the development of
         new product categories – particularly higher priced categories, categories that
         have a high degree of consumer involvement and those which benefit from
         consumer touch and feel – like personal care products and eatables. Further,
         since modern retail facilitates faster customer feedback, they will be able to
         effect improvements in products and brands and “go to market” faster.

     •   Organized retail’s sourcing and distribution network will benefit
         manufacturers. Manufacturers felt that, currently, most of organized retail is
         operating through the traditional supply chain with its multiplicity of
         intermediaries. As organized retail grows and large retailers have their
         distribution centres (DC) and IT infrastructure in place, manufacturers will be
         able to supply directly to these retailers. This would help reduce transaction
         costs on logistics, packaging, credit, commissions, etc. Elimination of
         intermediaries would also bring in more transparency in the flow of
         operations.

         Chart 5.5 and Chart 5.6 illustrate the traditional (current) supply chain and the
         new supply chain that could emerge in the FMCG and apparel categories.




                                            74
Chart 5.5 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Shampoos/Detergents

     A. Current Supply Chain with more Intermediaries


                                    0.5-2%
                                Commission for
                                   the C&F
   Company            C&F                          Distributor




                                3-4 % Margin
                                   for the
    Back-end                     Distributors
                                                            5-7 % Margin
                                                               for the
                                                             Distributor
                             Wholesaler




                                 2-3 % Margin
                              for the wholesaler


    Front-end               Consumer                       Retailer
                                            10-15%
                                            Margin
                                        For the Retailer




                 B. Emerging Supply Chain




      Manufacturer                         C&F
                                           Agent




                                                        0.5-2%
                                                      Commission
   Back-end                                             for the
                                                       C&F agent




                                            15-20%
                                            Margin
                                        For the Retailer
                       Consumers                            Retailer
   Front-end
75
Chart 5.6 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Apparel

         A. Current Supply Chain with more Intermediaries


     Company /
    Manufacturer                                                         Distributor




                                              Buying                          5% Margin for
                                              Agent                            Distributors
 Back-end                                                  5% commission
                                                          for Buying agent
                                     Franchisees




     Company owned                      -
  outlets/ large organized                           30% Margin              Multi brand
          retailers                                 for Franchisees           outlets

                                30-32% Margin


                               for company owned                        35% Margin for
                              outlets/large retailers     Consumer     Multi brand outlets
 Front-end                                                                  retailers




                             B. Emerging Supply Chain


          Company/
         Manufacturer


                                                             Back-end


                                            38-40%
           Retailers                        Margin
                                             F- or
                                            Retailers



                                                               Consumers
   Front-end




Manufacturers felt that, in the future, modern retailers might have to be given
higher margins than traditional retailers but this would be compensated by the
larger volumes, and the more efficient, shorter supply chain. However, they do
not foresee that the traditional supply chain will ever die out or be completely
         replaced for a long time to come. Since traditional retail will co-exist with
         modern retail, so will traditional and modern supply chains.
4.       But manufacturers anticipate several threats.

     •   The price pressure threat. Manufacturers anticipate that the growth of
         organized retail will put pressure on their prices as large retailers are already
         demanding lower prices in return for larger volumes. Manufacturers also face


                                            76
the additional issue of delayed payments vis-à-vis large retailers that impacts
         their profitability. Manufacturers felt that some of these price/payment
         pressures arise from the underlying cost structure of large retailers who are
         facing increase in costs in the entire value chain because of high real estate
         prices and increased employee cost.

     •   The private label threat. Manufacturers anticipate that large retailers will
         expend efforts on building their own store brands and will favour those brands
         in building in-store visibility and allocation of shelf space. This will become
         more of a threat as the point of consumer decision-making shifts from the
         home to the shop floor as consumers build a preference for self-service
         formats. The threat is somewhat mitigated in the short term by their belief that
         modern retailers will tend to launch private labels more in the staples category,
         where the presence of brands is currently low. Manufacturers also felt that
         they have constantly battled strong regional/local brands successfully and that
         private labels are another form of such competition. Also, modern retailers
         will first face the arduous task of building strong, differentiated store brands
         before developing and building their private label brands. The multiplicity of
         categories in which private labels will need to be built also makes this task
         harder for the retailers.

5.       Manufacturers are gearing up to counter these threats in various ways.

     •   Reinforcing/building brand strength to help maintain countervailing
         power. Manufacturers recognize that their most powerful counter to price and
         private label threats is a strong brand. Therefore they felt that their brands
         have strong consumer preference which would help them counter competition
         from private label brands and give them more bargaining power since these
         brands also generate footfalls for modern retailers. They, therefore, will
         continue to focus on building strong brands (which they see as their area of
         competence), allowing them to negotiate terms that are mutually beneficial,
         collabourative, and lead to a “win-win” situation for both parties concerned.

     •   Increasing manufacturer’s own retail presence. Manufacturers are also
         moving towards increasing their own retail presence in order to compete with
         modern retailers. Apparel manufacturers, for example, are opening exclusive
         showrooms to give their brands more visibility and to strengthen their position
         in this competitive scenario.

     •   Helping small retailers. Most of the FMCG companies interviewed stated
         that their companies were ready to assist small retailers by “adopting” them
         and helping them upgrade service levels, systems, and operations. They
         anticipate that, in the next few years, the number of such “adopted” stores
         would almost double.

         They believe that if small retailers also come forward and unite, they can more
         effectively counter the competition posed by modern retail. Manufacturers
         stated that they are encouraging kiranas to consolidate buying of products
         from manufacturing companies as it would help small retailers build
         economies and efficiencies in their scale of operations. Many retailers are
         already coming forward to form these associations.


                                            77
They think that kiranas need to learn several aspects of retailing – like store
        promotions - from organized retailers and that they are ready to support
        kiranas by developing promotional offers customized to their set of customers.

   •    Constituting dedicated teams internally to deal with modern retailers.
        Manufacturers are creating dedicated teams of accounts and category
        managers to deal with modern retailers. At the central/regional level they are
        recruiting teams to manage relationships with modern retailers as well as plan
        for new accounts. At the front end, dedicated teams are being constituted to
        work on developing store promotions through modern retailers.

   •    Challenging times ahead for modern retailers too. Large manufacturers felt
        that high rentals arising out of a shortage of real estate will be a challenge for
        modern retailers and will affect their competitiveness vis-à-vis small retailers.

        Manufacturers were of the opinion that, while modern retail is an exciting
        phenomenon for small town consumers, in larger cities consumers want
        convenience and so being present in the right location are even more critical in
        these cities.

        Finally, manufacturers strongly believe that retailing is a local business and
        the large retailers will have to understand the local consumer’s tastes and
        preferences and conduct extensive research to build their knowledge of local
        markets and consumers.

5.4.3   Conclusion

At a macro level, the overall picture that emerges from interviews with large
manufacturers is largely positive regarding the likely impact of organized retail in
India. Manufacturers believe that organized retail would benefit society at large, more
so the end consumers -- in terms of better product choices and price – and farmers
because of higher and more stable price realization for their produce. More
employment opportunities will be generated. Present systems, IT and processes will
improve because of investments in infrastructure that are likely to be made by
organized retailers. The robust sourcing and distribution network of large retailers
would certainly help make the supply chain more efficient.

Manufacturers, however, are more guarded in their assessment of the likely impact of
organized retail on their own businesses. They anticipate that they will be subject to
price and competitive pressures as organized retail grows in importance. They are
gearing up to counter these pressures by strengthening their own brands, enhancing
their retail presence and collabourating with traditional retailers.

They believe, however, that both modern and traditional retailers will co-exist in India
for some time to come, as both of them have their own competitive advantages. The
kirana has a low- cost structure, convenient location, and customer intimacy. Modern
retail offers product width and depth and a better shopping experience.

With the Indian economy currently growing at 8-9 per cent annually, rising
consumption and the low per capita availability of retail space in India, manufacturers



                                           78
believe that there is room for both modern and traditional retail in India for several
generations to come.

5.5      Small Manufacturers: Interview Report

In order to understand the impact of large organized retail on small manufacturers, a
survey was carried out among small-scale manufacturers in New Delhi. For this, small
manufacturers of FMCG, (packaged food products, toiletries, cosmetics, etc.) and
apparel were contacted and interviews held with the owners, directors, or senior
managers of those companies. ICRIER engaged Development and Research Services
(DRS) for carrying out these interviews. In total 20 manufacturers were interviewed
of which 19 were FMCG producers and one apparel manufacturer.

The list of small manufacturers and the checklist of questions asked are given in
Appendices 2 and 3, respectively.

5.5.1    Respondent Profile

Of the 20 respondents, 14 called themselves small-scale manufacturers, while six
referred to themselves as medium-scale manufacturers. Only three of them have all-
India coverage, while the remaining companies have regional operations. A few of
them were exporting their products to some countries. While most of these
manufacturers have been operating for 10 - 20 years, there was one who has been
operating for as long as 36 years.

The annual turnover of these participants varied from Rs. one million to as high as Rs.
100 million. Of these, six participants have an annual turnover between Rs. 10 - 20
million who were involved in manufacturing food products (cereals, pulses, spices,
flour, etc.), cosmetics, toothpaste, shampoo, etc. Three have an annual turnover of
Rs.1 - 1.5 million, while two have between Rs. 4-6 million. There has been one
participant who did not specify his turnover.

5.5.2    Interview Results

When asked about the size of the business that the manufacturers are planning to have
in the next five years, 18 responded that they will surely expand and grow in the next
five years. Most of them have plans to double their turnover. For this, they are
planning to increase their production and supply by increasing manpower and
machinery. In addition, they are willing to improve the product quality. Some of the
participants are also considering export options for which they have already begun
taking necessary action. Two participants, one dealing in food products and the other
in health products (soya milk, soya food, soya meal, etc.) even had plans to supply
their products to big organized outlets. One of them commented:

      “My size of business will increase by two or three times, as I have planned to
      supply to big organized outlets. Our main focus is now on big organized outlets.”

However, there were two respondents who felt that in the next five years their
business would go down drastically. This would be due to the advent of more MNCs
and organized retail outlets on one hand, and their lack of capability in advertising
their products for increasing sale, on the other hand. A comment made by a
participant has been:

                                            79
“I cannot think of supplying my products to organized outlets and my product
   demand and my turnover is going down. My sale has reduced a lot, so I do not
   think that my business is going to survive after five years.”

Participants were asked to give their opinion with respect to large players entering
modern retail and whether they foresee any changes in their business with respect to
large players entering modern retail. It was found that 12 participants were not in
favour of large players entering into modern retail and said that the organized retailers
are their competitors as they may carry products of large brands / manufacturers or
their own private labels and this may affect their business prospects. The remaining
eight respondents however felt that the advent of organized retail was good as this
would help them increase their sales. These participants were ready to work with
them. According to one:

   “They are good players in the market and we are also planning to do business
   with them.”

Eight out of the 20 participants did not foresee any changes in their business
operations due to large players entering modern retail. But there were 12 participants
who did foresee changes in their business. Out of these 12, two thought that there
would be a huge reduction in their business and they may even have to shut down
their operations very soon. Ten participants felt that though organized retailers are
their competitors, their business would increase, as already they had started taking
actions like providing better quality service to their clients. They are focusing on
improving the brand name, quality, variety along with making products available at
reasonable and affordable prices. A few were even thinking of new marketing
strategies to advertise their products and get a better hold over the market.

On enquiring whether there was any change in their bargaining power, 17 participants
said that till now they have not experienced any change. One participant commented:

   “There has been no change in the bargaining power as we have good customers
   and suppliers and have a healthy relation with them.”

When asked about the present payment terms and conditions, it was found that
presently all except one participant had both cash and credit based transactions. But in
case of credit-based transaction, the manufacturers provide the retailers with 30 days
payment time, while some extended credit up to 60 days. Some even charged an
interest of 2-3.5 per cent per month after the expiry of 10-20 days of grace period
from their clients which mostly include small unorganized retailers. None of the
participants reported any change in the payment terms in the last couple of years.

Ten participants had more of credit-based clients while only eight had cash-based
clients. There were two who said that they had provided both cash and credit services
but did not say which one was more. In the words of a respondent:

   “The credit sale right now is 60 per cent where the time provided is 20-30 days
   and cash sale is 40 per cent. There has been no change in these terms and
   conditions.”




                                           80
Nine out of 20 participants said that there is a competition threat to them due to the
private label brands of large organized retailers, but till so far, a very small effect of it
has been noticed. One of the manufacturers commented:

    “Competition threat is very much there, not just from organized retailers but also
    from large manufacturers and MNCs. Earlier my products were famous with
    children whereas now children ask for brands like Lays, Kurkure, etc. This is a
    threat and it’s killing my business.”

However 11 participants responded that they did not consider entry of private label
brands of large organized retailers a threat as they had their own set of customers who
are mostly unorganized retailers. Moreover, as a result of their focus on quality,
people trusted their products. Quality was something they would never compromise
with, and so they would never face any problem in the future. A respondent
commented:

    “Though there is competition, our prompt service and dealing enables us to
    maintain the trust of our customers.”

Sixteen out of 20 respondents are thinking of future expansion of their business to
meet the growing demands of large retailers. For doing this, they are planning to
increase their production with new and improved machines, more manpower and
spread their customer base beyond their region. They are also working upon
improving their service and quality. Two participants are also planning to sell their
products to big organized outlets in the near future. A participant commented:

    “Right now our plan is to supply our products to all the big organized outlets. We
    have started in Delhi with Big Bazaar, and will surely increase this to all over
    India.”

When asked if their company was facing any price pressure from large retailers, 13
out of 20 participants said that they did not face it while the remaining seven said that
they faced some pressure.

Eighteen participants said that their company was facing no problems in terms of
sourcing and distribution with the advent of large players in modern retail.

Among the surveyed participants, 13 had around 10-50 employees in their
manufacturing units in back end and production. All except two were planning to
increase the number of their employees and some even planned to double considering
the increase in demand because of growth of organized retail.

There were two respondents who said that they would have to reduce their manpower
employment to a large extent as the demands of their products were going down. In
fact, they even said that they would have to shut down their business very soon.




                                             81
6. Future Scenario in Retailing

6.1    Introduction

The emergence of organized retail has been a recent phenomenon in the country,
starting in the late 1990s. Its growth till 2006-07 was reasonably fast, at nearly 20 per
cent per annum during the past three years. Unorganized retail also grew but at a
slower pace of nearly 11 per cent per annum. There are signs that the growth of
organized retail has accelerated in 2007-08 and is expected to gather further
momentum during the coming years. This chapter highlights the following issues: (a)
industrial estimate of future growth in total retail during the next five years; (b)
relative share of organized vs. unorganized sectors; (c) the amount of additional
investments that are envisaged in retail in the medium term; (d) estimates of
employment generation; (e) geographical penetration of organized retail; (f)
projection of real estate availability; and (h) the concentration in retail industry.

6.2    Growth of Retail and its Distribution

The NCAER, based on its Market Information Survey of Households (MISH), has
projected that the consuming class consisting of the “aspirers”, the middle class and
the rich with annual household income of above Rs. 90,000 will rise from about 336
million in 2005-06 to 505 million in 2009-10. This implies a huge growth potential of
retail in the country. The sales of the Indian retail industry have been about US$ 322
billion (Rs. 14,574 billion) in 2006-07, amounting to about 35 per cent of India’s
GDP. It is the seventh largest retail market in the world. Indian retail industry is
projected to grow to about US$ 590 billion by 2011-12 and further to over US$ 1
trillion by 2016-17 (Chart 6.1).

                    Chart 6.1 : Size of Indian Retail (in US$ bn)

                           Char t 7.1: Siz e of Indian Re tail


           12 0 0




                                                                     10 11
           10 0 0




            800




                                                59 0
            600




            400
                          322




            200




               0
                        2006- 0 7              2 0 11- 12          2 0 16 - 17




Source: Technopak Analysis, CSO and other sources.

This works out to an annual compound growth rate of about 13 per cent during 2007-
                                     1
12 and a slower 11 per cent during 2012-17.
82
In India, organized retail contributed roughly 4 per cent of the total Indian retail in
2006-07, which is very small even compared with most of the emerging market
economies. However, during the coming years, it is projected to grow at a compound
rate of about 45-50 per cent per annum and is estimated to contribute 16 per cent to
the total Indian retail by 2011-12 (Chart 6.2).

                   Chart 6.2: Projection of the Share of Organized Retail


               2006-07                                           2011-12

                  Organized,                                            Organized, 16%
                  4%




                                                  Unorganized,
          Unorganized,                               84%
             96%



Total Retail: US$ 322 billion                          Total Retail: US$ 590 billion
Source: Technopak Analysis.

Interestingly, this huge growth in organized retail does not involve a decline in the
business of unorganized retail; the sales of the unorganized sector is envisaged to
grow by about 10 per cent per annum, from US$ 308.8 billion in 2006-07 to US$
495.6 billion in 2011-12.

6.3        The Retail Real Estate Scenario

The real estate sector in India has historically been unorganized and dominated by
opportunistic development rather than any planned creation of quality space. There
were various factors that impeded organized development, such as: (i) absence of a
centralized title registry providing title guarantee; (ii) lack of uniformity in local laws
and their application; (ii) non-availability of bank financing; (iii) high interest rates
and transfer taxes; and (iv) lack of transparency in transaction values. Also, there
were very few takers of quality space, as retail was also dominated by unorganized
players. The unorganized players prefer to operate from neighbourhood convenience
stores.

Whilst the Indian real estate market still lacks transparency and liquidity compared to
more mature real estate markets, there are various factors which could expedite the
process of professionalism of the industry. Some of these factors are:

      •    Changing profile of the business consumers, like large multinational
           companies (MNCs) and professional Indian corporates, who would prefer to
           deal with companies with proper credentials;
      •    Listing of many developers on stock exchanges, both in India and abroad, and
                                                    t
           also raising funds through global institutions;
83
•   Increasing transactions facilitated through professional banks, who would
          once again verify all the records before releasing any funds.

The nature of demand is also changing with the entry of large corporates into
organized retailing. These large corporates cater to higher consumer aspirations
resulting from larger disposable incomes, increased globalization, and greater
awareness levels.

The organized retail real estate sector has grown from a miniscule 0.9 million sq. ft. in
1999 to 28 million sq. ft. in 2006. The growth till now has been at a scorching pace of
over 60 per cent per annum for the last seven years (though on a smaller base) and is
expected to grow at least at 50 per cent per annum in the next 4-5 years. The last
financial year witnessed a number of retail centric projects.

6.4       Organized Retail Investment

Until a couple of years ago, the Indian organized retail market was either dominated
by the apparel brands or regional retail chains. However, the scenario has changed
dramatically. The sector has attracted not only the large Indian corporates but also
received the attention of large global players.

As per Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. estimates, investments amounting to
approximately US$ 35 billion are being planned for the next five years or so (Table
6.1). Of this, about 70 per cent is expected to come from top seven players including
Reliance Industries, Aditya Birla Group, Bharti-Wal-Mart, Future Group and others.
Also, it is estimated that about 40 per cent of the total investments will be contributed
by foreign players including Wal-Mart, Metro, Auchan, Tesco and many others,
signifying the importance that the international community is attaching to the Indian
retail opportunity.

In short, India is attempting to do in 10 years what took 25–30 years in other major
markets in the world and shall bypass many stages of “evolution” of modern retail.
India is likely to see the emergence of several “innovative” India-specific retail
business models and retail formats during the coming years.

          Table 6.1: Investment Plans of Major Retailers in the Next 5-7 Years

             Retailer                       Estimated Investment (US$ billion)
             R1                                           6.0+
             R2                                           4.0+
             R3                                           2.5+
             R4                                           2.0+
             R5                                           2.0+
             R6                                           2.0+
             R7                                           2.0+
             R8                                           1.5+
             R9 – R50                                    13.0+
             Total                                         35+
Note: Retailers’ identities are not revealed for maintaining anonymity.
Source: Technopak Analysis



                                              84
6.5    Share of Investments by City

Of the US$ 35 billion investment being planned over next 5-7 years, almost all the
investment (i.e. 93 per cent) is slated for the urban market. Though the investment is
expected to be across the spectrum of all types of cities, a large proportion (more than
60 per cent) is slated for the top 25 cities falling in category A-type or above .

AAA cities will include the markets of NCR Delhi, Mumbai, and Kolkata, while AA
cities will include the metros including Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad, Pune, and
Ahmedabad. A typical A-class city will include cities like Surat, Nagpur, Indore,
Vadodara, etc., while B+ cities will be represented by Nashik, Rajkot, Agra,
Jallandhar, etc. Kota, Bhubaneswar, Bilaspur will be a B-class cities, while Sonepat,
Alwar, Tumkur, etc will categorized as C-type and D- type cities.

              Chart 6.3: Investment Estimates by City Category (%)

                                       C     D
                              B
                                      7%    2%                AAA
                           6%
                                                              30%




                   B+
                  23%

                                                            AA
                                       A
                                                           17%
                                      15%
Source: Technopak Analysis.



Urban investments are slated to be across all modern formats although the majority
share will be taken by supermarkets and hypermarkets. The share of hypermarkets is
expected to increase in the lower-tier cities, as a single hypermarket would be able to
cater to a significant proportion of the demand in smaller cities.

                  Chart 6.4: Investment Estimates by Format (%)

                  Other Form ats *
                 (includes apparel,
                 footwear, watches
                     , furniture &
                      furnis hing,
                   toys etc.), 23%

                                                              Superm arket, 34%
             Warehous e , 9%




           Departm ent Store ,
                  2%


                           Hyperm arket, 32%

Source: Technopak Analysis.
85
6.6    Expected Share of Top Players in Indian Retail

The top 50 players are geared to take about 39 per cent share of total retail in the top
150 cities. These top players will dominate the market in Indian retail. This high
concentration in the retail market is in tune with international trends. For example, in
the US, the top five retailers, such as Wal-Mart, Kroger, Albertsons, Safeway, and
Ahold, account for about 40 per cent of the US grocery market.

                   Table 6.2: Retail Market for 150 Cities in 2011-12

                                                                    Market Share
Total market (Top 150 cities)                                            100%
Share of top 7 players                                                    31%
Share of next 43                                                           8%
Share of top 50 players                                                   39%

Source: Technopak Analysis

6.7    Retail Space Break-up by Category

The total new retail space required to facilitate the proposed investment will be of
around 487 million sq. ft. across all retail formats. Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd.
estimate that 50 per cent of the space would need to be catered by the shopping malls
and rest by stand-alone locations in formats like supermarkets. Technopak Advisers
Pvt. Ltd. also estimate that with 143 million sq. ft. of mall space being planned over
the next five years, it still leaves the retail industry with a shortage of more than 40
per cent in mall space. Most of the large format retailers will find it difficult in getting
adequate real estate and it is expected that they may end up creating space for retail on
their own. The required retail space for organized retail is expected to be around 7-8
times the current space available for organized retail. Hypermarkets and supermarkets
will take approximately 62 per cent of the retail space (Chart 6.5a). About 51 per cent
of new retail space is expected to come up in A-class and above type cities which are
already crowded (Chart 6.5b).

                Chart 6.5 a: Retail Space Estimates by Format (%)

                           Speciality,
                          Department &
                             Others
                              22%

                                                                    Hypermarket
                                                                       44%



                Cash and Carry
                    16%

                                         Supermarket
                                            18%




                                                       86
Finalmrp
Chart 6.5 b: Retail Space Estimates by City Type (%)



                                 C      D                AAA
                                       3%
                               15%                       24%

                       B
                      9%




                                                               AA
                                                               14%
                               B+
                                                  A
                              22%
                                                 13%




Source: Technopak Analysis.

6.8     Employment Growth

As per the industry estimates of employment of one person per 350-400 sq. ft. of
retail space, about 1.5 million jobs will be created in the front-end alone in the next
five years. Assuming that 10 per cent extra people are required for the back-end, the
direct employment generated by the organized retail sector in India over the coming
five years will be close to 1.7 million jobs. This constitutes nearly 5 per cent of the
existing employment of about 37 million in the retail industry. Indirect employment
generated on the supply chain to feed this retail business will add further to this
already high number. While a boon for the Indian economy in terms of the
employment generation, at the same time it is a significant challenge for the organized
retail industry to gain access to such a high number of trained manpower in such a
short period of time.

      Table 6.3: Employment Generation by Organized Retail during 2007-12

                                                              Speciality &
                                                       Cash &
                     Hypermarket Supermarket                  Department      Total
                                                       Carry
                                                                 Store
 New retail space
                           218              86           76          107        487
 (Million sq. ft.)
 Retail space per
 floor staff (sq.          350           200            450          350
 ft.)
 No. of front-end
                           623           430            169          306       1527
 staff (‘000)
 No. of back-end
                           62               43           17           31        153
 staff (‘000)
 Total manpower
                           685           473            186          336       1680
 (‘000)

Source: Technopak Analysis and Industry Estimates
87
6.8.1   New Retail Stores

Given the expected investments and future projections of growth of retail area, there
will be a huge increase in the number of stores in the next five years. It is estimated
that around 44,500 new stores of different formats will open (Table 6.4).

        Table 6.4: Number of New Organized Retail Stores during 2007-12


                                                     Cash &     Department   Speciality
                     Hypermarket Supermarket
                                                     Carry        Store       Store

 New retail space
                         218              86           76           32           75
 (million sq. ft.)

 Average store
                        80,000           4,000       1,50,000      40,000      4,000
 size (sq. ft.)


 No. of stores          2,725           21,500         507          803        18,725


Source: Technopak Analysis and Industry Estimates.




                                            88
7. Policy Recommendations

7.1       Main Findings of the Study

The major findings of this study are:

      •   Retail trade is expected to grow at 13 per cent per annum during 2007-12. Its
          value will then be about US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. With this expected
          increase it is inconceivable that the rising demand would be effectively met by
          the unorganized sector. As in other countries, this provides the basis for the
          expansion of organized retail.
      •   The share of organized retail in total trade has risen in all developing countries
          in recent years. In China it was 20 per cent in 2006, Brazil 36 per cent, South
          Korea 15 per cent, Indonesia 30 per cent, Poland 20 per cent, Thailand 40 per
          cent, and Vietnam 22 per cent.
      •   The international experience shows that in nearly all emerging economies,
          governments have taken policy measures to improve the operating conditions
          for unorganized retail.
      •   Unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers have been adversely
          affected in terms of their volume of business and profit. Unorganized retail
          has maintained employment levels perhaps as a result of competitive response.
      •   The adverse impact on unorganized retailers tapers off over time.
      •   The major factors that attract unorganized retailers to consumers are
          proximity, goodwill, credit sales, bargaining, loose items, convenient timings,
          and home delivery.
      •   There is clear evidence of a competitive response from traditional retailers
          who are gearing up to meet the threat from organized retailers.
      •   While kirana stores are trying to increase credit sales to retain customers, their
          own reliance on institutional finance remains very low. This has a clear policy
          implication.
      •   Consumers have generally gained with the emergence of organized outlets
          through the availability of better quality products, lower prices, one-stop
          shopping, choice of additional brands and products, family shopping, and
          fresh stocks.
      •   Lower income consumers have saved more from purchases at organized
          outlets.
      •   Intermediaries do not appear to be adversely affected so far although there are
          signs of their losing business in products such as, fruit, vegetables, and
          apparel.
      •   Farmers have benefited through direct procurement by organized retailers as
          this provides an alternative channel for selling their produce with better
          revenue realization.
      •   Organized retailers are themselves investing heavily or through third-party
          logistics companies on temperature-controlled warehouses, cold-chain
          transport, etc., to modernize the distribution system.
      •   Large manufacturers have started feeling the impact of organized retail
          through price pressure and competition from private labels of organized
          retailers.



                                             89
•   Small manufacturers, in general, are yet to feel any major impact of organized
          retail as a large number of unorganized retailers continue to constitute their
          clientele. They are however, optimistic of future expansion of business with
          the spread of organized retail.

These results are not indicative of the countrywide scenario, but only of mega-and
mini-metro cities around a limited number of organized retail outlets. The results of
the control-sample survey conducted for the study indicate that traditional retailers are
not affected adversely even in these cities, away from organized outlets. For the
country as a whole, unorganized retail is growing at a reasonable rate and will
continue to do so for many years to come. Yet it is clear that the growth in demand
for retail business is likely to substantially exceed any possible supply response
coming exclusively from the unorganized retailers.

7.2       A Balanced Approach to Retail

India is at the crossroads with regard to the retail sector. Several emerging market
economies have gone ahead and reaped the benefits of modern retail. India is however
a latecomer to organized retail expansion and the picture still remains unclear as to its
future direction. The study advocates a balanced approach to retail and suggests that
the government plays a major role in shaping its future course.

There is no doubt that traditional retail has been performing a vital function in the
economy and is a significant source of employment. However, it suffers from huge
inefficiencies as a result of which consumers do not get what they want, and farmers
often get prices for their produce much below what is considered fair. In contrast,
organized retail provides consumers with a wider choice of products, lower prices,
and a pleasant shopping environment. It gives farmers a better alternative channel for
selling their products at a better price. The competition from organized retail has
affected the business of traditional retailers but they are making efforts to stay on. In
their struggle to face this competition, they are handicapped by a lack of access to
formal credit from commercial banks. As in other countries, government policy can
and should play an important role in modernizing the unorganized sector and improve
its competitiveness. On the other hand, a policy of protection of traditional retailers
by restricting organized retail will harm the growth prospects of the country by
foregoing the enormous benefits that are generated by organized retail.

7.3       Modernization of Unorganized Retail

The government should launch a time-bound “national kirana and wetmarket reform”
programme. The key elements of this programme should be the following:

      1. Assist the formation of co-operatives or associations of kirana stores, which in
         turn can undertake direct procurement of products from manufacturers and
         farmers. By eliminating intermediaries, kirana stores can obtain their supplies
         at lower prices, while farmers get better prices for their produce. The
         European and US experience of co-operative retailing needs to be studied in
         greater detail.
      2. Encourage setting up of modern large cash-and-carry outlets, which could
         supply not only to kirana stores but also to licensed hawkers at wholesale


                                            90
rates. The case in China where the central government is using Metro Cash &
         Carry to modernize the entire supply chain and source directly from farmers is
         a case in point.
      3. Make available credit at reasonable rates from banks and micro-credit
         institutions for expansion and modernization of traditional retailers. While a
         liberal branch expansion for Indian and foreign banks would help, the study
         recommends the promotion of innovative banking solutions for unorganized
         retail like Syndicate Bank’s lending for small business linked with the
         collection of daily or weekly pigmy deposits (Annex 5).
      4. Convert all uncovered wetmarkets to covered ones and modernize those
         markets in a time-bound manner with emphasis on hygiene, convenience to
         shoppers, proper approach roads, entry, exits, etc. In India, the route of
         public-private partnerships (PPPs) is advocated for this purpose. PPPs should
         be formed between the government and existing small shops on the pattern of
         the “Industrial Infrastructure Upgradation Scheme” being successfully
         undertaken to improve infrastructure in existing industrial clusters.
      5. Facilitate the formation of farmers’ co-operatives to directly sell to organized
         retailers. In this case, while the government could provide tax incentives and
         capital subsidies, equity support should be avoided.

7.4      Regulation of Organized Retail

New restrictions on organized retailers are not advocated as this will dampen the
modernization efforts of traditional retail. However, the study stress the need for
organized retailers formulating certain “private codes of conduct” governing their
relationships with suppliers including manufacturers, wholesalers, and farmers. The
experience in Argentina, Mexico and Colombia could be studied in this regard. These
steps could be complemented by the Competition Commission enforcing rules against
collusion and predatory pricing as in the US, UK and France. The government may
also consider enacting legislation if that ensures the implementation of a code of
conduct by large organized retailers.

Organized retail is subject to a number of licensing requirements at the central, state,
and local levels that are cumbersome. A fresh look at the gamut of regulations is
called for with a view to simplifying and compressing the time taken for the issue of
permits. A move towards a nationwide uniform licensing regime for organized retail
in all states and union territories is suggested.

7.5      Modernization of APMC mandis

Modernization of government regulated markets in the states is suggested on the lines
on the NDDB Safal mandi model in Bangalore. The infrastructure of these markets
needs to be improved by providing closed places for trading, better access roads, and
also better hygiene with an effective waste disposal system.




                                            91
Annex 1: Unorganized Retail Universe 2006


The total number of traditional retailers is estimated to be 13 million by Technopak
Advisers Pvt. Ltd. The classification of the unorganized retail universe by category is
shown below.

                                                                Jewelry
                                                                        Fruit & Vegetables
                                                                 0.4%
                                               Chemists                        Sellers




                                                           Furniture           4%
                                                 3%                                    Food Stores
                                                             1%                          1%
                                               Cosmetics
                                                  2%
                                    Hawkers                                                   Non Veg Stores
                                      8%                                                           1%




                                                                                                               Kirana I
                                                                                                                 20%


        Paan n Bidi Stores
              14%




  General Merchandise
          2%




        Hardware
          2%

         Furnishing
                             Footwear


             1%    CDIT        2%
                    2%
                                Apparel
                                  6%
                                                                                             Kirana II
                             Modern Independent Stores                                         32%
                                       0.2%




                                              Source: Technopak Analysis.

Categories of traditional retailers

         •    Fruit and Vegetable Sellers - Sells fruit and vegetables.

         •    Food Store - Reseller of bakery products. Also sells dairy and processed
              food and beverages.

         •    Non -Vegetable Store - Sells chicken and mutton (supplemented by fish),
              or predominantly fish.

         •    Kirana I - Sells bakery products, dairy and processed food, home and
              personal care, and beverages.
•   Kirana II - Sells categories available at a Kirana I store plus cereals,
    pulses, spices, and edible oils.


                                  92
•   Modern Independent Stores - Sells categories available at a Kirana II store
    and has self- service. Operates single or several stores (but not an
    organized chain of stores).

•   Apparel – Sells men’s wear, women’s wear, innerwear, kids’ and infant
    wear.

•   Footwear – Sells men’s wear, women’s wear, and kid’s wear.

•   CDIT (Consumer Durables & IT) – Sells electronics, small appliances,
    durables, telecom, and IT products.

•   Furnishing – Sells home linen and upholstery.

•   Hardware - Sells sanitary-ware, taps and faucets, door fittings, and tiles.

•   General Merchandize – Includes lightning, stationery, toys, gifts, utensils,
    and crockery stores.




                                    93
Annex 2: Modern Retail Formats in India

Hypermarket

Typically varying between 50,000 sq. ft. and 1, 00,000 sq. ft., hypermarkets offer a
large basket of products, ranging from grocery, fresh and processed food, beauty and
household products, clothing and appliances, etc. The key players in the segment are:
the RPG Group's Giant (Spencer’s) hypermarkets, and Pantaloon Retail's Big Bazaars.

Cash-and-carry

These are large B2B focused retail formats, buying and selling in bulk for various
commodities. At present, due to legal constraints, in most states they are not able to
sell fresh produce or liquor. Cash-and-carry (C&C) stores are large (more than
75,000 sq. ft.), carry several thousand stock-keeping units (SKUs) and generally have
bulk buying requirements. In India an example of this is Metro, the Germany-based
C&C, which has outlets in Bangalore and Hyderabad.

Department Store

Department stores generally have a large layout with a wide range of merchandise
mix, usually in cohesive categories, such as fashion accessories, gifts and home
furnishings, but skewed towards garments. These stores are focused towards a wider
consumer audience catchment, with in-store services as a primary differentiator. The
department stores usually have 10,000 - 60,000 sq. ft. of retail space. Various
examples include: (i) Shoppers' Stop, controlled by the K. Raheja Group, a pioneering
chain in the country's organized retail; (ii) Pantaloons, a family chain store, which is
another major player in the segment; (iii) Westside, the department store chain from
Tata Group's Trent Ltd; (iv) Ebony, a department store chain from another real-
estate developer, the DS Group; (v) Lifestyle, part of the Dubai-based retail chain,
Landmark Group; and (vi) the Globus department and superstore chain.

Supermarket

Supermarkets, generally large in size and typical in layouts, offer not only household
products but also food as an integral part of their services. The family is their target
customer and typical examples of this retailing format in India are Apna Bazaar,
Sabka Bazaar, Haiko, Nilgiri's, Spencer’s from the RPG Group, Food Bazaar from
Pantaloon Retail, etc.

Shop-in-Shop

There is a proliferation of large shopping malls across major cities. Since they are
becoming a major shopping destination for customers, more and more retail brands
are devising strategies to scale their store size in order to gain presence within the
large format, department or supermarket, within these malls. For example, Infinity, a
retail brand selling international jewellery and crystal ware from Kolkata's Magma
Group, has already established presence in over 36 department chains and exclusive
brand stores in less than five years. Shop-in-shops have to rely heavily on a very



                                          94
efficiently managed supply chain system so as to ensure that stock replenishment is
done fast, as there is limited space for buffer stocks.

Speciality Store

Speciality stores are single-category, focusing on individuals and group clusters of the
same class, with high product loyalty. Typical examples of such retail format are:
footwear stores, music stores, electronic and household stores, gift stores, food and
beverages retailers, and even focused apparel chain or brand stores. Besides all these
formats, the Indian market is flooded with formats labelled as multi-brand outlets
(MBOs), exclusive brand outlets (EBOs), kiosks and corners, and shop-in-shops.

Category Killers – Large Speciality Retailers

Category killers focus on a particular segment and are able to provide a wide range of
choice to the consumer, usually at affordable prices due to the scale they achieve.
Examples of category killers in the West include Office Mart in the US. In the Indian
context, the experiment in the sector has been led by “The Loft”, a footwear store in
Powai, Mumbai measuring 18,000 sq. ft.

Discount Store

A discount store is a retail store offering a wide range of products, mostly branded, at
discounted prices. The average size of such stores is 1,000 sq.ft. Typical examples of
such stores in India are: food and grocery stores offering discounts, like Subhiksha,
Margin Free, etc. and the factory outlets of apparel and footwear brands, namely,
Levi’s factory outlet, Nike’s factory outlet, Koutons, etc.

Convenience Store

A convenience store is a relatively small retail store located near a residential area
(closer to the consumer), open long hours, seven days a week, and carrying a limited
range of staples and groceries. Some Indian examples of convenience stores include:
In & Out, Safal, amongst others. The average size of a convenience store is around
800 sq.ft.


Source: Technopak Advisors Pvt. Ltd.




                                          95
Annex 3: Typical Clearances Required for Retail Store

Operations – General List

A. General

   1      Trade License.
   2      NOC for Fire License from Municipal Corporation.
   3      Health and Sanitary License.
   4      Registration under Weights and Measures Act.
   5      Forecourt License (for sale outside the shop area) (if required).
   6      Signboard License (Within & Outside the Store).
   7      Approval from the State Pollution Control Board (water disposal / solid
          waste disposal) (if required).

B. Operations Related

   1      APMC Licenses (F&V and Staple - Procurement and Sale).
   2      Eating House / Food License (Food & Beverages).
   3      PFA License required for the different categories of products stored / sold
          in the distribution centres (DCs) under the Prevention of Food Adulteration
          Act (PFA).
   4      Cold Storage License – under the Factories Act.
   5      Sweets Shop (Shop-in-Shop) License (if required).
   6      License under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Drugs and
          Cosmetics Rules, 1945.
   7      Household Pesticides and Insecticides License (if required).
   8      Registration of manufacturers, packers, and importers under Rule 35 of the
          Standards of Weights and Measures (WM) (Packaged Commodities)
          Rules, 1977.
   9      Essential Commodities Act - Storage Control Order.
   10     Manufacturer’s Warranty to Consumer under the PFA Act.

C. Infrastructure Related

   1      Power Connection.
   2      DG Set Approval as required from the Local Electricity Board.
   3      License if the Facade of the Store faces a Road (if required).
   4      License for Ground Water Storage and Usage.


D. Labour Related

   1      Shops and Establishment Act.
   2      Employees PF Act- Apply for PF Code no.
   3      Employees State Insurance Corporation (ESIC) Act regarding Medical
          Benefit/Sickness Benefit and Employment Injury.
   4      The Contract Labour Act.
   5      The Payment of Gratuity Act.
   6      The Factories Act, 1948.


                                         96
E. Taxation Related

    1      Professional Tax (if applicable).
    2      Octroi / Cess in lieu of Octroi (if applicable).
    3      Entry Tax (if applicable).
    4      Service Tax Registration.
    5      Permanent Account Number (Income Tax).
    6      Sales Tax Registration (State-wise) - VAT & CST.


Note: The list may vary from state to state and as per the store format.


Source: Industry Sources.




                                        97
Annex 4: A Note on Sampling Design

This section briefly describes the methodology and sampling design used for
collecting primary data through structured survey questionnaires from traditional
retailers, intermediaries, consumers, and farmers.

Product Category Coverage

Following the deliberations in the brainstorming workshop, the present study covered
the following categories of organized outlets:

     •   Food and grocery, which is present across three different formats, namely
         discount stores, super markets, and hypermarkets.
     •   Textiles and clothing which is usually departmental stores, and regular or large
         format stores.

Thus, the choice of the above categories was guided by the consideration of their
propensity to impact unorganized (small) retail outlets, which was the core purpose of
the present study.

Geographic Coverage

Since the retail universe is very vast, widespread and diverse, obtaining a nationally
representative sample (covering urban and rural areas) would involve a very large
budget and time. Moreover, organized retailing is more of an urban and metropolitan
phenomenon and therefore, it was also decided that the study should only cover
metropolitan cities and a few tier-2 towns in different regions of the country where
organized retailing has a strong presence.

Selection of Cities

                         20
All mega-metro cities     namely Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore,
                                                                                  21
Hyderabad and Ahmedabad were covered in the study. In addition, one mini-metro
each from three regions having a sizeable presence of organized retail namely Jaipur
from the North, Indore from the West and Kochi from the South were also included.
No mini-metro city was covered in the Eastern region as the presence of organized
retail sector is limited.

Selection of Organized clusters

Only where an organized retail outlet is located, could it impact the small,
unorganized retail outlets. Thus, the second stage of selection in the study involved
sampling of organized retail outlets as clusters.

The following process was adopted for the sampling of organized retail outlets, which
served as study clusters:

20
   Population of over 4 million as per the 2001
Census.
21
   Population between 1 million and 4 million as per the 2001
Census.


                                            98
1. The number of organized retailers by outlet type (food and groceries or textiles
      and clothing) and format category (discount stores/ supermarkets/
      hypermarkets and departmental stores) was obtained from Technopak
      Advisers Pvt. Ltd. separately for each city.

   2. Using information in step 1 above, DRS has generated an exhaustive list of all
      the organized retail outlets in the selected 10 cities from secondary sources.

   3. The sample size of 101 clusters was allocated to different formats covered in
      the study at the national level to ensure a minimum sample size of
      unorganized retailers for each format category. Through purposive sampling,
      20 each of the discount stores, hypermarkets and departmental stores, and 40
      supermarkets were covered.

   4. The sample size for each format was allocated to the 10 cities covered in the
      study through the proportional allocation method.

   5. In the case of cities wherever the sample size was large, the sample was
      proportionately allocated to different regions within a city, after stratifying
      them by region: North, East, West, Central and South using Eicher city maps.

   6. The outlets belonging to each type and format were selected following the
      stratified random sampling method. These organized retail outlets served as
      study clusters.

A. Sampling Design: Small Unorganized Retail Outlets

Small, unorganized outlets are adversely affected by the expansion of organized
retailers, if they fall in the catchment area of the organized outlets. A catchment area
is defined as the area (radius of distance in km) from where the organized outlet is
expected to draw its customers. In other words, small, unorganized retailers in the
catchment area are likely to lose business as customers migrate (either in full or part)
to organized outlets for making their food and grocery, and textiles and clothing
purchases.

Using the standard industry norms, the catchment area for different types and formats
of organized outlets was defined as follows:

                                               Catchment area (in km)

       Discount stores                               1
       Supermarkets                                  1

       Hypermarkets                                  10
       Department stores                             10

From the catchment area of each sampled organized retail outlet (hereafter referred to
as a cluster), a fixed number of small, unorganized retail outlets was selected and
interviewed. The number of organized outlet clusters selected and the number of


                                          99
unorganized retailers interviewed varied across different formats and is shown in
Table 1.

                             Table 1: Sample Size and Distribution
                                              No. of Unorganized Retailers
                                No. of
                                                  Sampled per Cluster
                               Sampled                                                          Total
        Format Type                                      Textiles
                              Organized      Food &                                            Sample
                               Clusters             22      &         Total
                                            grocery
                                                         clothing
 Discount stores                  18           20            -         20                        360
 Supermarkets                     43           20            -         20                       860
 Hypermarkets                     20           20           10         30                        600
 Department stores                20            -           10         10                        200
 Total Sample                     101                                                           2020

In order to ensure that the sample of unorganized retailers drawn extends over the
entire catchment area, a distance criterion (distance of the unorganized outlets from
the organized retail outlet i.e. cluster) was used to select unorganized outlets which
are both “nearby” and “far away” from the cluster. The distance criterion varied
across different formats and is shown in Table 2.

      Table 2: Distance* of Unorganized Outlets from Organized Outlets
                                                              “Far- away”
 Format Type                         “Nearby” Outlets
                                                                 Outlets
 Supermarkets/ discount stores        Within 0.5 km.           0.6-1.0 km.
 Hypermarkets                          Within 5 km.             6-10 km.
 Department stores                     Within 5 km.             6-10 km.
* Distance in radius of organized outlets.

For selecting the requisite number of unorganized retailers from each cluster, the field
researchers were asked to generate a list of such outlets in the catchment area. This
was done in consultation with key informants and knowledgeable retailers in the area
and the requisite sample was drawn from the list following the systematic random
sampling procedure. In the case of apparel outlets, wherever it was difficult to
generate such a list, a snowball sampling technique was employed.

B. Control Sample Survey of Small Retailers

The original survey of the impact of organized retail outlets on unorganized retailers
was conducted only in clusters where organized retailers have been established. As a
follow up to this survey, a survey was planned in clusters which are similar in profile
and character but do not have the presence of organized retailers (control clusters).
This survey was undertaken to compare changes in employment, turnover and profit

22
       Grocery stores include grocery shops and general stores. Grocery shops deal mainly in grocery
     items, such as staple food items (rice, atta, wheat, etc.). Other food items, such as grains and flour,
     cooking oil, ghee, vanaspati, spices, etc. are available in loose. Grocery shops are also called
     kirana shops. General stores, as the name suggests, deals in variety of general use items used for
     daily needs. For example, in a general store one can find items, such as toiletries, biscuits and
     snacks, packaged foods, cosmetics, hosiery and stationary, etc.


                                                     100
of small retailers and vendors in the unorganized sector in clusters where organized
retailers have a presence (treatment clusters) and where they do not have a presence
(control clusters). The differences observed between the two samples together help
establish the impact of organized retail.

The control sample survey was undertaken only in respect of food and grocery
organized outlets of different formats covered in the main survey. Given the limitation
of time and budget, the control sample survey was conducted in four out of the 10
cities covered in the main survey representing one city from each region.

The cities covered were: Delhi (North), Kolkata (East), Hyderabad (South) and
Ahmedabad (West). While the two cities (Delhi and Kolkata) selected are the largest
cities in their respective regions, the other two cities (Hyderabad and Ahmedabad) are
large metro cities with a great deal of presence of organized retail, but are not the
largest cities in their respective regions.

Secondary data pertaining to the location of organized retail in different cities was
gathered and all the organized outlets were mapped. Through this mapping exercise,
localities that fall in the catchment areas of organized outlets (one km radius in the
case of supermarkets and discount stores, and 5 km in case of hypermarkets) were
identified.

The same guideline was used in the main sample survey also to identify the catchment
areas of organized clusters in respect of supermarkets and discount stores, but in the
case of hypermarkets the guideline used was a radius of 10 km which was revised to 5
km in the control sample survey. This was done as a distance of 10 km was
considered too large for food and grocery items, which was the only product category
covered in the control sample survey.

In order to ensure that the retailers covered in the main survey and control sample
survey are comparable (which was the main purpose of undertaking the control
sample survey), care was taken to ensure that the localities selected for the control
sample survey are similar in economic profile of its residents and are in the same
geographical region of the respective cities.

The same semi-structured Retailer Interview Schedule that was canvassed in the main
survey was used in the control sample survey.

The only difference between the two surveys was in respect of the reference period
for all variables like sales turnover, profit, employment, etc. In the main survey, the
reference period for all the historical data on these variables was the month and year
of establishment of the organized retail outlet in that cluster. In the control sample
survey, as the survey was conducted in clusters where the organized retailers do not
exist, the reference period was the same for all the clusters which was “12 months
before”.

C. Sampling Design: Intermediaries

Several layers of trade intermediaries are involved between the producers of goods
and the retailers who sell these goods directly to the consumers. Intermediaries are a


                                         101
very diverse group in terms of their functions and scale of operations and as such, it is
difficult for a small sample survey to statistically represent these heterogeneous
groups.

Given this challenge, it was decided to represent different types of intermediaries
dealing with different commodities or products in different geographical zones by
adopting a quota sampling design. Accordingly, a quota of 10 intermediaries was
interviewed from each commodity or product group and a total of 100 intermediaries
were interviewed from 10 cities covered under the study. The break-up of this sample
is as follows:

                 Table 3: Intermediary Sample by Product Group
      Commodity/ Product Group                           Targeted Sample Size
      Cooking oil                                                    10
      Rice                                                           10
      Wheat                                                          10
      Pulses                                                         10
      Fruit                                                          10
      Vegetables                                                     10
      Package consumers products                                     30
      Apparels                                                       10
      Total                                                         100

However, the actual sample of 100 intermediaries comprises more than 10
respondents in respect of many categories as some of the intermediaries were engaged
in trading of more than one commodity or product category. Broadly, the following
categories of trade intermediaries were covered in the survey: (i) commission agents;
(ii) miller/traders; (iii) regional wholesalers; (iv) C & F agents; (v) wholesalers; (vi)
local commission agents; (vii) stockists; (viii) distributors; and (ix) authorized dealers.

The results based on the survey ought to be treated only as indicative and not as
conclusive evidence, given the limitations cited above. It must be stated that the quota
sampling is widely practised in survey research. The quota sampling method has been
used, given the limitation of time, resources, and lack of adequate and reliable
knowledge on the number of intermediaries.

D. Sampling Design: Consumers at Organized and Unorganized Outlets

As consumers are a major stakeholder category in the expansion of organized retail, a
consumer survey was planned as an integral part of the present impact assessment
study. To assess the impact of organized retail network on consumers, exit interviews
were conducted with the consumers at the sampled 100 organized outlets across 10
study cities. A separate survey was also conducted at one or two of the sampled
unorganized outlets in each cluster.

Exit interviews were preferred over household surveys as it is difficult to locate
households who have made purchases from the sampled organized clusters (as the
catchment’s area extends over a large area). Moreover, there could be a poor or
inaccurate recall if the actual incidence of purchase occurred long before the date of


                                           102
the interview. Exit interviews are reliable, easy to implement, and are widely used in
surveys of this nature.

In order to capture adequate information about the products purchased and savings
made if any from purchasing at organized outlets, only consumers who have spent at
least Rs. 100/- at the organized outlet in the present visit were included in the sample.
Five consumers were interviewed from each sampled organized outlet adopting the
systematic random sampling procedure. Every fifth consumer exiting from the shop
was interviewed provided he or she has made a purchase of Rs. 100/- and above.
Wherever the selected respondent was found to be ineligible on this criterion, he or
she was replaced with the next eligible respondent. Unlike in the case of consumers at
organized outlets, no minimum purchase value was stipulated for eligibility in the
case of consumers interviewed at the unorganized outlets. As the number of
consumers visiting unorganized outlets is not large, every alternate consumer visiting
the shop for making a purchase was interviewed (visitors who did not make any
purchase, however, were not included in the sample).

In total 1,010 consumers were interviewed, of which 505 consumers were interviewed
at the unorganized outlets, and 505 consumers were interviewed at the organized
retail outlets.

Survey of Consumers at Fruit and Vegetable Vendors

The above consumer survey did not cover consumers shopping at unorganized fruit
and vegetable outlets. An additional survey of consumers through exit interviews was
done for 308 consumers shopping at food and vegetable shops and hawkers in nine
cities (all 10 cities covered in the earlier surveys minus Kochi.)

E. Farmer Survey: Sampling Design

Improved crop value realization for farmers is often cited as the major benefit of
direct procurement of produce from farmers by organized retailers. The present study
seeks to examine this phenomenon. Subsequent to the value-chain assessment
undertaken in Bangalore, Karnataka for cauliflower, it was decided that this would be
studied in detail.

The universe of farmers in India is quite large and extensive. Identifying a statistically
significant sample is almost impossible. Therefore it was thought appropriate to
identify just one area and look at only one product and undertake a case study.

Cauliflower is a commonly consumed vegetable across all parts of India. An average
cauliflower cultivation cycle, from land preparation before sowing to harvest, is 120
days. Cauliflower is not a seasonal vegetable, but is sensitive to climate. Cool weather
is most suited for the cultivation of cauliflower. Good irrigation facilities are also
required, since the vegetable requires moist soil. Owing to these precise specifications
required for the cultivation of the vegetable, there are bound to be obvious quality
differentiations. While cauliflower is grown in many parts of India, Bangalore’s
climatic conditions are conducive for the crop to be raised all through the year.




                                           103
23
An extensive reconnaissance was conducted over two field trips in Bangalore and
Hoskote. Hoskote is situated 25 km from Bangalore and is one of the main vegetable,
and specifically cauliflower, growing areas. A couple of years ago, Hoskote was
considered to be the outskirts of the city. But, with the city growing as a result of the
                                                                         24
IT boom and escalating property prices, Hoskote is now part of the city.

                                                                           25
Many organized retailers, Spencer’s, Reliance and Fabmall, to name a few, have
their collection centres at Hoskote, all within 2-3 km of each other. Even though the
                  26
Hoskote Taluk includes a little over 200 villages, the catchment area for the study
was intentionally restricted to villages within a 20 km radius of the collection centres,
in order to dispense with any geographical bias.

The study was implemented in two stages. Over the two field trips an attempt was
made to collate information on the following fronts:

     •   Contact all organized retailers within our catchment area and collate
         information on their procurement practice.
     •   Put together a list of farmers from whom, or the list of villages from where
         cauliflower is procured.
     •   Find out the various marketing channels available for cauliflower.
     •   Interview each person in the respective marketing channels to understand their
         role and the value additions that they bring to the chain.
     •   Interview farmers selling to organized retailers either directly or through a
         consolidator and farmers selling through other channels to capture in detail
         their costs of cultivation and transaction.

Once this was completed, a value-chain analysis was carried out and a detailed
questionnaire was prepared for the survey to be conducted, and thus ended the first
stage of analysis.

The second stage of the study involved an extensive survey executed in the same area.
The survey was to be conducted in Hoskote under similar conditions as that of those
chosen for the value-chain analysis. The survey began by first interviewing those
farmers who were selling to organized retailers either directly or through a
consolidator. Subsequently, farmers using other channels were also identified in the
same villages as where farmers selling to organized retailers lived, and were
interviewed. A total of 197 farmers were interviewed within the 20 km stipulated
radius to obtain a reasonable representation of all marketing channels.

While the emphasis of the value-chain analysis was to capture in detail the costs of
production of the farmer and the value additions brought in by each player, the aim of
the survey was to capture in detail the profile of the farmer, the cultivation practices
and the costs of transaction incurred in each marketing channel. The survey also tried
to capture any qualitative advantages that the farmer might benefit from.


23
      May 23, 2007 to May 27, 2007 & June 12, 2007 to June 16,
2007.
24
     The new airport for Bangalore is constructed in the vicinity. As a result, property prices at
   Hoskote have multiplied over the last year or two.
25
      Soon to be renamed “More” post after its acquisition by the Aditya Birla
Group.
26
          A sub-division of a
district.
104
Annex 5: Syndicate Bank’s Small Credit Scheme Linked to Pigmy Deposits
                            (“SyndSmallCredit”)


(A new scheme for providing financial assistance to entrepreneurs of small means
contributing to the deposit scheme “PigmyPlus2007”- Doorstep Banking.)

Highlights of the Scheme:

  • The scheme aims at entrepreneurs of small means, such as manufacturers, retail
    traders, professional and self-employed persons, artisans and those engaged in
    making handicrafts, village/ cottage industries, and other non-farm income-
    generating activities.
  • The facility is available at all the branches where “PigmyPlus2007” scheme is in
    operation, in clusters of not less than 50 accounts in an area.
  • Need based credit of above Rs. 25000/-, subject to a maximum of Rs. 1.50 lakh
    per borrower. A component up to 30 per cent of the total limit is included for
    necessities, such as consumption/ contingencies and repayment of high-cost
    private debt.
  • No collateral security: only hypothecation of assets created out of a bank loan,
    lien on “PigmyPlus2007” account and a creditworthy third-party guarantee.
  • Easy repayment at the convenience of the borrowers: the repayment is linked to
    day-to-day contributions towards “PigmyPlus2007” account, at the doorstep of
    the customer.
  • Contributions towards Pigmy can be at the convenience of the customer. It is not
    fixed.
  • Ballooning of equated monthly installments (EMIs) facilitating the customer to
    repay smaller installments in the beginning when the income level is low and
    gradually higher installments by the time the income level gets improved.
    Repayment period spread over 60 months. The first three months is the
    repayment holiday.
  • Except for execution of documents at the branch level, the doorstep banking
    facility is extended to the customer through Pigmy agents.
  • The rate of interest is at PLR-0.50 per cent i.e. presently 12.5 per cent per
    annum.
  • 1.0 per cent rebate in interest for prompt repayment is provided at the closure of
    the account.
  • The Bank collects nominal out-of-pocket expenses @ 3 per cent of the amount
    set for transferring from “PigmyPlus2007” to the loan account, which includes
    payment of 2 per cent commission to Pigmy agents.
  • A step towards comprehensive and wholesome financial inclusion.


Source: Syndicate Bank.




                                         105
References

Abbott, J.C. (1967). The Development of Marketing Institutions. In H.M. Southworth
       and B.F. Johnston (eds.) Agricultural Development and Economic Growth (pp.
       364-399). Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

AC Nielsen. 2007. Survey of Consumer's Shopping Behaviour and Perceptions
     toward Modern & Traditional Trade Channels in Indonesia. Report to the
     World Bank/Indonesia.

Annual Report 2006-07. Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Agriculture & Co-
      operation, Government of India.

Anupindi, R. and S. Ravikumar 2005. ITC’s e-Choupal: A Platform Strategy for Rural
      Transformation, presented at Business Solutions for Alleviating Poverty (BSAP)
      Conference, Social Enterprise Initiative, Harvard Business School, December 1-
      3.

Bakshi, K., D. Roy, and A. Thorat. 2006. Small they may be and Indian farmers they
       are but export they can: The case of mahagrapes farmers in India. In From
       plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its implications for the
       smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New Delhi, by
       International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC.

Berdegué, J.A. 2001. Cooperating to Compete. Peasant Associative Business Firms in
      Chile. Published doctoral dissertation, Wageningen University and Research
      Centre, Department of Social Sciences, Communication and Innovation Group.
      Wageningen, The Netherlands.

Berdegué, J.A. F. Balsevich, L. Flores, T. Reardon. 2005. “Central American
      supermarkets' private standards of quality and safety in procurement of fresh
      fruit and vegetables,” Food Policy, Vol 30 Issue 3, June: 254-269.

Birthal, P.S., P.K. Joshi, and A. Gulati. 2006. Vertical coordination in high value
        commodities. In From plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its
        implications for the smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New
        Delhi, by International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington DC.


Bose, P.R. 2005. Amul mulls setting up 10,000 parlours: May sell fresh, frozen
       vegetables.         Business         Line          Internet        Edition.
       http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/2005/06/22/stories/2005062201480900.
       htm 21 (accessed February 4, 2008).

Boselie, D. 2002. “Business Case Description: TOPS Supply Chain Project,
       Thailand”.   KLICT International Agri Supply Chain Development
       Programme. Agrichain Competence Centre, Den Bosch.




                                        106
Brom, J.F. 2002. ‘Experiencia Argentina: Relación entre los proveedores y los
                                     th
      Supermercados’. Speech at the 7 Biennial Congress of the Costa Rican Food
      Industry Chamber of Commerce, Costa Rica, June.

Brom, J.F. 2006. Autoregulación Privada vs. Regulación Estatal, Experiencia
      Argentina e Internacional: Los Códigos        De Buenas Prácticas como
      Metodología Efectiva para Resolver Controversias y Prevenir Conflictos
      Originados en Asimetrías de Poder. Masters Thesis in International Relations,
      Universidad de Belgrano, Argentina. September.

Business Line. 2007. ITC to take retail biz to doorsteps of customers. February 7.

Cabochan, C.V. 2005. “Philippines: Modern Retail Trade and Policy Implications”.
      Paper presented at the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council’s (PECC)
      Pacific food System Outlook Annual Meeting, held 11-13 May 2005 in
      Kunming, China.

Chakravarty, C. 2007. A hit? Safal’s sarson sag: Retailer cuts prices of 13 vegetables
      to Rs 5/kg. Economic Times. November 20.


Chakravarty, C., and B. Kurian. 2007. Bharti eyes Big Apple as starter for retail feast.
      Economic Times. December 24.

China Resources Enterprise. 2002. “Retailing Strategies and Execution Plan, July
      2002”, posted on website of China Resources Enterprise, Limited, Hong
      Kong.

CIES Food Business Forum. 2002. “Wu-mart,” CIES Food Business Forum, no
      paging.

CIES Food Business Forum. 2006a, June. “Foreign retailers pursue small-format
      investment in Thailand,” CIES Food Business News, June.

CIES Food Business Forum. 2006b, July 17. “Freeze on hypermarket licenses in
      Malaysia may be lifted,” CIES News of the Day, no paging.


CIES Food Business Forum. 2006c, October 4. “Retailers faced with prison/fines in
      Thailand,” CIES News of the Day, no paging.

Coca-Cola Retailing Research Council Asia. 2005. The Fresh Imperative: Creating
      Excellence in Asian Fresh Food Retailing.          Study by Accenture,
      commissioned by Coca-Cola Retailing Research Council.

Commerce and Industry Ministry. 2007. India Retail Report 2007. Delhi: Commerce
     and Industry Ministry, January.




                                          107
CRISIL Research, 2007. Organized food retailing can increase rural income, cut
      inflation – Resultant increase in rural spending can boost GDP, Insight in
      Industry, June.

Deloitte-Stores 2007. 2007 Global Powers of Retailing, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
        and Stores Magazine.

Desai, A. 1999. The Price of Onions, Penguin Books, India.

Digal, L.N. and S.B. Concepcion. 2004. “The Case of the Philippines – Regoverning
       Markets: Securing Small Producer Participation in Restructured National and
       Regional Agrifood Systems”. <www.regoverningmarkets.org> (accessed 10
       June 2004)

Dries, L. and T. Reardon. 2005. Central and Eastern Europe: Impact of Food Retail
       Investments on the Food Chain, London: FAO Investment Centre – EBRD
       Cooperation Programme, Report Series no. 6, February.

Dries, L. and J. Swinnen. 2004. Foreign Direct Investment, Vertical Integration and
       Local Suppliers: Evidence from the Polish Dairy Sector. World Development
       32(9), 1525-1544.

Economic Survey 2006-07. Government of India.

Faiguenbaum, S., J.A. Berdegué and T. Reardon. 2002. “The Rapid Rise of
       Supermarkets in Chile: Effects on Dairy, Vegetable, and Beef Chains,”
       Development Policy Review, 20 (4), September: 459-471

Financial Express. 2007. Mayawati: Retail to open to RIL. December 25.


Fishman, C. 2006. The Wal-mart Effect. Penguin.

Goldman, A. 1974. “Outreach of Consumers and the Modernization of Urban Food
      Retailing in Developing Countries,” Journal of Marketing, 38 (4), October: 8-
      16.

Goldman, A. and W. Vanhonacker. 2006. The Food Retail System in China: Strategic
      Dilemmas and Lessons for Retail Internationalization/Modernization,” paper
      presented at the “Globalizing Retail” Conference, July 17-18, University of
      Surrey.

Goldman, A., R. Krider, and S. Ramaswami. 1999. “The persistent competitive
      advantage of traditional food retailers in Asia: Wetmarkets’ continued
      dominance in Hong Kong,” Journal of Macromarketing, 19(2): 126-139.

Gulati, A. 2007. Organized retail must be competitive and inclusive. Economic Times.
        September 28.




                                         108
Gulati, A. and K. Kanguly. 2007. “Competition among retail giants good,” Economic
        Times              of              India,           3              August
        http://economictimes.indiatimes.com/Opinion/Guest_Writer/Competition_amo
        ng_retail_giants_good/articleshow/2251975.cms


Gupta, K., D. Roy, and H. Vivek. 2006. Do small farmers gain from participation in
       producers’ organizations? The case of Milkfed Dairy Cooperative in Indian
       Punjab. In From plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its
       implications for the smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New
       Delhi, by International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington DC.

Gutman, G. 1997. Transformaciones recientes en la distribución de alimentos en
      Argentina, Buenos Aires: Secretaría de Agricultura, Ganadería, Pesca y
      Alimentación (SAGPyA) and Instituto Interamericano de Cooperación
      Agrícola (IICA).

Headd, Brian 2003. “Redefining Business Success: Distinguish Between Closure and
       Failure,” Small Business Economics, 21: 51-61, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Hen, N.E. 2007. Speech at the Official Opening of the Singapore Institute of Retail
      Studies,      March       20,       Toa       Payoh        HDB         Hub.
      http://www.mom.gov.sg/publish/momportal/en/press_room/mom_speeches/20
      07/20070320-speech_by0.html.

Ho, S-C. 2005. “Evolution versus tradition in marketing systems: The Hong Kong
      Food-Retailing Experience,” Journal of Public Policy and Marketing (24(1),
      Spring: 90-99.

Hu, D., T. Reardon, S. Rozelle, P. Timmer, H. Wang. 2004. “The Emergence of
       Supermarkets with Chinese Characteristics: Challenges and Opportunities for
       China’s Agricultural Development,” Development Policy Review, vol. 22, no.
       4, Sept.: 557-86.

ICICI Property Services-Technopak, 2007. India Retail Real Estate: The Read Ahead,
       An ICICI Property Services – Technopak White Paper, 2007-08.

Khanna T., et al. 2006. METRO Cash & Carry, Harvard Business School, Case Study
      No. N1-707-505, December 15.

Kinsey, J. 2004. “Supply Chain Innovations in the US Retail Sector,” Presentation at
       the International Conference “Supermarkets and Agricultural Development in
       China: Opportunities and Challenges,” Shanghai, May 24-25.

Jadhav, R. 2008. “Maharashtra government not averse to idea of direct marketing”.
       Times of India. January 1.TNN

Lee, J-H. and T. Reardon. 2005. Forward Integration of an Agricultural Co-operative
       into the Supermarket Sector: The Case of Hanaro Club in Korea. Joint
       Working Paper, Department of Industrial Economics, Chung-Ang University,

                                        109
Seoul, Korea, and Department of Agricultural Economics, Michigan State
       University, East Lansing, Michigan, March.

Levenstein, H.A. 1988. Revolution at the Table: The Transformation of the American
       Diet, New York: Oxford University Press.

Manalili, N.M. 2005. The Changing Map of the Philippine Retail Food Sector: The
       Impact on Trade and the Structure of Agriculture and The Policy Response.
       Presentation at the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council’s Pacific Food
       System Outlook 2005-6, Annual Meeting in Kun Ming, China, May 11-13.

Mattoo, A., D. Mishra, and A. Narain. 2007. From competition at home to competing
       abroad: A case study of India’s horticulture. New Delhi: Oxford University
       Press.

Metro Group. 2007. Existing Trader Approaches. Powerpoint.

Ministry of Commerce (China). 2006. The 200 Markets Upgrading Programme.
       Memorandum 2006-42, Beijing.

Morgan Stanley Research. 2006. The Retail Revolution – Part I: The Macro Story,
      India Economics, November 22.

Mutebi, Alex M. 2007. Regulatory Responses to Large-format Transnational Retail in
       South-east Asian Cities, Urban Studies, vol. 44, No. 2, 357-379, February.

Natawidjaja, R., T. Reardon., and S. Shetty, with T.I. Noor, T. Perdana, E.
      Rasmikayati, S. Bachri, and R. Hernandez. 2007. Horticultural Producers
      and Supermarket Development in Indonesia. UNPAD/MSU Report published
      by the World Bank/Indonesia, June.

Natawidjaja, R.S., E. Rasmikayati, Kusnandar, D. Purwanto, T. Reardon, and H. Zhi.
      2007b. Impact of Agrifood Market Restructuring in Indonesia: Case of Potato
      Farmers in West Java. Report to Regoverning Markets Program. Padjadjaran
      University, Bandung.


Nestle India Limited. 2006. Annual report 2006. New Delhi.

Ooi, G.L. 1991. “Urban policies and retail trends in Singapore,” Urban Studies 28(4):
       585-96.

Philippines Information Agency (PIA). 2006. Cebu market joins DA "Huwarang
        Palengke"     national    winners.    Press    release.  August      31.
        http://www.pia.gov.ph/Default.asp?m=12&sec=reader&rp=6&fi=p060831.ht
        m&no=51&date= (accessed February 4, 2008).

Planet Retail. 2005. “Consumers Forsake Wetmarkets in Asia,” Daily News by M+M
       Planet Retail, 7 June.


                                         110
Planning Commission. 2004. National Sample Survey. Delhi: Planning Commission.

Planning Commission, Government of India, 2006. Towards Faster and More
                                              th
       Inclusive Growth: An Approach to the 11 Five Year Plan, June 14.

Reardon, T. and J.A. Berdegué. 2007. The Retail-Led Transformation of Agrifood
      Systems and its Implications for Development Policies – A Background Paper
      Prepared for the World Bank’s World Development Report 2008: Agriculture
      for Development. Rimisp and MSU: January.

Reardon, T., J-M. Codron, L. Busch, J. Bingen, and C. Harris. 2001. Global Change
      in Agrifood Grades and Standards: Agribusiness Strategic Responses in
      Developing Countries. International Food and Agribusiness Management
      Review 2 (3), 195-205.

Reardon, T., S. Henson, and J. Berdegué. 2007. “Proactive Fast-Tracking’ Diffusion
      of Supermarkets in Developing Countries: Implications for Market Institutions
      and Trade,” Journal of Economic Geography 7(4): 1-33.

Reardon, T. and R. Hopkins 2006. The Supermarket Revolution in Developing
      Countries: Policies to Address Emerging Tensions among Supermarkets,
      Suppliers and Traditional Retailers. The European Journal of Development
      Research, vol. 18, No. 4, December 2006, pp. 522-545, December,

Reardon, T. and C.P. Timmer. 2007. “Transformation of Markets for Agricultural
      Output in Developing Countries Since 1950: How Has Thinking Changed?”
      chapter 55 in R.E. Evenson, and P. Pingali. Handbook of Agricultural
      Economics, 3: Agricultural Development: Farmers, Farm Production and
      Farm Markets. Amsterdam: Elsevier Press: 2808-2855.

Reardon, T., C.P. Timmer, C.B. Barrett, and J. Berdegué. 2003. The Rise of
      Supermarkets in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. American Journal of
      Agricultural Economics 85 (5), December, 1140-1146.

Rodríguez, E., M. Berges, K. Casellas, R. Di Paola, B. Lupín, L. Garrido, and N.
       Gentile. 2002. “Consumer Behaviour and Supermarkets in Argentina,”
       Development Policy Review, 20(4), September: 429-439.

Shamsudin, M.N. and J. Selamat. 2005. “Changing Retail Food Sector in Malaysia”.
      Paper presented at PECC Pacific food System Outlook Annual Meeting, held
      11-13 May 2005, Kunming, China.

Suryadarma, D., A. Poesoro, S. Budiyati, Akhmadi, and M. Rosfadhila. 2007. Impact
       of Supermarkets on Traditional Markets and Retailers in Indonesia's Urban
       Centres, WBDTF-Trade Policy Programme TF056307/TFS54314, Report
       submitted to The World Bank Office Jakarta, Indonesia. SMERU Research
       Institute. March.




                                       111
Wang, H., X. Dong, S. Rozelle, J. Huang, T. Reardon. 2006. Producing and Procuring
      Horticultural Crops with Chinese Characteristics: A Case Study in the Greater
      Beijing Area. Staff Paper 2006-05, Dept. of Agricultural Economics,
      Michigan State University.

Wrigley, N. and M. Lowe. 2002. Reading Retail: A Geographical Perspective on
       Retailing and Consumption Spaces. London: Arnold.




                                       112
LATEST ICRIER’S WORKING PAPERS
NO.   TITLE                              AUTHOR               YEAR


221   CHINA AND INDIA: A TALE OF         PRZEMYSLAW           AUGUST
      TWO TRADE INTEGRATION              KOWALSKI             2008
      APPROACHES

220   TRADING WITH ASIA’S GIANTS         BARRY BOSWORTH       AUGUST
                                         SUSAN M. COLLINS     2008
                                         AARON FLAAEN
219   INFORMAL VALUES AND                SARADINDU BHADURI    JULY 2008
      FORMAL POLICIES: A STUDY OF        JANASHRUTI CHANDRA
      JAPANESE TECHNOLOGY
      POLICY AND SIGNIFICANCE
      FOR INDIA

218   REGIONAL ECONOMIC                  ARADHNA AGGARWAL     JULY 2008
      INTEGRATION AND FDI IN
      SOUTH ASIA : PROSPECTS AND
      PROBLEMS

217   DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY FOR           SURABHI MITTAL       JULY 2008
      THE HILL DISTRICTS OF              GAURAV TRIPATHI
      UTTARAKHAND                        DEEPTI SETHI

216   IMPACT OF PROPOSED                 PRAVAKAR SAHOO       JULY 2008
      COMMODITY TRANSACTION              RAJIV KUMAR
      TAX ON FUTURES TRADING IN
      INDIA

215   INDEX OF FINANCIAL                 MANDIRA SARMA        JUNE 2008
      INCLUSION

214   MEASURING SUSTAINABILITY           PURNAMITA DASGUPTA   MAY 2008
      WITH MACROECONOMIC DATA            SHIKHA GUPTA
      FOR INDIA

213   DEEPENING INTRAREGIONAL            MEENU TEWARI         APRIL 2008
      TRADE AND INVESTMENT IN
      SOUTH ASIA
      THE CASE OF THE TEXTILES
      AND CLOTHING INDUSTRY

212   CHANGING PARADIGM OF               P G RAJAMOHAN        APRIL 2008
      INDO-JAPAN RELATIONS:              DIL BAHADUR RAHUT
      OPPORTUNITIES AND                  JABIN T JACOB
      CHALLENGES



                                   113
About ICRIER

ICRIER, established in August 1981, is an autonomous, policy-oriented, not-for-profit
research institute. We have nurtured our cherished autonomy by establishing an
endowment fund, income from which meets all our administration expenses.
ICRIER’s offices are located in the prime institutional complex of India Habitat
Centre, New Delhi. The prime focus of all our work is to support India’s interface
with the global economy.

ICRIER’s founding Chairman was Dr. K.B. Lall who led the organization since its
inception from 1981 till 1992 when he handed over the Chairmanship to
Mr. R.N. Malhotra (1992-1996). He was followed by Dr. I.G. Patel who remained
Chairman from 1997 to 2005 until his demise in July 2005. ICRIER’s current
Chairperson is Dr. Isher Judge Ahluwalia.

Amongst ICRIER’s founding members are: Dr. Manmohan Singh, Dr. C. Rangarajan,
Dr. M.S. Swaminathan, Dr. Jagdish Bhagwati, Mr. Montek Singh Ahluwalia.

ICRIER conducts thematic research in the following six thrust areas:

    •    Trade, Openness, Restructuring and Competitiveness
    •    WTO-Related Issues
    •    Regional and Bilateral Issues
    •    Financial Liberalization and Integration
    •    Macro-economic Management in an Open Economy
    •    Strategic Aspects of India’s External Relations

In addition, ICRIER holds public policy workshops to bring together policy makers,
academicians, Union Cabinet Ministers, senior industry representatives, Members of
Parliament and media persons to try and forge a consensus on issues of major policy
interest. In the effort to better understand global developments and experiences of
other economies which have bearing on India’s policies and performance, ICRIER
invites distinguished scholars and policy makers from around the world to deliver
public lectures on economic themes of interest to contemporary India.

ICRIER’s highly qualified core team of researchers includes several PhDs from
reputed Indian and foreign universities. At present the team has 20 Senior Economists,
24 Research Associates/Assistants and 29 External Consultants. The team is led by
Dr. Rajiv Kumar, D.Phil in Economics from Oxford University and PhD from
Lucknow University.




                                        114

More Related Content

PDF
Icrier report 27052008
PDF
Problems in unorganized retail
PPTX
A STUDY ON FDI IN INDIAN RETAIL SECTOR
PDF
5 sonia alluwalia --55-59
PDF
Unorganized retail in india
PDF
10 fdi-retail-more-bad
PPTX
Understanding AskmePay Slide
DOCX
Review of related literature and studies
Icrier report 27052008
Problems in unorganized retail
A STUDY ON FDI IN INDIAN RETAIL SECTOR
5 sonia alluwalia --55-59
Unorganized retail in india
10 fdi-retail-more-bad
Understanding AskmePay Slide
Review of related literature and studies

What's hot (20)

PDF
Iima report
PDF
Retail Sector Report May 2017
PDF
Retail Sector Report July 2017
PDF
ICRIER Study on Impact of Organized Retailing on Unorganized Retail in India
PDF
Supermarkets Vs Small kirana stores
DOC
Questinnare
PDF
Stretagic analysis of retail industry
PDF
Indian Retail Industry Presentation 060109
PPTX
unorganised retail sector in india
PPT
Retail Industry Analysis
PDF
Retail Sector Report - January 2019
PPT
Presentation On Future Of Indian Retail Sector
PDF
Standing up to Goliaths: How Small Traditional Stores Influence Brand Choices...
DOC
organised retails
DOC
PROJECT REPORT ON CONSUMER BUYING BEHAVIOUR IN INDIAN SHOPPING MALL)
PPTX
Key Drivers Of Growth In Indian Retail
PDF
Unveiling of white paper: Redefine Retail Warehousing With Automation
PPT
Retail In India
PDF
The study of Factors Affecting Consumer Preferences of Shopping at Organized ...
Iima report
Retail Sector Report May 2017
Retail Sector Report July 2017
ICRIER Study on Impact of Organized Retailing on Unorganized Retail in India
Supermarkets Vs Small kirana stores
Questinnare
Stretagic analysis of retail industry
Indian Retail Industry Presentation 060109
unorganised retail sector in india
Retail Industry Analysis
Retail Sector Report - January 2019
Presentation On Future Of Indian Retail Sector
Standing up to Goliaths: How Small Traditional Stores Influence Brand Choices...
organised retails
PROJECT REPORT ON CONSUMER BUYING BEHAVIOUR IN INDIAN SHOPPING MALL)
Key Drivers Of Growth In Indian Retail
Unveiling of white paper: Redefine Retail Warehousing With Automation
Retail In India
The study of Factors Affecting Consumer Preferences of Shopping at Organized ...
Ad

Similar to Finalmrp (20)

DOCX
Retailing in india
DOC
A research project report on comparative study of vishal megamart and its com...
DOCX
mayank dissertation
PDF
Survival strategy for unorganised retailers
PDF
2.isca rj mgt-s-2012-003
PPTX
BVRM 203- Retail Marketing & Communication (1).pptx
PDF
Role of fdi in india an emerging option for sustainable economic growth
PDF
Role of fdi in india an emerging option for sustainable economic growth
DOC
Rural Retail
PDF
Multi brand-retail
DOCX
DOCX
Private sip business plan
PDF
Retail Management & Retail Mix
DOCX
Retail project on hariyali hyper market by Vidya Bhooshan Singh 8960188100
DOCX
Fdi policy with regard to retailing in india
PDF
Impact of store location on consumer Behaviour with respect to Vishal Mega Mart
DOCX
Project report on retail marketing in india
DOCX
consumer preference towards organized retail to unorganized retail
DOCX
consumer preference towards organized retail to unorganized retail
DOCX
Project report on retail marketing in india
Retailing in india
A research project report on comparative study of vishal megamart and its com...
mayank dissertation
Survival strategy for unorganised retailers
2.isca rj mgt-s-2012-003
BVRM 203- Retail Marketing & Communication (1).pptx
Role of fdi in india an emerging option for sustainable economic growth
Role of fdi in india an emerging option for sustainable economic growth
Rural Retail
Multi brand-retail
Private sip business plan
Retail Management & Retail Mix
Retail project on hariyali hyper market by Vidya Bhooshan Singh 8960188100
Fdi policy with regard to retailing in india
Impact of store location on consumer Behaviour with respect to Vishal Mega Mart
Project report on retail marketing in india
consumer preference towards organized retail to unorganized retail
consumer preference towards organized retail to unorganized retail
Project report on retail marketing in india
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

DOC
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
PDF
Vision Prelims GS PYQ Analysis 2011-2022 www.upscpdf.com.pdf
PPTX
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
PDF
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
PPTX
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
PPTX
History, Philosophy and sociology of education (1).pptx
PDF
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
PPTX
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
PPTX
Introduction to pro and eukaryotes and differences.pptx
PDF
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
PPTX
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
PPTX
TNA_Presentation-1-Final(SAVE)) (1).pptx
PDF
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
PDF
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf
PPTX
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
PDF
احياء السادس العلمي - الفصل الثالث (التكاثر) منهج متميزين/كلية بغداد/موهوبين
PDF
advance database management system book.pdf
PPTX
B.Sc. DS Unit 2 Software Engineering.pptx
PDF
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
Vision Prelims GS PYQ Analysis 2011-2022 www.upscpdf.com.pdf
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
History, Philosophy and sociology of education (1).pptx
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
Introduction to pro and eukaryotes and differences.pptx
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
TNA_Presentation-1-Final(SAVE)) (1).pptx
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
احياء السادس العلمي - الفصل الثالث (التكاثر) منهج متميزين/كلية بغداد/موهوبين
advance database management system book.pdf
B.Sc. DS Unit 2 Software Engineering.pptx
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf

Finalmrp

  • 1. Working Paper No. 222 Impact of Organized Retailing on the Unorganized Sector Mathew Joseph Nirupama Soundararajan Manisha Gupta Sanghamitra Sahu September 2008 INDIAN COUNCIL FOR RESEARCH ON INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS i R
  • 2. Foreword The retail sector is expanding and modernizing rapidly in line with India’s economic growth. It offers significant employment opportunities in all urban areas. This study, the second undertaken by ICRIER on the retail industry, attempts to rigorously analyse the impact of organized retailing on different segments of the economy. No distinction has been made between foreign and domestic players, in analyzing the impact of the increasing trend of large corporates entering the retail trade in the country. The findings of this study are based on the largest ever survey of unorganized retailers (the so-called “mom and pop stores”), consumers, farmers, intermediaries, manufacturers, and organized retailers. In addition, an extensive review of international experience, particularly of emerging countries of relevance to India, has also been carried out as part of the study. The study estimates that the total retail business in India will grow at 13 per cent annually from US$ 322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The unorganized retail sector is expected to grow at approximately 10 per cent per annum with sales rising from US$ 309 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 496 billion. Organized retail, which constituted a low four per cent of total retail in 2006-07, is estimated to grow at 45-50 per cent per annum and attain a 16 per cent share of total retail by 2011-12. In short, both unorganized and organized retail are bound not only to coexist but also achieve rapid and sustained growth in the coming years. This is clearly not a case of a zero sum game as both organized and unorganized retail will see a massive scaling up of their activities. In fact, the retail sector, left entirely in the unorganized and informal segment of the economy, could well emerge as a major bottleneck to raising productivity in both agriculture and industry. One of the rather surprising findings of the study is that low-income consumers save more than others through shopping at organized retail outlets. This is a result of targeted discount shopping. It is also seen that farmers gain considerably from direct sales to organized retailers, with significant price and profit advantages as compared with selling either to intermediaries or to government regulated markets. Large manufacturers have also started feeling the competitive impact of organized retail through both price and payment pressures. Yet, they see the advantages from a more efficient supply chain and logistics that accompany the growth of organized retail. The extensive empirical evidence marshalled and analysed by ICRIER researchers will hopefully provide a solid basis for policy in this sector. Based on the empirical evidence and analysis that have been extensively peer reviewed, the study makes a number of policy recommendations that have a bearing on both the unorganized and organized segments of the retail sector. The two most important recommendations in my view are: first, for the government to facilitate the emergence of a “private code of conduct” for organized retailers in their transaction with small suppliers; and, second, a simplification of the licensing and permit regime to promote the expansion of organized retail. I would like to express my appreciation to the Department of Industrial Promotion and Policy (DIPP), Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India, for i
  • 3. giving ICRIER the opportunity to undertake this important study. I trust the effort of the research team led by Mathew Joseph and comprising of Nirupama Soundararajan, Manisha Gupta and Sanghamitra Sahu will receive due recognition. I would also like to thank our collaborators, Dr. Thomas Reardon, Dr. Ashok Gulati of IFPRI, Technopak Advisors Pvt. Ltd. and Development & Research Services for their significant contribution to this effort. Finally, I hope that the study’s findings will help policymakers in their task of promoting modernization of the retail sector while maximizing its employment potential. (Rajiv Kumar) Director & Chief Executive September 1, 2008 ii
  • 4. Abstract The retail business, in India, is estimated to grow at 13 per cent per annum from US$ 322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The unorganized retail sector is expected to grow at about 10 per cent per annum from US$ 309 billion 2006-07 to US$ 496 billion in 2011-12. Organized retail which now constitutes a small four per cent of retail sector in 2006-07 is likely to grow at 45-50 per cent per annum and quadruple its share of total retail trade to 16 per cent by 2011-12. The study, which was based on the largest ever survey of all segments of the economy that could be affected by the entry of large corporates in the retail business, has found that unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers experienced a decline in sales and profit in the initial years of the entry of organized retailers. The adverse impact, however, weakens over time. The study has indicated how consumers and farmers benefit from organized retailers. The study has also examined the impact on intermediaries and manufacturers. The results are indicative of the mega-and-mini- metro cities around a limited number of organized retail outlets. Based on the results of the surveys, the study has made a number of specific policy recommendations for regulating the interaction of large retailers with small suppliers and for strengthening the competitive response of the unorganized retailers. JEL Classification: L81, Q13 Keywords: Retail Sector, Organised Retail, Unorganised Retail, Kirana store, Food Supply Chain iii
  • 5. Acknowledgements ICRIER has received considerable help from a number of organizations and individuals for completing this study. We would like to thank our various partners of the study: Mr. Narasimha Rao and his team at Development & Research Services Private Limited (DRS) for conducting the all-India surveys; Dr. Thomas Reardon and Dr. Ashok Gulati, Co-Directors of the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI)-Michigan State University (MSU) Joint Programme on Markets in Asia, for the chapter on international retail experience and their help with the survey and analysis of the impact of organized retail on farmers; and Mr. Arvind Singhal, Ms. Preeti Reddy, Mr. Akshay Chaturvedi and their team at Technopak Advisers Private Limited, for their valuable inputs. Besides the partners of the study, we would like to thank the different organized retail companies, Metro Cash & Carry India, PricewaterhouseCoopers Private Limited, New Delhi, and Retailers Association of India. We would also like to thank Mr. Ashish Sanyal, Amp Retail Services; and Mr. Jayant Kochar, Go Fish Retail Solutions for their valuable help. Finally we also thank Ms. Sheela Bajaj for editing the report and Mr. Anil Kumar for formatting the report. iv
  • 6. Abbreviations Rs. Indian rupees. The conversion to US dollars is roughly Rs 40.00 to US US$1.00 US$ Unless otherwise designated, this symbol refers to US Dollar APMC Agricultural Produce Marketing Committee APPSI The Association of Traditional Traders B2B business-to-business C&C cash-and-carry C&F Agent carrying and forwarding agent CA commission agent CDIT consumer durables and information technology CII Confederation of Indian Industry CRISIL Credit Rating Information Services of India Limited CSO Central Statistical Organization CST central sales tax CWS Co-operative Wholesale Society (UK) DC distribution centre DFI Dairy Farm International DRS Development & Research Services Private Limited EBO exclusive brand outlet EMI equated monthly installment EMS Environment Management System ERP enterprise resource planning ESIC Employees State Insurance Corporation FICCI Federation of Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industry F&V fruit and vegetables FAMA Federal Agricultural Marketing Authority (Malaysia) FDI foreign direct investment FIPB Foreign Investment Promotion Board FMCG fast moving consumer goods GDP gross domestic product GOI Government of India GRDI Global Retail Development Index HACCP Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points HSBC Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation HUL Hindustan Unilever Limited ICRIER Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations v
  • 7. ICT information and communication technology IFPRI International Food Policy Research Institute IGA Independent Grocers Alliance IPO initial public offering ISO International Organization For Standardization IT information technology ITC Indian Tobacco Company JV joint venture LILPL Littlewoods International Private Limited, UK MBO multi-brand outlet MDFPL Mother Dairy Foods Processing Limited MDFVL Mother Dairy Fruit and Vegetable Limited MDIL Mother Dairy India Limited MERCOSUR Mercado Comun del Sur MISH Market Information Survey Of Households MNC multinational corporation NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratory NAFTA North American Free Trade Agreement NCAER National Council Of Applied Economic Research NCR national capital region NDDB National Dairy Development Board NOC no objection certificate NSSO National Sample Survey Organization PACA Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act (US) PFA Prevention of Food Adulteration Act PPP Public-Private Partnership PRIL Pantaloon India Retail Limited RFID radio frequency identification device SABRAE Brazilian Department of Support for Small Enterprises SKU stock keeping unit SMI small and medium industry SPRING Standards, Productivity, and Innovation Board (Singapore) TOMCO Tata Mills Oils Company Limited VAT value added tax VSAT very small aperture terminals WM weights and measures WTO World Trade Organization vi
  • 8. Executive Summary The real GDP is expected to grow at 8-10 per cent per annum in the next five years. As a result, the consuming class with annual household incomes above Rs. 90,000 is expected to rise from about 370 million in 2006-07 to 620 million in 2011-12. Consequently, the retail business in India is estimated to grow at 13 per cent annually from US$ 322 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. The study shows: • The unorganized retail sector is expected to grow at about 10 per cent per annum with sales rising from US$ 309 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 496 billion in 2011-12. • Given the relatively weak financial state of unorganized retailers, and the physical space constraints on their expansion prospects, this sector alone will not be able to meet the growing demand for retail. • Hence, organized retail which now constitutes a small four per cent of total retail sector is likely to grow at a much faster pace of 45-50 per cent per annum and quadruple its share in total retail trade to 16 per cent by 2011-12. • This represents a positive sum game in which both unorganized and organized retail not only coexist but also grow substantially in size. • The majority of unorganized retailers surveyed in this study, indicated their preference to continue in the business and compete rather than exit. The Empirical Basis The study comprises the largest ever survey of all segments of the economy that could be affected by the entry of large corporates in the retail business. The findings are based on a survey of 2020 unorganized small retailers across 10 major cities; 1318 consumers shopping at both organized and unorganized retail outlets; 100 intermediaries; and 197 farmers. In addition, a “control sample” survey was done of 805 unorganized retailers who are not in the vicinity of organized retail outlets in four metro cities. Detailed interviews were also carried out for 12 large manufacturers, 20 small manufacturers and six established modern retailers. The study contains an extensive review of international retail experience, particularly from the major emerging market economies. Main Findings Impact on Unorganized Retailers • Unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers experienced a decline in their volume of business and profit in the initial years after the entry of large organized retailers. • The adverse impact on sales and profit weakens over time. • There was no evidence of a decline in overall employment in the unorganized sector as a result of the entry of organized retailers. vii
  • 9. There is some decline in employment in the North and West regions which, however, also weakens over time. • The rate of closure of unorganized retail shops in gross terms is found to be 4.2 per cent per annum which is much lower than the international rate of closure of small businesses. • The rate of closure on account of competition from organized retail is lower still at 1.7 per cent per annum. • There is competitive response from traditional retailers through improved business practices and technology upgradation. • A majority of unorganized retailers is keen to stay in the business and compete, while also wanting the next generation to continue likewise. • Small retailers have been extending more credit to attract and retain customers. • However, only 12 per cent of unorganized retailers have access to institutional credit and 37 per cent felt the need for better access to commercial bank credit. • Most unorganized retailers are committed to remaining independent and barely 10 per cent preferred to become franchisees of organized retailers. Impact on Consumers • Consumers have definitely gained from organized retail on multiple counts. • Overall consumer spending has increased with the entry of the organized retail. • While all income groups saved through organized retail purchases, the survey revealed that lower income consumers saved more. Thus, organized retail is relatively more beneficial to the less well-off consumers. • Proximity is a major comparative advantage of unorganized outlets. • Unorganized retailers have significant competitive strengths that include consumer goodwill, credit sales, amenability to bargaining, ability to sell loose items, convenient timings, and home delivery. Impact on Intermediaries • The study did not find any evidence so far of adverse impact of organized retail on intermediaries. • There is, however, some adverse impact on turnover and profit of intermediaries dealing in products such as, fruit, vegetables, and apparel. • Over two-thirds of the intermediaries plan to expand their businesses in response to increased business opportunities opened by the expansion of retail. • Only 22 per cent do not want the next generation to enter the same business. Impact on Farmers • Farmers benefit significantly from the option of direct sales to organized retailers. • Average price realization for cauliflower farmers selling directly to organized retail is about 25 per cent higher than their proceeds from sale to regulated government mandi. • Profit realization for farmers selling directly to organized retailers is about 60 per cent higher than that received from selling in the mandi viii
  • 10. The difference is even larger when the amount charged by the commission agent (usually 10 per cent of sale price) in the mandi is taken into account. Impact on Manufacturers • Large manufacturers have started feeling the competitive impact of organized retail through price and payment pressures. • Manufacturers have responded through building and reinforcing their brand strength, increasing their own retail presence, ‘adopting’ small retailers, and setting up dedicated teams to deal with modern retailers. • Entry of organized retail is transforming the logistics industry. This will create significant positive externalities across the economy. • Small manufacturers did not report any significant impact of organized retail. Policy Recommendations On the basis of the results of the surveys and the review of international retail experience, the study makes the following major recommendations: 1. Modernization of wetmarkets through public-private partnerships. 2. Facilitate cash-and-carry outlets, like Metro, for sale to unorganized retail and procurement from farmers, as in China. 3. Encourage co-operatives and associations of unorganized retailers for direct procurement from suppliers and farmers. 4. Ensure better credit availability to unorganized retailers from banks and micro-credit institutions through innovative banking solutions. 5. Facilitate the formation of farmers’ co-operatives to directly sell to organized retailers. 6. Encourage formulation of “private codes of conduct” by organized retail for dealing with small suppliers. These may then be incorporated into enforceable legislation. 7. Simplification of the licensing and permit regime for organized retail and move towards a nationwide uniform licensing regime in the states to facilitate modern retail. 8. Strengthening the Competition Commission’s role for enforcing rules against collusion and predatory pricing. 9. Modernization of APMC markets as modelled on the National Dairy Development Board (NDDB) Safal market in Bangalore. ix
  • 11. Contents Foreword....................................................................................................................... i Abstract....................................................................................................................... iii Acknowledgements .................................................................................................... iv Abbreviations ...............................................................................................................v Executive Summary .................................................................................................. vii 1. Introduction.............................................................................................................1 1.1 Context........................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Partners in the Study .................................................................................... 1 1.3 Methodology .................................................................................................. 2 1.4 Organization of the Report ........................................................................... 2 2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview......................................................................3 2.1 International Retail....................................................................................... 3 2.1.1 Organized vs Unorganized Retail ......................................................... 3 2.1.2 Spread of Modern Retail in Developing Countries ............................... 4 2.1.3 Globalization of Retail .......................................................................... 5 2.1.4 Regulatory Framework ......................................................................... 5 2.1.5 Future Trends ........................................................................................ 6 2.2 Indian Retail.................................................................................................. 6 2.2.1 Employment and Output in the Retail Sector ........................................ 7 2.2.2 Organized vs Unorganized Retail ......................................................... 8 2.2.3 Expansion of Organized Retail by Format.......................................... 11 2.2.4 Regulatory Framework ....................................................................... 11 3. Domestic Organized Retailers: Case Studies .....................................................13 3.1 Introduction................................................................................................. 13 3.2 Organized Retail Models............................................................................. 14 3.3 Market Penetration Strategy....................................................................... 17 3.4 Product Margin of Retailers ....................................................................... 18 3.5 Product Procurement by Retailers ............................................................. 19 3.6 Employment Generation ............................................................................. 21 3.7 Conclusion................................................................................................... 22 4. Impact of Organized Retailing ............................................................................23 4.1 Introduction................................................................................................. 23 4.2 Organized Retailing: Advantages to the Indian Economy ........................ 23 4.2.1 Link with Agriculture .......................................................................... 23 4.2.2 Link with Manufacturing ..................................................................... 24 4.2.3 Boost to Exports .................................................................................. 25 4.2.4 Impact on Growth and Productivity.................................................... 25 4.2.5 Impact on Employment and Prices ..................................................... 25 4.2.6 Improvement of Government Revenues............................................... 27 4.3 Sample Surveys ........................................................................................... 27 4.4 Survey Results: Unorganized Retailers ...................................................... 28 4.4.1 Size of Unorganized Outlets ................................................................ 28 4.4.2 Employment Impact............................................................................. 29 4.4.3 Impact on Turnover and Profit ........................................................... 31 4.4.4 Closure of Unorganized Outlets.......................................................... 35
  • 12. 4.4.5 Response to Competition ..................................................................... 35 4.5 Control Sample Survey of Retailers ........................................................... 41 4.5.1 Size and Age of Outlets ....................................................................... 42 4.5.2 Employment Situation ......................................................................... 42 4.5.3 Impact on Turnover and Profit ........................................................... 43 4.6 Consumer Survey Results ........................................................................... 45 4.6.1 Income Levels of Shoppers .................................................................. 45 4.6.2 Location Advantage for the Unorganized Retailers............................ 45 4.6.3 Preference for Organized vs Unorganized Retailers .......................... 46 4.6.4 Savings from Organized Outlets ......................................................... 48 4.6.5 Consumers’ View on Opening of More Organized Outlets ................ 49 4.7 Consumer Survey at Unorganized Fruit and Vegetable Outlets............... 49 4.7.1 Income Levels of Consumers............................................................... 49 4.7.2 Attractiveness of Shopping from Fruit and Vegetable Vendors .......... 50 4.7.3 Share of Purchases, Organized vs Unorganized Outlets .................... 51 4.7.4 Preference for Additional Organized Outlets ..................................... 51 4.8 Intermediary Survey Results....................................................................... 52 4.8.1 Business Profile and Employment....................................................... 52 4.8.2 Business Turnover and Profit.............................................................. 53 5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers.....................................................56 5.1 Introduction................................................................................................. 56 5.2 Plotting the Supply Chain........................................................................... 56 5.2.1 Cost of Cultivation .............................................................................. 57 5.2.2 Farmer’s Profit ................................................................................... 59 5.2.3 Profit Margin for Each Player in the Supply Chain ........................... 61 5.3 Farmer Survey Results ............................................................................... 61 5.3.1 Farmer Grouping ................................................................................ 62 5.3.2 Farmer Profiling ................................................................................. 63 5.3.3 Quantitative Advantages ..................................................................... 66 5.3.4 Qualitative Advantages ....................................................................... 68 5.3.5 Conclusion........................................................................................... 71 5.4 Manufacturers: Interview Report............................................................... 72 5.4.1 Methodology........................................................................................ 72 5.4.2 Key Findings ....................................................................................... 73 5.4.3 Conclusion........................................................................................... 78 5.5 Small Manufacturers: Interview Report .................................................... 79 5.5.1 Respondent Profile .............................................................................. 79 5.5.2 Interview Results ................................................................................. 79 6. Future Scenario in Retailing ................................................................................82 6.1 Introduction................................................................................................. 82 6.2 Growth of Retail and its Distribution ......................................................... 82 6.3 The Retail Real Estate Scenario ................................................................. 83 6.4 Organized Retail Investment ...................................................................... 84 6.5 Share of Investments by City ...................................................................... 85 6.6 Expected Share of Top Players in Indian Retail ....................................... 86 6.7 Retail Space Break-up by Category............................................................ 86 6.8 Employment Growth ................................................................................... 87 6.8.1 New Retail Stores ................................................................................ 88 7. Policy Recommendations......................................................................................89 2
  • 13. 7.1 Main Findings of the Study ........................................................................ 89 7.2 A Balanced Approach to Retail .................................................................. 90 7.3 Modernization of Unorganized Retail ........................................................ 90 7.4 Regulation of Organized Retail .................................................................. 91 7.5 Modernization of APMC mandis................................................................ 91 Annex 1: Unorganized Retail Universe 2006...........................................................92 Annex 2: Modern Retail Formats in India ..............................................................94 Annex 3: Typical Clearances Required for Retail Store ........................................96 Annex 4: A Note on Sampling Design ......................................................................98 Annex 5: Syndicate Bank’s Small Credit Scheme Linked to Pigmy Deposits (“SyndSmallCredit”)......................................................................................105 References .................................................................................................................106 3
  • 14. List of Tables Table 2.1: World Retail.................................................................................................. 3 Table 2.2: Share of Organized Retail in Selected Countries, 2006 ............................... 4 Table 2.3: GDP, Private Final Consumption Expenditure and Retail Sales Growth, 1994-07 (Compound Annual Growth Rate) ...................................................... 7 Table 2.4: Growth India Retail - Total vs Organized .................................................... 9 Table 2.5: India Retail - Share of Categories (per cent) ............................................. 10 Table 2.6: Share of Organized Sector in Total Retail by Category (%) ..................... 10 Table 2.7: Organized Retail Expansion by Format...................................................... 11 Table 3.1: Organized Retail Models ............................................................................ 15 Table 3.2: Organized Retailers Sales’ Turnover in 2006-07 ....................................... 17 Table 3.3 : Organized Retailers’ Gross Margin (per cent)........................................... 19 Table 3.4: Organized Retail Employment, 2006-07 .................................................... 22 Table 4.1: Growth of Selected Industries (Compound Annual Growth Rate in %) .... 24 Table 4.2: Share in GDP and Employment of Selected Sectors, ................................. 26 Table 4.3: Store Area of Unorganized Retail............................................................... 28 Table 4.4: Employment Impact on Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail (Compound Annual Growth) ........................................................................... 30 Table 4.5: Annual Growth in Turnover and Profit of .................................................. 31 Table 4.6: Annual Growth in Monthly Turnover and Profit of Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail .................................................................................. 32 Table 4.7: Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover (% of Sampled Retailers) .................. 34 Table 4.8: Response to Competition from Organized Retail Outlets (% of Sampled Retailers) .......................................................................................................... 36 Table 4.9: Cash Credit Sales ........................................................................................ 37 Table 4.10: Technological Facilities in Use by Unorganized Retailers (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) ..................................................................... 38 Table 4.11: Bank Finance Situation for Unorganized Retailers (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) .................................................................................... 39 Table 4.12: Dealing with Competition by Unorganized Retailers (In % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) .................................................................................... 40 Table 4.13: Attitude towards Children taking up Your Business (As % of Sampled Retailers) .......................................................................................................... 41 Table 4.14: Average Size and Age of Outlets - Control Sample vs Treatment Sample .......................................................................................................................... 42 Table 4.15: Employment Impact - Control vs Treatment Sample ............................... 43 Table 4.16: Impact on Turnover and Profit: Control vs Treatment Sample ................ 43 Table 4.17: Proportion of Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs Control Sample (in per cent) .......................................................... 44 Table 4.18: Reasons for Decline in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs Control Sample (% of Sampled Retailers Subject to Decline) ..................................... 44 Table 4.19: Average Monthly Household Income of Shoppers (% Share) ................. 45 Table 4.20: Share of Average Monthly Spending by Product Category of Consumers at Organized/ Unorganized Outlets (% Share)................................................. 47 Table 4.21: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending) .......................................................................................................................... 48
  • 15. Table 4.22: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending) .......................................................................................................................... 48 Table 4.23: Average Monthly Household Income of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share)........................................................................ 50 Table 4.24: Share of Purchases of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share) ............................................................................................. 51 Table 4.25: Profile of Sampled Intermediaries by Type and Commodity/ Product Group (in numbers).......................................................................................... 52 Table 4.26: Turnover and Profit by Product Category ................................................ 53 Table 4.27: Change in Turnover and Profit by Product Category ............................... 54 Table 4.28: Adverse Impact of Organized Retail on Intermediaries ........................... 54 Table 5.1: Sowing Patterns of Farmers ........................................................................ 58 Table 5.2 Cost of Cultivation of Cauliflower per Acre ............................................... 59 Table 5.3: Farmer’s Profit for Cauliflower .................................................................. 60 Table 5.4: Farmer Grouping ........................................................................................ 62 Table 5.5: Level of Education of Head of Farmer Households (%) ............................ 63 Table 5.6: Land Ownership (Owned and Leased) ....................................................... 64 Table 5.7: Sources of Finance for Cultivation ............................................................. 65 Table 5.8: Sources of Finance for Personal Need ........................................................ 66 Table 5.9: Average Price Received by Farmer per Head of Cauliflower .................... 66 Table 5.10 : Profit per Head of Cauliflower (excluding commissions payable) ......... 67 Table 5.11: Commission Paid by Farmer .................................................................... 68 Table 5.12: Share of Produce Sold to Different Marketing Channels ......................... 69 Table 5.13: Share of Rejection..................................................................................... 69 Table 5.14: Special Cultivation Practices .................................................................... 70 Table 5.15 : Grading of Cauliflower ............................................................................ 71 Table 5.16 : Participating Companies for Interview .................................................... 73 Table 6.1: Investment Plans of Major Retailers in the Next 5-7 Years ....................... 84 Table 6.2: Retail Market for 150 Cities in 2011-12 ..................................................... 86 Table 6.3: Employment Generation by Organized Retail during 2007-12 .................. 87 Table 6.4: Number of New Organized Retail Stores during 2007-12 ......................... 88 List of Charts Chart 4.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers)............................................................ 29 Chart 4.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers).............................................................. 29 Chart 4.1c: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Employment ............................ 30 Chart 4.2a: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Turnover .................................. 33 Chart 4.2b: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Profit........................................ 33 Chart 4.3a : Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Region ............................. 34 Chart 4.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Category........................... 35 Chart 4.4a : Increased Home Delivery Sales (% of ..................................................... 36 Chart 4.5a : Bank Finance Situation (% of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) ............. 38 Chart 4.6a : Dealing with Competition – All-India ..................................................... 39 Chart 4.7a : Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your Business – All-India .......... 40 Chart 4.8a : Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized Retailers ..................... 41 2
  • 16. Chart 4.9a: Distance of Retail Outlets ......................................................................... 46 Chart 4.9b: Mode of Transport .................................................................................... 46 Chart 4.10a : Attitude towards Opening of More Organized Outlets .......................... 49 Chart 4.11a : Distance and Mode of Transport to Unorganized Retail Vendors ......... 50 Chart 4.12a : Preference for Additional Organized Outlets for Fruit & Vegetables ... 52 Chart 4.13a : Adverse Impact on Future Business....................................................... 55 Chart 4.14a : Succession Plans .................................................................................... 55 Chart 5.1: The Cauliflower Supply Chain ................................................................... 57 Chart 5.2: Share of Profit for Farmer, Intermediary and Retailer in the Consumer Price of Cauliflower ......................................................................................... 61 Chart 5.3 : Asset Ownership (in %) ............................................................................. 64 Chart 5.4 : Vehicle Ownership (in %) ......................................................................... 65 Chart 5.5 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Shampoos/Detergents.................................. 75 Chart 5.6 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Apparel ........................................................ 76 Chart 6.1 : Size of Indian Retail (in US$ bn)............................................................... 82 Chart 6.2: Projection of the Share of Organized Retail ............................................... 83 Chart 6.3: Investment Estimates by City Category (%)............................................... 85 Chart 6.4: Investment Estimates by Format (%).......................................................... 85 Chart 6.5 a: Retail Space Estimates by Format (%)..................................................... 86 Chart 6.5 b: Retail Space Estimates by City Type (%)................................................ 87 3
  • 17. 1. Introduction 1.1 Context An important aspect of the current economic scenario in India is the emergence of organized retail. There has been considerable growth in organized retailing business in recent years and it is poised for much faster growth in the future. Major industrial houses have entered this area and have announced very ambitious future expansion plans. Transnational corporations are also seeking to come to India and set up retail chains in collabouration with big Indian companies. However, opinions are divided on the impact of the growth of organized retail in the country. Concerns have been raised that the growth of organized retailing may have an adverse impact on retailers in the unorganized sector. It has also been argued that growth of organized retailing will yield efficiencies in the supply chain, enabling better access to markets to producers (including farmers and small producers) and enabling higher prices, on the one hand and, lower prices to consumers, on the other. In the context of divergent views on the impact of organized retail, it is essential that an in-depth analytical study on the possible effects of organized retailing in India is conducted. In order to assess the impact of growing organized retail on different aspects of the economy, the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER) was appointed by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India to carry out a study on organized retail focusing on the following issues: • Effect on small retailers and vendors in the unorganized sector keeping in mind the likely growth in the overall market. • Effect on employment. • Impact on consumers. • Impact on farmers and manufacturers. • Impact on prices. • Overall impact on economic growth. ICRIER has been asked by the Ministry to analyze the above issues in the context of a growth scenario of 7-10 per cent per annum in the next five years and in the light of practice in other fast- growing emerging market economies. 1.2 Partners in the Study In this study, ICRIER sought and received assistance from three important groups: (a) Development & Research Services Private Limited (DRS) for conducting all-India surveys; (b) Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd., a leading management consultancy firm on retailing; and (c) Dr. Thomas Reardon and Dr. Ashok Gulati as Co-Directors of the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI)-Michigan State University (MSU) Joint Programme of Markets in Asia. After a study framework was prepared, it was discussed in a brainstorming session organized by ICRIER on April 9, 2007 in which industry representatives, government officials, and senior academics participated. 1
  • 18. 1.3 Methodology The following methods were used in the study: • A survey of international experience particularly the recent developments in emerging market economies; • Interviews of major players in organized retailing, large manufacturers, and small manufacturers; • Questionnaire-based survey of unorganized retailers including fixed fruit and vegetable vendors and push-cart hawkers; • Questionnaire-based exit survey of consumers’ shopping at organized retail outlets and also consumers’ shopping at unorganized outlets; and • Questionnaire-based survey of farmers who are selling their produce directly to organized retailers and also farmers who are selling through the traditional mandi route. 1.4 Organization of the Report The report has been organized into eight chapters as follows: 1. Introduction 2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview ¾ International Retail ¾ Indian Retail 3. Indian Organized Retailers: Case Studies ¾ Subhiksha ¾ Trent Limited ¾ Pantaloon Retail ¾ ITC Choupal Sagar and Choupal Fresh ¾ RPG Spencer’s ¾ Mother Dairy 4. Impact of Organized Retailing ¾ Advantages to the Indian Economy ¾ Unorganized Retail Sector: Survey Results ¾ Consumers: Survey Results ¾ Intermediaries: Survey Results 5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers ¾ Farmers : Value Chain and Survey Results ¾ Manufacturers : Interview Report 6. Future Scenario in Retailing ¾ Growth of Retail: Organized vs. Unorganized ¾ Investment and Employment Projections 7. Policy Recommendations 2
  • 19. 2. Current Retail Scene: An Overview 2.1 International Retail 1 Global retail sales are estimated to cross US$12 trillion in 2007. Almost reflecting the growth in the world economy, global retail sales grew strongly in the last five years (2001-06) at an average nominal growth of about 8 per cent per annum in dollar terms (Table 2.1). This is in contrast to near stagnant global retail sales during the previous five years, 1996-01. Grocery dominates retail sales with a share of approximately 40 per cent which varies from about 30 per cent in rich Japan to an average of 60 per cent in poor Africa. Retail sales through modern formats have been rising faster than total retail sales; the share of modern retail has risen from about 45 per cent in 1996 to over 52 per cent in 2006. Table 2.1: World Retail 3 3 CAGR CAGR 1996 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 (1996- (2001- 01) 06) 1. Total Retail 1 Sales (US$ 7682 7833 7987 8827 9833 10657 11375 0.4 7.7 Billion) 2. Total 1 Grocery Sales 3284 3161 3213 3571 3970 4308 4611 -0.8 7.8 (US$ Billion) 3. Modern 2 Retail Sales 3478 3916 4149 4672 5246 5633 5969 2.4 8.8 (US$ Billion) 4. Modern 2 Grocery Sales 2577 2816 2979 3378 3800 4074 4325 1.8 9.0 (US$ Billion) 2 as % of 1 42.7 40.4 40.2 40.5 40.4 40.4 40.5 -1.1 0.1 3 as % of 1 45.3 50.0 51.9 52.9 53.4 52.9 52.5 2.0 1.0 4 as % of 3 74.1 71.9 71.8 72.3 72.4 72.3 72.5 -0.6 0.2 5. Nominal GDP (US$ 30055 31889 32888 36904 41470 44713 48141 1.2 8.6 Billion) 1 2 3 Excluding VAT or sales tax; Including VAT or sales tax; Compound annual growth rate. Source: Planet Retail Database. 2.1.1 Organized vs Unorganized Retail In the developed economies, organized retail is in the range of 75-80 per cent of total retail, whereas in developing economies, the unorganized sector dominates the retail business. The share of organized retail varies widely from just one per cent in Pakistan and 4 per cent in India to 36 per cent in Brazil and 55 per cent in Malaysia (Table 2.2). Modern retail formats, such as hypermarkets, superstores, supermarkets, discount and convenience stores are widely present in the developed world, whereas such forms of retail outlets have only just begun to spread to developing countries in recent years. In developing countries, the retailing business continues to be dominated by family-run neighbourhood shops and open markets. As a consequence, wholesalers 1 Planet Retail estimates. 3
  • 20. and distributors who carry products from industrial suppliers and agricultural producers to the independent family-owned shops and open markets remain a critical part of the supply chain in these countries. Table 2.2: Share of Organized Retail in Selected Countries, 2006 Total Retail Sales Share of Organized Country (US$ bn) Retail (%) USA 2,983 85 Japan 1,182 66 China 785 20 United Kingdom 475 80 France 436 80 Germany 421 80 India 322 4 Brazil 284 36 Russia 276 33 Korea, South 201 15 Indonesia 150 30 Poland 120 20 Thailand 68 40 Pakistan 67 1 Argentina 53 40 Philippines 51 35 Malaysia 34 55 Czech Republic 34 30 Vietnam 26 22 Hungary 24 30 Source: Planet Retail and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. 2.1.2 Spread of Modern Retail in Developing Countries The arrival of modern retail in developing countries occurred in three successive waves (Reardon and Hopkins, 2006; Reardon and Berdegue, 2007). The first wave took place in the early to mid-1990s in South America (e.g., Argentina, Brazil, and Chile), East Asia outside China (South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, and Taiwan), North-Central Europe (e.g., Poland, Hungary, and Czech Republic) and South Africa. The second wave happened during the mid to late 1990s in Mexico, Central America (e.g., Ecuador, Colombia, and Guatemala), Southeast Asian countries (e.g., Indonesia), Southern-Central Europe (e.g., Bulgaria). The third wave has just begun in the late 1990s and early 2000s in parts of Africa (e.g., Kenya), some countries in Central and South America (e.g., Nicaragua, Peru, and Bolivia), Southeast Asia (e.g., Vietnam), China, India, and Russia. Thus, the third wave countries which include China, India and Russia are late comers in the diffusion of modern retail. According to the authors, the main reason why they lagged behind was the severe restrictions on foreign direct investment (FDI) in retailing in these countries. The demand side features of these countries, such as 4
  • 21. income, size of the middle class, urbanization, and the share of women in workforce, etc., have been similar to countries in the second wave. In China and Russia these restrictions were progressively relaxed in the 1990s and in India partially in the 2000s. In January 2006, India allowed foreign companies to own up to 51 per cent in single- brand retail joint ventures (JVs), but multiple-brand foreign firms are still barred in retail although they can set up wholesale operations. 2.1.3 Globalization of Retail There has been a creeping internationalization of retailing over the recent period. As home markets have become crowded and with opportunities in emerging markets rising, modern retailers from developed countries have been turning to new markets. On an average each of the top 250 retailers in the world have operated on an average in 5.9 countries in 2005-06 (July-June) against five countries in 2000-01 (Deloitte- Stores Report, 2007). Foreign business accounted for 14.4 per cent of retail sales of these companies in 2005-06 up from 12.6 per cent in 2000-01. The retail sales growth of companies which have ventured into foreign markets has been faster than those that have confined themselves to home markets. As far as the international expansion is concerned, West European and South African retail companies are the most outward looking. The West European firms, among the top 250 retailers, expanded into an average of 9.9 countries in 2005-06 and generated 28.1 per cent of their sales from foreign operations, largely in Central and Eastern Europe. The five South African retailers in the top 250 list conducted business in an average of 8.8 countries particularly in the African continent in 2005-06, generating on an average 13 per cent of these companies’ sales. The US retailers are mostly home-market based operating just in an average of 3.7 countries outside US in 2005- 06 up from three countries in 2000-01 and two countries in 1996-97. The US retailer Wal-Mart, the world’s biggest retailer, is a notable exception operating in 14 countries in 2007. Most of the Japanese retailers are insular operating only domestically. 2.1.4 Regulatory Framework It is interesting to note that regulatory restrictions on the growth in modern retail is more stringent in developed rather than in developing countries. For example, in most West European countries, setting up of hypermarkets has become very difficult since the late 1990s and early 2000s as governments became alive to the demands of traditional small retailers and non-mobile consumers in these countries. Merger and acquisition plans are now looked at more critically by the national and European competition authorities. While in most countries opening hours are liberalized including holiday trading, the very small number of countries where opening on Sundays are prohibited include developed countries such as Germany and Austria (Planet Retail). As noted by Reardon and Hopkins (2006), there are four types of policy regulations that can be seen in countries which have experienced advanced retail expansion. They are: • Competition policy that limits concentration and collusion. 5
  • 22. Zoning and hours regulations to limit the diffusion, market penetration, and convenience of organized retail. • Pricing regulations that prevent modern retail companies from pricing below cost and prompt-payment regulations to secure speedy payment to suppliers. • Policies to strengthen traditional retailers and suppliers through technology and practice upgrading, enhancing organizational capacity, and financial access. The above regulations were put in place in different countries basically with a view to balance the conflicts of interests between modern retail, on the one hand and the traditional retailers and suppliers to the modern retail, on the other. Recently, countries in Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Indonesia, and Thailand) imposed a number of restrictions on the growth of large retail companies particularly the transnational companies in contrast to a fairly liberal approach to the retail sector followed until the late 1990s. These restrictions involve the use of a combination of competition laws, FDI regulation, land use restrictions (zoning laws), and limits on operating hours (Mutebi, 2007). 2.1.5 Future Trends The Deloitte-Stores (2007) study held that the retail business would slow down definitely over the next decade in developed countries, while it would grow strongly in developing countries. This is based on a projection of three significant changes that will occur. First, the population in the age-group 50-70 years and above in the developed world will explode, shifting the share of consumer spending further away from goods towards services, such as travel, healthcare and maintenance of the elderly. Second, the population growth in the age-group 20-35 years in these countries will be relatively modest making the hiring of entry-level workers difficult, while the population in the age-group 35-50 years will decline leading to acute shortage of middle and upper management positions. Third, in developing countries, there will be plentiful supply of workforce and consumers in the younger age groups. Besides, this demographic shift will make the developing countries more dynamic and risk-taking enabling them to grow much faster than the developed world. Driven by these trends, it is expected that retailers in developed countries will increasingly move to the markets of developing countries for growth. 2 2.2 Indian Retail The growth of the retail trade in India is associated with the growth in the Indian economy. Gross domestic product (GDP) grew by an annual rate of 6.6 per cent during 1994-00 but the growth slackened to 4.7 per cent per annum during the next three years before the growth remarkably rose to 8.7 per cent per annum in the last four years (Table 2.3). This meant a substantial rise in disposable income of Indian households since the mid-1990s. Based on the Market Information Survey of 2 The data on Indian retail is sketchy. There is no official machinery which regularly releases retail statistics. There have been a few private sources which give information on various aspects of Indian retailing. In this report, the authors have relied on the data generated by Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. which in turn has used the data from official sources, such as the Central Statistical Organization (CSO) and the National Sample Survey Organization (NSSO) for the purpose. 6
  • 23. Households (MISH) of the National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER), the number of people in the income groups of “aspirers” and the middle class with annual income ranging from Rs. 90,000 to one million, more than doubled 3 from 157 million to 327 million during the last decade 1995-96 to 2005-06. The data from the Central Statistical Organization (CSO) indicate that the growth of real private final consumption expenditure, which dipped from an average of 5.7 per cent per annum during 1994-00 to 4 per cent per annum during 2000-03, shot up to 6.7 per cent per annum during 2003-07. Retail sales (in nominal terms) in the country also followed a similar pattern: a high annual growth of 13.6 per cent during 1994-00, a low growth of 4.8 per cent during 2000-03 and a smart pick up in the last four years, 2003-07 at around 11 per cent. Table 2.3: GDP, Private Final Consumption Expenditure and Retail Sales Growth, 1994-07 (Compound Annual Growth Rate) 1994-95 to 2000-01 to 2003-04 to 1999-00 2002-03 2006-07 Real GDP 6.6 4.7 8.7 Real private final consumption 5.7 4.0 6.7 expenditure Retail sales 13.6 4.8 10.9 Source: CSO, NSSO, and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. The international consulting firm, A.T. Kearney, annually ranks emerging market economies based on more than 25 macroeconomic and retail-specific variables through their Global Retail Development Index (GRDI). For the last three years (2005, 2006, and 2007) India has been ranked as number one indicating that the country is the most attractive market for global retailers to enter. The high economic growth during the last few years raising disposable incomes rapidly, favourable demographics placing incomes on younger population with less dependency, and urbanization are some of the major factors fueling the Indian retail market. 2.2.1 Employment and Output in the Retail Sector Retail is a labour-intensive economic activity. According to the Economic Census carried out by the CSO in 1998, the country had a total of 10.69 million enterprises engaged in retail trade, of which 5.23 million were in the rural areas and 5.46 million in the urban areas. The total employment in these enterprises in 1998 was 18.54 million of which 7.88 million was in the rural sector and 10.65 million in the urban sector. Economic Census has been carried out for 2005 but its detailed results are yet to be released. However, according to NSSO’s Employment and Unemployment 3 The NCAER gives data in terms of the number of households and they have been converted into number of people by using the average household size of 4.7 persons derived from the NSSO surveys. 7
  • 24. Survey for 2004-05, employment in the retail trade has been 35.06 million, divided 4 between rural (16.08 million) and urban (18.98 million) sectors. This constituted about 7.3 per cent of the workforce in the country (459 million). Wholesale trade, on the other hand, contributed to an employment of 5.48 million, of which only 1.71 million was in the rural sector and 3.77 million in the urban sector. The NSSO data also indicated that retail employment was about 30.62 million in 1999-00 with 12.15 million in rural areas and much higher at 18.47 million in the urban areas. This means that an additional employment of 4.44 million was added in this sector during the five-year period, 2000-05, showing an annual employment growth of 2.7 per cent per annum. However, it is interesting to note that the retail employment growth has been quite large in the rural sector – there has been a massive rise in employment in rural retailing of 3.93 million during 2000-05 – and the urban sector has also shown an employment growth, but only of 0.51 million during this period. According to CSO estimates, total domestic trade, both wholesale and retail included, constituted about 15.1 per cent of India’s GDP in 2006-07, a successive increase in share from 13 per cent of GDP in 1999-00. Taking into account the fact that retail trade is more labour intensive than wholesale trade, the contribution of retail trade alone to GDP can be estimated to be around 11-12 per cent in 2006-07. 2.2.2 Organized vs Unorganized Retail Indian retail is dominated by a large number of small retailers consisting of the local kirana shops, owner-manned general stores, chemists, footwear shops, apparel shops, paan and beedi shops, hand-cart hawkers, pavement vendors, etc. which together 5 make up the so-called “unorganized retail” or traditional retail. The last 3-4 years 6 have witnessed the entry of a number of organized retailers opening stores in various modern formats in metros and other important cities. Still, the overall share of organized retailing in total retail business has remained low. Table 2.4 gives the category-wise growth of Indian retail, total as well as the organized sector, in recent years. While total retail sales have grown from Rs. 10,591 billion (US$ 230 billion) in 2003-04 to Rs. 14,574 billion (US$ 322 billion) in 2006- 07, which is at an annual compound growth rate of about 11 per cent, the organized retail sales grew much more at about 20 per cent per annum from Rs. 350 billion 4 This is based on the “usual status” definition. Employment based on the “current daily status” is not available for retail trade from the NSSO data. 5 See Annex 1for a classification of the unorganized retail universe. 6 Organized retail or modern retail is usually chain stores, all owned or franchised by a central entity, or a single store that is larger than some cut-off point. The relative uniformity and standardization of retailing is the key attribute of modern retail. The size of each unit can be small so that a chain of convenience stores is modern retail. A single large department store is also modern retail.
  • 25. 8
  • 26. Table 2.4: Growth India Retail - Total vs Organized CAGR 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2004-07 04 05 06 07 (%) India Retail (Rs. bn) 1. Food & grocery 7,028 7,064 7,418 8,680 7.3 2. Beverages 212 309 373 518 34.7 3. Clothing & footwear 777 993 1,036 1,356 20.4 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances 512 656 746 986 24.4 and services 5. Non-institutional healthcare 950 972 1,022 1,159 6.9 6. Sports goods, entertainment, 212 272 308 395 23.0 equipment & books 7. Personal care 371 433 465 617 18.5 8. Jewellery, watches, etc. 530 610 655 863 17.7 Total Retail 10,591 11,308 12,023 14,574 11.2 Organized Retail ( Rs. bn) 1. Food & grocery 39 44 50 61 16.5 2. Beverages 11 12 13 16 14.7 3. Clothing & footwear 168 189 212 251 14.3 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances 67 75 85 101 14.8 & services 5. Non-institutional healthcare 14 16 19 24 20.0 6. Sports goods, entertainment, 25 33 44 63 37.0 equipment & books 7. Personal care 11 15 22 33 46.9 8. Jewellery, watches, etc. 18 24 33 49 40.5 Total Organized Retail 350 408 479 598 19.5 Share of Organized Retail in Total 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.1 Retail (%) Source: CSO, NSSO, and Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. (US$ 7.6 billion) in 2003-04 to Rs. 598 billion (US$ 13.2 billion) in 2006-07. As a result, the share of organized retail in total retail grew, although slowly, from 3.3 per cent in 2003-04 to 4.1 per cent in 2006-07. Food and grocery constitutes the bulk of Indian retailing and its share was about two- thirds in 2003-04 gradually falling to about 60 per cent in 2006-07 (Table 2.5). The next in importance is clothing and footwear, the share of which has been about 7 per cent in 2003-04 and rose to 9 per cent in 2006-07. The third biggest category is non- institutional healthcare whose share has slowly reduced from 9 per cent in 2003-04 to 8 per cent in 2006-07. The next is furniture, furnishing, appliances and services, whose share rose from about 5 per cent in 2003-04 to 7 per cent in 2006-07. The category of jewellery, watches, etc. constituted about 6 per cent of total Indian retailing in 2006-07, rising from 5 per cent in 2003-04. 9
  • 27. Table 2.5: India Retail - Share of Categories (per cent) 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 1. Food & grocery 66.4 62.5 61.7 59.6 2. Beverages 2.0 2.7 3.1 3.6 3. Clothing & footwear 7.3 8.8 8.6 9.3 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances 4.8 5.8 6.2 6.8 & services 5. Non-institutional healthcare 9.0 8.6 8.5 8.0 6. Sports goods, entertainment, 2.0 2.4 2.6 2.7 equipment & books 7. Personal care 3.5 3.8 3.9 4.2 8. Jewellery, watches, etc. 5.0 5.4 5.4 5.9 Total Retail 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: Computed from Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. data. While the overall share of organized retailing remains low, its share in certain categories is relatively high and in certain other categories quite low. Thus, for clothing and footwear, the share is already in the range of 19-22 per cent, for the category of sports goods, entertainment, equipment and books the share is 12-16 per cent, and for furniture, furnishing, appliances and services, the share is 10-13 per cent (Table 2.6). In contrast, the share of organized sector in the largest category of food and grocery retailing, although growing, remains just below one per cent. Table 2.6: Share of Organized Sector in Total Retail by Category (%) 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 1. Food & grocery 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 2. Beverages 5.0 3.8 3.6 3.1 3. Clothing & footwear 21.6 19.0 20.4 18.5 4. Furniture, furnishing, appliances 13.0 11.4 11.3 10.2 & services 5. Non-institutional healthcare 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 6. Sports goods, entertainment, 11.6 12.1 14.4 16.0 equipment & books 7. Personal care 2.8 3.5 4.7 5.4 8. Jewellery, watches, etc. 3.3 4.0 5.1 5.6 Total Retail 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.1 Source: Computed from Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. data. 10
  • 28. The growth in organized retailing in recent years can also be gauged by the rise of shopping malls as well as the rising number of modern retail formats. In 1999, India had just three shopping malls measuring less than one million sq. ft. By the end of 2006, the country had 137 shopping malls equivalent to 28 million sq. ft. The pace of construction of shopping malls is progressing rapidly and the number of malls is expected to be about 479 by the end of 2008 with a capacity of 126 million sq. ft. (ICICI Property Services-Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd., 2007). 2.2.3 Expansion of Organized Retail by Format Table 2.7 provides an analysis of the expansion of organized retail in terms of the different modern retail formats (see Annex 2 for definitions of Indian modern retail formats). The total number of organized retail outlets rose from 3,125 covering an area of 3.3 million sq. ft. in 2001 to 27,076 with an area of 31 million sq. ft. in 2006. Small-sized single-category speciality stores dominated the organized retail in the beginning with almost two-thirds of total space in 2001. Departmental stores came next with nearly a quarter of total space and supermarkets accounting for the balance of about 12 per cent of organized retail space. There were no hypermarkets in India in 2001. Speciality stores are still the most common modern retail format with over a half of total modern retail space in 2006. Supermarkets and department stores occupied nearly an equal space of 15-16 per cent each in 2006. In 2006, India had about 75 large-sized hypermarkets carrying a tenth of the total modern retail space in the country. This format is expected to gain more prominence in the future. Table 2.7: Organized Retail Expansion by Format 2001 2006 Average Share Share Format Size (sq. No. of Area in in No. of Area ft.) ('000 Total Stores Total Stores ('000 sq. Space Space sq. ft.) ft.) (%) (%) Supermarkets / 1,000 400 400 11.9 4,751 4,751 15.5 convenience stores Hypermarkets 40,000 0 0 0.0 75 3,000 9.8 Discount stores 1,000 48 48 1.4 1,472 1,472 4.8 Speciality stores 800 2,651 2,121 63.3 20,612 16,490 53.7 Department stores 30,000 26 780 23.3 166 4,980 16.2 Total 3,125 3,349 100.0 27,076 30,693 100.0 Source: Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. 2.2.4 Regulatory Framework There had been no specific restrictions on the entry of foreign retailers into the Indian market till 1996. A few foreign players were granted permission for retailing under this earlier regime. However, in 1997 it was decided to prohibit FDI in retailing into the country. In January 2006, however, a partial liberalization took place in policy in 11
  • 29. which foreign companies are allowed to own up to 51 per cent in single-brand retail JVs as approved by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB). Besides this, foreign companies are allowed in wholesale cash-and-carry business and export trading with 100 per cent equity through the automatic route. Foreign companies with 100 per cent equity can also carry out trading of items sourced from the small-scale sector and do test marketing of products for which the company has a manufacturing approval under the FIPB route. With regard to domestic regulation, the organized retailer has to secure a number of licenses and clearances from various central, state, and local authorities before it starts its operations. They are related to operations, infrastructure, labour, taxation and other general matters. The number of licenses varies from state to state and it also depends on the type of store format. First, a retailer has to obtain a trade license from the local authority (municipal corporation, municipality, or panchayat) which grants permission to carry on the retail business. It has also to obtain licenses from the Agricultural Produce Marketing Committees (APMCs) of each state for procurement and sale of fruit, vegetables, and staples within the respective market areas (mandis) of each APMC. A detailed general list of required clearances is given in Annex 3. In addition, in case a new building or mall is to be constructed for use in retailing, the organized retailer has to obtain “no objection certificates” (NOCs) from the different state authorities in charge of traffic, electricity, water, fire and pollution control. Zoning restrictions are also applicable to the organized retail outlets which can be set up only on land earmarked for the local authority for commercial establishments. 12
  • 30. 3. Domestic Organized Retailers: Case Studies 3.1 Introduction The Indian retail sector is highly fragmented, consisting predominantly of small, independent, owner-managed shops. The domestic organized retail industry is at a nascent stage. At the macro level factors such as rising disposable income, dominance of the younger population in spending, urbanization, shift of the traditional family structure towards the nuclear family are buttressing the organized retail growth in India. Being considered as a sunrise sector of the economy, several large business houses are entering the retail industry under multiple modern retail formats. On the one hand, the advancement of information technology is improving end-to-end business processing by integrating the entire value chain, backward and forward, for operational efficiencies. On the other hand, rising real estate prices, infrastructure constraints, and expensive technology are making the retail industry capital intensive. The current regulatory environment is not very conducive to the growth of modern retail in India. The Government of India (GOI) prohibits FDI in retail except for single-brand JVs with up to 51 per cent equity share. The recent growth of the retail industry is already impacting the commercial real estate sector. As a result of shortage of land and rising property prices, finding property in commercial markets is becoming difficult. Further, the land conversion process is complex. The licensing process for organized retail is cumbersome requiring as many as 33 licensing protocols. Taxes differ from state to state on the movement of goods: for instance, some states levy entry tax; a few levy exit taxes; in some states, the local municipal government also levies octroi. Presently, there is the central sales tax (CST) of 3 per cent on inter-state sales and value added tax (VAT) of 4-12.5 per cent on different products. Besides, the lobby against modern retail is mounting in recent months from traditional retailers. Nevertheless, the macroeconomic landscape indicates that the domestic retail industry has immense scope for the modern as well as traditional retailers to co-exist. Through a balanced regulatory framework and competition policy, both the traditional format and the modern format can continue to grow, eventually closing the gap between the organized and unorganized sectors. Organized retailing will: (i) promote quality employment; (ii) improve business process practices; (iii) spur investments in support industries; and (iv) enable the modernization of the fragmented traditional retail industry. Modern retail business focuses on maximizing customer footfalls and capturing rising volume and share of the customer wallet. While the competition strategy is largely price focused, the model works by: (i) improving sourcing efficiencies; (ii) expanding product assortment; (iii) differentiating service; and (iv) enhancing the store ambience. Thus, there are four drivers of modern retail’s “one-stop shopping model”: price, product, service, and ambience. This chapter attempts to summarize the business models of key six established organized retail players in the country. These are: (a) Subhiksha; (b) Trent Limited; (c) Future Group: Pantaloon India Retail Limited (PRIL); (d) Spencer’s Retail; (e) ITC: Choupal Sagar and Choupal Fresh; and (f) Mother Dairy. The sixth case study is 13
  • 31. the first co-operative retail model in India. The main objective of these case studies is to understand how these firms are: (i) penetrating markets; (ii) introducing formats and product categories; (iii) operating the end-to-end value chain; (iv) pricing different products; and (v) capturing customer footfalls. 3.2 Organized Retail Models High population density in the metropolitan cities and surrounding tier-1 towns is driving the geographic penetration of modern retail. Nationwide, the retail penetration has been the highest in the South in Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh, moving towards the West along Maharashtra and Gujarat and now penetrating the North, in Delhi’s National Capital Region (NCR), Punjab, and Western Uttar Pradesh. The fresh crop of modern retail in the late 1990s started in the southern region as South India has clusters of metro cities and tier-1 towns. In addition, less complicated licensing regulations by the state and local authorities have played an important role in the spatial penetration along the regions. In Andhra Pradesh, the licensing process is now online, thereby reducing the time lag. Broadly, retail firms are following three routes for their market entry: (a) the acquisition route which gives a jump-start to take advantage of the already experienced manpower, infrastructure, front-end property of the acquired firm; (b) the JV partnerships, a preferred route for firms seeking foreign collabouration for technical know-how and assistance in the back-end operations as well as future export opportunities; and (c) the green-field investment route for market entry. A few firms are also following a mixture of acquisition and JV routes for quick market access. Additionally, firms are strategically expanding verticals by forming subsidiaries or holding firms that act as catalysts to their retail business. 7 Typically, firms are positioning themselves in one or both of the segments: lifestyle 8 and value retailing under multiple retail formats. Retail firms are adopting a combination of formats including, mega (hyper and/or super), medium (department and/or speciality), and small size (convenience and/or discount) for expansion. This strategy benefits firms in several ways. It helps to: (i) attain critical mass; (ii) economies of scope in sourcing by accruing costs across stores; and (iii) reach out to consumers in the local neighbourhood locations. Regardless of the route followed, the domestic retail industry is witnessing an increase in domestic investment, technical know-how expertise, improvements in supply chain and logistics, and demand for store brand private labels. Table 3.1 summarizes the business models of the key organized retailers. 7 Lifestyle retailing is category-specific retail of lifestyle-oriented products, such as fashion apparel, high-end consumer durables, home décor, etc. In the Indian scenario, lifestyle retailing is more focused on apparel brands, but changing lifestyle aspirations of Indians have also seen a sizeable increase in demand for branded furniture and furnishings. 8 Value retail is related to the pricing strategy, i.e. discount and value-for-money formats and hence it can be present across all product categories. Discount stores, a form of value retail, deal in a variety of goods ranging from food articles, household durables, electrical appliances, to apparel. 14
  • 32. Table 3.1: Organized Retail Models Retailer Segment Business Strategy Low-price high-volume strategy: by keeping no fancy frills front-end and by becoming an Subhiksha Value intermediary at the back end, Subhiksha leverages on discounted prices on bulk purchasesbrand strategy: leverages on high Single- and cash payments. Lifestyle & Trent Limited margins in private labels, and targets consumers Value in socio-economic class B and C. Strategic JVs and subsidiaries around retail has enabled PRIL to develop retailing across age- Future Group: Lifestyle & groups, all product categories, the entire PRIL Value customer segments under multiple retail formats. Backward integration through IT-based ITC Choupal business model: leverages by building direct Sagar & Choupal Value relationship with the supply source, the farmers, Fresh to sell as well as purchase products and services. The “duck and the duckling” model: by having two- or three- value segment stores, backed by Spencer’s Retail Value a cluster of small-sized Fresh, Daily, and Express stores, to leverage on economies of scale at back-end value chain. Operates on a co-operative model with the objective of increasing farmers’ welfare. Has a NDDB: Mother strong presence in Delhi’s NCR region. Value Dairy Strategically located in residential areas and follows a low-price strategy for fruit and vegetables. In the organized retail one-stop shopping model, Subhiksha distinguishes itself as the “no fancy frills” store working on mass consumers’ daily needs. The company’s business model focuses on high volume and low margin by: (i) keeping small-sized functional stores within the range of 1,000-1,500 sq. ft. area; (ii) clustering in close proximity to each other; and (iii) locating in high population density residential area. The company concentrates on daily-need essentials and repeat buying nature of its product categories in fruit and vegetables, fast moving consumer goods (FMCG), and medicines. In a typical store in Delhi, the average footfall is around 600- 700 walk- ins of which approximately 78 per cent turn into bills. Trent differentiates itself by building its own-label route. This strategy allows Trent a better control over the product range, design (value-added portion of the supply chain), and merchandize pricing. The company’s business proposition in building customer relationship through membership programmes and liberal exchange policy has helped Trent in strengthening the Westside brand. The Star India Bazaar caters to the mass-market segments in meeting their regular needs. Although, the footfalls 15
  • 33. differ from store to store, the average customer footfalls range between 800 and 3,000 a day at a given store. However, Trent claims that their conversion rates are higher by 10-15 per cent per day than other stores. Pantaloon India Retail Limited is the pioneer of India’s modern retail in the hypermarket format and is recognized as an organized multi-format retailer across value and lifestyle segments. The firm’s business strategy is to capture a greater share of the consumer wallet by covering all customer segments in all age-groups, in all product categories through multiple retail formats nationwide. The company’s Big Bazaar (hypermarket chain) cuts across entire customer segments. In a lifestyle store, the average customer footfalls are around 1,000 of which 350 convert into sales transactions. In the value segment, the company attracts an average of approximately 3,000 customer footfalls, of which the sales conversion is between 220 and 250. India Tobacco Company (ITC), leveraged on information-technology, enabled a unique business platform to directly integrate backwards with the source of supply, the farmers. The company not only optimized efficiencies in the procurement chain for export markets but also created a market place for rural retailing in the domestic market. Choupal Fresh is a fresh produce wholesale C&C format catering to organized retailers, push-cart vendors, and traditional retailers. These are in operation now only in three cities, namely Hyderabad, Pune, and Chandigarh. They have parallel retail outlets for regular customers. ITC leverages in backward linkages through its expertise in agricultural extension services and strategic partnerships for handling temperature-control technologies and logistics support. By extending agricultural services at the farm level, ITC is managing the quality of the produce and building an ITC brand in fresh fruit and vegetables. Spencer’s differentiates itself on product quality, assortment of imported food products, and shopping experience. Leveraging on the perception of high-quality imported goods that was attached to the old Spencer’s & Co. brand name, Spencer’s business strategy focuses on an array of food-related products and activities spanning across intercontinental and domestic culinary, and chef demonstrations. Spencer’s follows the “duck and duckling” (pyramidal) strategy for its retail expansion and cost- benefits in back-end procurement; it has a small set of destination stores (Spencer’s hyper), followed by the supermarket format (Spencer’s Daily), and a larger set of convenient store format (Spencer’s Express and Fresh) located close to the local neighbourhood. Mother Dairy in Delhi was set up by the National Dairy Development Board (NDDB) under the first phase of Operation Flood Programme in 1974 with the objective of making available liquid milk to city consumers. Following the success of its dairy industry, NDDB established the Mother Dairy Fruit and Vegetable Project in Delhi in 1988. In addition, Mother Dairy also markets dairy products, such as ice creams, flavoured milk, dahi, lassi, mishti doi, ghee, butter, cheese, dairy whitener, Dhara range of edible oils and the Safal range of fresh fruit and vegetables, frozen vegetables and fruit juices at a national level. Mother Dairy sources its entire requirement of liquid milk from dairy co-operatives and sources almost 75-80 per cent of fruit and vegetables from farmers and growers’ associations at the village level. For distributing milk, and fruit and vegetables, Mother Dairy has opened its booths and shops mainly near residential areas of the Delhi NCR region. 16
  • 34. In 2006-07, the retail firms mentioned above generated a total sales’ turnover of Rs. 64.72 billion with an average sales per sq. ft. at Rs. 8,298. In addition, these firms’ array of private labels across several product categories has supported sourcing tie- ups with more than 4,124 large and small manufacturers and concessionaires. Table 3.2: Organized Retailers Sales’ Turnover in 2006-07 Mother Subhiksha Trent PRIL ITC Spencer’s Total Dairy Sales turnover 8,000 4,979 19,336 NA 5,400 27,000 64,715 (Rs million) Sales per sq. ft. 13,333 6,036 6,108 NA 7,714 NA 8,298 (Rs) Total sq. ft. 600,000 825,000 3,165,000 NA 700,000 NA 5,290,000 area In 2006, the firms covered in the case studies (excluding Mother Dairy) consisted of a total of 1,070 stores encompassing nearly 5.3 million sq. ft. area across formats. These firms have projected a cumulative increase to over 6,600 stores by 2010. 3.3 Market Penetration Strategy 9 10 The modern retailers follow either a spiral or a cluster approach for retail expansion, and in India typically the cluster approach is more popular. In the cluster approach, the firm initially launches in an urban city and then expands towards surrounding tier-1 towns belonging to the same cluster catchment area. Each cluster covers its own region for direct sourcing, distribution, and logistics like a separate business unit. This approach is favourable for retailers because they can build a more efficient logistics network and take advantage of cultural similarities among consumers in the same region in order to develop their product offerings. The real estate constraint however is restricting the retailers’ expansion plans in large formats. The new crop of retailers across the country are acquiring or leasing mega sized store spaces in newly constructed malls in an approved market space. Paradoxically, modern retail is diverting the shoppers’ traffic and noise congestion away from residential localities and minimizing the possibility of land encroachment beyond the store area as it is currently being done in the case of traditional retail outlets. However, in recent years, large retailers are heading for a pyramidal approach by launching several small-sized neighbourhood convenience stores in tandem with a few large hypermarket or department store formats. This strategy is beneficial to large retail firms because they can absorb supply-chain costs across formats. Further, bulk purchases enable them to squeeze profit margin from suppliers. However, the local traditional retailers in the nearby locations feel more intense competition. 9 In the spiral approach, a firm starts in a large city and expands further and further, but maintains synergies in buying, logistics, and relationships. 10 In the cluster approach, a firm expands around the major urban centres like a separate business unit, each covering its own region. Subsequent expansions in other regions tend to follow the stepwise cluster pattern. 17
  • 35. The hypermarket format is predominantly the backbone and primary driver of the modern retailers’ market access strategy. The product mix in the hypermarket format is typically 60 per cent food and 40 per cent non-food. The format incorporates a larger share of apparel, grocery products in staples, and FMCG goods, of which the share of apparel merchandize is 30 per cent. Fruit and vegetables, mobile phones, alcohol-based beverages and pharmaceutical electronics and household durable product categories encompass a much smaller share. Although, the supermarket format has been in India for a while, the new crop of modern retailers expanded the product mix incorporating FMCG goods, packaged food products, and private labels in staples and general merchandize. Another dominant format used by modern retailers includes the department and speciality stores focusing primarily in clothing, cosmetics, artificial jewelry and watches, and household durables. The discount and convenience formats largely concentrate on fruit and vegetables and grocery products. 3.4 Product Margin of Retailers Clearly, the share of product category in modern retail formats is driven by the level of profit margin retailers make and the consumer adoption rate. Modern retail penetration and consumer adoption in the apparel and clothing category is the highest. The firms’ competition strategy is differentiated in the lifestyle segment and cost focused in the value segment. An organized retailer gets an average of 30 per cent gross margin or above on MRP across women’s wear, gents’ wear, and kids’ wear on branded labels. In the case of private labels of store brands, clothing margins are higher than 60 per cent typically. In the food and grocery section across hypermarket, supermarket, and discount store formats, grocery covers around 45 per cent of store space in FMCG and staple food products. The profit margin in FMCG products is tight because large suppliers control the brand power and store shelf space at local neighbourhood stores. In staples and lesser- known FMCG products, however, retailers gain 13 per cent profit margin on the cost price (Table 3.3). In the absence of national brands in staple food products, store branded private labels are becoming popular and fetch up to 12 per cent average margin. As regards fresh fruit and vegetables, however the store level penetration is low compared to other categories for various reasons: (i) high wastage; (ii) lack of temperature-controlled isles; and (iii) low profit margins in bulk produce (potatoes, tomatoes, and onions). In addition, the customer adoption rate is also low in fresh fruit and vegetables because of its daily need-based requirement and the distance factor. Nevertheless, fruit and seasonal vegetables are higher profit-margin produce: fruit sell at 40 per cent margin on the cost price, and seasonal and exotic vegetables around 30 per cent above the cost price. Across the fruit and vegetable section, the net profit gain is between 8 per cent and 10 per cent on an average. As a result, organized retail firms are strategizing convenience format stores up to 2,000 sq. ft. area in order to penetrate the local neighbourhood markets. 18
  • 36. Table 3.3 : Organized Retailers’ Gross Margin (per cent) Product Category General Margin Margin for Private Labels Clothing 30 60 FMCG 1-2 13 Staples 12 Fruit 40 Fruit & vegetables 10 Seasonal & exotic vegetables 30 3.5 Product Procurement by Retailers The cluster focused “hub and spoke” model has been widely used across retailers for integrating backward and forward linkages. The centralized distribution centre is typically located in one central location surrounded with several collection centres and/or re-packaging centres spread across the region near the supply source. The hub distribution centre is the key stock-holding point. Collection centres are warehouses for temporary holding of fruit and vegetable stocks up to 48 hours or so. The re- packaging centres are usually used for packaging the private label goods. In countries where organized retail is at an advanced level, the common practice is to have one central distribution hub supplying to several spokes across the country. However, due to the inadequate infrastructure and CST regulations in India, the “hub and spoke” model for supply chain distribution is restricted to its respective catchment area. The abolition of CST may streamline the nationwide distribution of warehouses and allow linear logistics and flow of supply. Firms are increasingly disintermediating the traditional supply chain of procurement for operational efficiency gains. They are attempting to reconstruct their own supply chain by forging direct ties with the original source of supply or using a service provider between them and suppliers. At present, the supply chain is a combination of: (i) direct procurement from farmers, small-scale suppliers, and large FMCG suppliers; (ii) APMC markets; and (iii) consolidators or distributors as a single intermediary point. The distributor channel is used only if the volume scale is low. Gradually, the organized retail value chain would prefer to lean towards the direct procurement approach in order to reduce the cost of the middleman. The direct procurement model benefits modern retailers for the following reasons: (i) maximizing its gains on large volume transactions; (ii) implementing store brand promotional schemes; and (iii) minimizing the operational cost. In the case of FMCG and staple products, the firms procure primarily from large suppliers for branded products and small suppliers for store brand private labels. As regards apparel, a mix of large and small suppliers supply directly for private labels. As for fresh fruit and vegetables, to a large extent, firms procure from APMC markets. At the same time, for bulk purchases firms contact farmers and fruit growers directly. A large share of household durables and furniture goods are being imported from Southeast Asian countries and procured through a consolidator. In the case of 19
  • 37. household durables and electronic goods, firms directly forge ties with foreign manufacturers and subsidiaries of multinational firms in India. With regard to the relations between organized retailers and suppliers, the following trends are emerging: (a) organized retailers have direct contract terms with large suppliers, millers, and clothing manufacturers; (b) in the case of small-scale farmers in fruit and vegetables, and clothing manufacturers, the organized retailers use a consolidator (clothing and imported products) or an aggregator (fruit and vegetables) as a single intermediary point. The latter trend is particularly used for procuring private labels for the retailers. Additionally, the modern retailers have created a market channel for small-scale industries. There has been an upward surge of private labels in staples, consumer durables, household and plastic goods, and clothing categories. The private label model works well for small-scale manufacturers or suppliers because they get stability in receiving payments and business orders. Most importantly, the business process of small-scale suppliers is improving by receiving direct market feedback and technical know-how. As a result, the quality standards of products are improving. Many small- scale manufacturers doing private label business have expanded from one manufacturing unit to two or three units. On the other hand, the private label business proposition offers the modern retailer better profit margin and control over price and shelf space. At the same time, however, the branded suppliers are losing their bargaining power with the influx of store brand private labels. Currently, the modern retailers work on a commission-based margin with branded suppliers as opposed to the slotting-fee position where a manufacturer or supplier gets shelf space by paying a certain fee structure. By having commission-based direct contract terms with branded suppliers, retailers are able to arrange various promotional schemes in order to attract customer footfalls to their stores and secure discounted price on bulk purchase. This business tactic is particularly disadvantageous to the traditional retailers because their volume demand is very small and is primarily on credit payments. The new intermediary, in the role of a “consolidator” or a “collector”, is evolving as a value-added service provider between all small suppliers and organized retailers. The consolidator consolidates goods from small suppliers, undertakes bar coding, labelling, documentation, packaging, and accounting requirements and then brings goods to the consolidation or collection centre. A collector in fruit and vegetables category sorts, grades, and arranges them in crates before supplying to the collection centre. A typical consolidator or an aggregator owns warehouses and vehicles, keeps inventories, and stock based on projections provided by the retail firm’s sourcing division. He understands the company’s business requirements and enables small and fragmented manufacturers or farmers to scale up to meet the organized retailer’s volume needs. In the case of fruit and vegetables, meat, and poultry, the direct procurement at the farm level is benefiting farmers in receiving market feedback, getting technical know- how, and reducing wastage. Farmers supplying directly to large retailers are receiving timely agricultural extension services: international level benchmark practices in sorting, grading, and efficient packaging at the source level to improve the produce 20
  • 38. quality and yields. Certainly, direct procurement is improving the business processing in fruit and vegetables. As a result, there is less wastage and increase in farm income. Yet, the horticultural field in India requires a great deal of learning and experimentation on post-harvest processing. There are no hard and fast rules on meeting the quality and hygiene standards, and modern retail firms are bringing in standard international practices. As regards consumer durables, household, and plastic goods, the domestic suppliers are facing tough competition from goods being imported from Southeast Asia. In electronics, there already exist multinational and domestic collabourations. However, new brands may roll in through JVs and store brand private labels. Modern retail firms are heavily investing in information technology software applications for streamlining the spokes (outlets) and the hub (distribution centres). “IT SAP” Retail implementation is widespread across all format retailing. Besides, point of sale, bar code based billing (automates the billing system), web-based vendor management system, such as Retail Pro software applications, and auto-replenishment have become necessary tools for better inventory control and competitive pricing. Further, the increase in private labels may trigger the need for streamlining the distribution of warehouses and manufacturing units to improve the logistics flow, strengthen the supply chain, and push the demand for IT hardware. At present, modern retailers are making third-party contracts with logistics providers for managing the movement of goods between the warehouses, collection centres, and outlets across the nation. The distinctive trend here is to have a dedicated fleet of trucks through third-party logistic providers but managed by organized retailers themselves. So far, many firms do not have third-party contract with cold chain logistics primarily because organized retailing in fresh fruit and vegetables as well as consumer adoption rate under the modern formats is quite low at around one per cent. Nevertheless, as modern retail in India overcomes the learning curve in reducing wastage, know-how in temperature-controlled isles in the front-end store, and direct procurement from farmers, the requirement for cold chain infrastructure will increase. Already, ITC has partnered with Ingersoll Rand and Snowman; Ingersoll Rand offers material handling and temperature-control technologies and Snowman provides the logistics support in the form of warehouse and cold chain transport. The growth of the organized retail in India will attract cold chain investments in infrastructure and logistics infrastructure services from global supply chain companies. 3.6 Employment Generation Finally, but most importantly, the employment generated by organized retail is building a quality labour class that is gaining vocational training in skilled and unskilled jobs at the graduate and tenth class level. To meet the growing demand of trained professionals in the retail industry, several management and training institutes conforming to the international standards of certification have been launched across the country. Foreseeing the demand for trained staff, leading organized retailers are creating their captive human resources pool through internal training and programmes and tie-ups with retail management schools. 21
  • 39. The case studies represented here directly accounted for employment of nearly 28,320 people in 2006-07 (Table 3.4). The induced impact of the payroll spending of the organized retail employment is also hard to ignore. Table 3.4: Organized Retail Employment, 2006-07 Retailer Employment Subhiksha 3,500 Trent Limited 2,600 PRIL 14,500 ITC NA Spencer’s Retail 7,700 Mother Dairy NA Total 28,300 3.7 Conclusion The growth of organized retail will have a positive multiplier effect on the Indian economy. Retail industry is attracting inward investment both at the domestic and global level in several support industries: IT industries, cold chain infrastructure, and logistics and warehouse distribution services in order to strengthen the supply chain. The surge of private labels have generated demand and sourcing tie-ups with manufacturers across product categories. In the case of fruit and vegetables, the direct procurement is bringing quantitative benefits from higher price realization and qualitative benefits in improvements of agro-processing services. Finally, organized retail is creating quality labour class that is gaining vocational training in skilled and unskilled jobs at graduate and tenth plus levels. Nevertheless, there is a timely need for a fresh regulatory framework and competition policy so that both traditional retail and modern retail can continue to grow in harmony eventually closing the gap between the organized and unorganized sector. 22
  • 40. 4. Impact of Organized Retailing 4.1 Introduction There has been a huge growth in organized retail in India since 2002-03 and this is associated with the growth in the economy and the attendant rise in consumption spending. Organized retailing has begun to tap the enormous market but its share indeed is small. A number of large business houses have entered the retail business with very ambitious expansion plans. Big foreign retailers are also keen to invest in India but their entry depends on changes in the government’s FDI policy regarding retailing. Organized retailing played a significant role in the present-day developed countries during their period of high growth. Since the early 1990s, it is also contributing substantially to the growth of developing countries. In India, organized retail is poised to make a mark in the near future. This chapter deals with some of the major implications of modern retailing for the country. It also presents the results of the all-India survey of unorganized retailers, consumers, and intermediaries on the impact of modern retailing. 4.2 Organized Retailing: Advantages to the Indian Economy India’s Planning Commission, in its Approach Paper for the Eleventh Five Year Plan, (2006, pp. 27-8) has noted: “Organized retailing brings many advantages to producers and also to urban consumers, while also providing employment of a higher quality. Organized retailing in agricultural produce can set up supply chains, give better prices to farmers for their produce and facilitate agro-processing industries. Modern retailing can bring in new technology and reduce consumer prices, thus stimulating demand and thereby providing more employment in production.” 4.2.1 Link with Agriculture Indian agriculture is in the midst of a grave crisis with its growth rate steadily falling to just 2.5 per cent per annum during 2000-07, as against an annual growth rate of 4.2 per cent during the 1980s and 3.2 per cent during the 1990s. Among the reasons for the secular downtrend of this sector are: (a) low level of investment in the sector of just below 2 per cent of GDP (Economic Survey 2006-07, p. 176) for the past decade and a half; (b) inability to bring a larger share of land under irrigation in the past ; (c) lack of any significant breakthrough in yields for the last few decades; and (d) the dismal state of rural infrastructure, such as power, roads, transport, marketing, etc. While the industrial and services sectors are largely free from the controls of the license raj, agriculture remains constrained by a series of restrictions from input supply and production to marketing and distribution. The problem in agriculture is reflected to a certain extent in the operation of the APMC Acts in various states and union territories. The APMC Acts were originally intended to protect farmers from exploitation by intermediaries and traders by ensuring that they receive reasonable prices and timely payment. Over a period of time, the government regulated markets failed to function the way they were intended to and farmers felt exploited with a lack of transparency in the pricing, weighing, bagging and payments for their produce. The various intermediaries in the system 23
  • 41. from the village trader, who acts as a consolidator, commission agent, wholesaler, sub-wholesaler, etc have been appropriating a large part of the final price in the form of margins and commissions. The transactions at various stages involved huge wastages estimated at 5-7 per cent for foodgrains and 25-30 per cent for fruit and vegetables (Annual Report 2006-07, Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Agriculture and Cooperation). These factors inflate the final price to the consumer by nearly three times what the farmer receives, and the farmer’s realization of one-third of the final price compares poorly with two-thirds in most other countries. A number of states and union territories have taken steps to amend their respective APMC Acts based on the model law on agricultural marketing prepared by the Department of Agriculture and Co-operation under the central government. These amendments, among other things, provide for the setting up of private markets and yards, direct purchase centres, promotion of public-private partnership (PPP) in the management and development of agricultural markets in the country. Organized retail will result in a complete revamp of the agricultural supply chain in the country. A recent study by CRISIL has estimated a current annual total loss of about Rs. 1,000 billion in the agricultural supply chain, 57 per cent of which is due to avoidable wastage and the rest due to avoidable costs of storage and commissions (CRISIL Research, June 2007). Organized retailers have already started procuring fruit and vegetables from farmers directly bypassing the various intermediaries who add more costs than value to the food chain. They are investing heavily on logistics in the form of centralized warehousing and distribution centres, transport and cold storage, either directly or through engaging third party logistics companies. They are also employing a large number of unskilled workers for sorting, grading, packaging and labelling. All these will enhance farmer’s realizations, improve quality of products at the shop and reduce the ultimate consumer price. 4.2.2 Link with Manufacturing The Planning Commission has identified four sectors as the major employment generating sectors for the Eleventh Plan period, 2007-12. They are: (i) food- processing industry; (ii) textiles and clothing; (iii) tourism; and (iv) construction. Of these sectors, all except tourism are getting a fillip with the growth of organized retail. Currently, both the food-processing and textile industries are lagging behind (Table 4.1). It is particularly the small and medium industry (SMI) sector which will gain advantages with the emergence of organized retailers by becoming their suppliers. Modern retail will catalyze the development of the SMI sector in the country. Table 4.1: Growth of Selected Industries (Compound Annual Growth Rate in %) 1994-95 to 2000-01 to 1999-00 2006-07 General Index 7.6 6.9 Manufacturing 8.1 7.4 Food products 5.8 4.0 Cotton textiles 3.6 3.5 Wool, silk, and man-made fibre textiles 12.0 4.5 Textile products and apparel 7.7 9.0 Source: CSO 24
  • 42. 4.2.3 Boost to Exports Organized retail’s link with exports comes through foreign players. International retailers look for sources around the world and a country in which they operate becomes a source for their global sales. Some of the international retailers that have plans for India in the future have already developed suppliers in the country and have started exporting from India. For example, Wal-Mart exported an equivalent of US$ 600 million, and IKEA about 380 million euros from India in 2006-07. 4.2.4 Impact on Growth and Productivity Organized retail has the potential to lift the Indian economy to higher levels of productivity and growth. In the context of the United States, a McKinsey Global 11 Institute study indicated a contribution by the retail sector of nearly one-fourth of the rise in productivity growth from 1987-95 to 1995-99. In India, organized retail will raise productivity and growth by pulling up the current lagging sectors, such as agriculture, food-processing industry, and textiles. Besides, in order to meet the rapidly growing demand for retail space, construction of real estate is taking place at a fast pace. It is interesting to note that construction has been one of the fastest-growing segments of India’s GDP in recent years, recording an average annual real growth of 12 about 13 per cent during 2003-07. With regard to agriculture, organized retailing will work with farmers to: (i) improve yields by enabling them to obtain quality input supplies; (ii) adopt superior farm technology and practices; and (iii) access timely credit at reasonable rates. Organized retailing will offer the farmer an alternative market which is more transparent, and less time consuming. It will provide prompt payment, avoid margins for unproductive intermediaries, and ensure remunerative prices. As regards manufacturing, SMIs particularly in food-processing, textiles and clothing will get a tremendous boost by producing for the big organized retail companies and will grow along with the organized retail business. The tie-up with organized retail will drive these industries to become more efficient in order to meet the stringent delivery conditions of the retail market. Private labelling is the creation of brands in the name of modern retailers. It has already begun in India in the food and grocery, and apparel segments and is expected to expand rapidly. Small-scale manufacturers will be the major beneficiaries of private labels. In short, organized retailing will remove various inefficiencies that characterize the present Indian distribution system, which in turn will provide better price for the farmers and suppliers on the one hand, and lower prices for consumers, on the other. 4.2.5 Impact on Employment and Prices Employment in India is distributed in a skewed manner towards agriculture. Though the share of agriculture (including forestry and fishing) in GDP came down from 28.9 per cent in 1993-94 to 18.8 per cent in 2004-05, its share in employment remained 11 Quoted in Morgan Stanley Research (2006). 12 National Income Accounts, CSO. 25
  • 43. huge, coming down gradually from 61 per cent to 52.1 per cent during the same period (Table 4.2). The strength of workforce engaged in agriculture had been about 201 million in 2004-05. This is, in fact, a reflection of the lack of employment opportunities in the non-agricultural sectors. The industry’s share in employment went up from 15.9 per cent in 2003-04 to 19.4 per cent in 2004-05 which is somewhat better than the rise in its share in GDP from 25.9 to 27.5 per cent during the same period. The share of services in GDP rose sharply from 45.2 per cent in 1993-94 to 53.7 per cent in 2004-05 but its share in employment grew somewhat slowly from 23.1 per cent to 28.5 per cent during the same period. Within the services sector, the share of trade (both retail and wholesale included) in GDP rose from 11.9 per cent in 1993-94 to 14.9 per cent in 2004-05, but its share in employment grew marginally from 7.7 per cent to 8.4 per cent during the same period. The trade sector, particularly retail, is predominantly the unorganized “mom-and-pop” shops. Table 4.2: Share in GDP and Employment of Selected Sectors, 1993-94 to 2004-05 Share in GDP Share in Employment (%) (%) 1993- 1999- 2004- 1993- 1999- 2004- 94 00 05 94 00 05 1. Agriculture, forestry, and 28.9 25.0 18.8 61.0 56.6 52.1 fishing 2. Industry 25.9 25.3 27.5 15.9 17.6 19.4 Of which: Manufacturing 15.8 14.8 15.9 11.1 12.1 12.6 3. Services 45.2 49.7 53.7 23.1 25.8 28.5 Of which: Trade 11.9 13.0 14.9 7.7 8.2 8.4 Of which: Retail n.a n.a n.a n.a 7.4 7.3 Wholesale n.a n.a n.a n.a 0.8 1.1 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 n.a = not available. Note: Employment is based on “current daily status” except for trade (retail and wholesale) where only “usual status” data is available. Source: CSO and NSSO and Planning Commission. The growth of organized retail will enhance the employment potential of the Indian economy. While providing direct employment in retail, it will drive the growth of a number of activities in the economy which in turn will open up employment opportunities to several people. This includes the small manufacturing sector especially food-processing, textiles and apparel, construction, packing, IT, transport, cold chain, and other infrastructure. It may adversely affect employment in unorganized retail and the trade intermediaries associated with the traditional supply channels but the additional jobs created will be much higher than those that are lost. An important point to be noted is that while the jobs that organized retail displaces are the low-end, low-quality, underproductive ones, the new jobs created are the high- quality, productive ones. It also generates a number of jobs for unskilled labour for the tasks of sorting, grading, labelling, etc. 26
  • 44. Organized retail’s direct purchase from farmers and other suppliers compresses the supply chain and eliminates a large number of intermediaries and hence can offer consumers a lower price than the traditional channels. This has a subduing effect on inflation in the economy. Besides inflation, high volatility of prices of certain essential commodities, such as onions, sugar, tomatoes is an essential feature of the Indian economy. The spread of retail can mitigate price volatility of essential commodities by making them available throughout the year. 4.2.6 Improvement of Government Revenues Another significant advantage of organized retailing is its contribution to government revenues. Unorganized retailers normally do not pay taxes and most of them are not even registered for sales tax, VAT, or income tax. Organized retailers, by contrast, are corporate entities and hence file tax returns regularly. The growth of organized retail business will be associated with a steady rise in tax receipts for the central, state, and local governments. 4.3 Sample Surveys In order to understand the actual impact of the growing organized retail, the study carried out all-India surveys of following five entities: • Unorganized retailers • Consumers • Intermediaries • Farmers • Manufacturers Annex 4 gives the coverage and sampling design for these surveys. These surveys were carried out during the four months, May-August 2007. These surveys are confined to two major categories of product groups namely: (a) food and grocery; and (b) textiles and clothing. These two categories cover nearly 70 per cent of retail in the country in recent years. In order to conduct an impact study for this Report, it was felt appropriate to focus attention on these two categories. The unorganized retailers in the survey included the grocery and general stores, textile and readymade garment shops, fixed fruit and vegetable sellers, and push-cart fruit and vegetable hawkers. For the survey of traditional retailers, consumers and intermediaries, the study covered all seven mega-metro cities of population above 40 lakhs as per 2001 Census (Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, and Ahmedabad) and in addition, one mini-metro (of population between 10 lakhs and 40 lakhs) with strong organized retail presence from the North (Jaipur), West (Indore), and South (Kochi). For the survey of traditional retailers, the study interviewed 2,020 shops, of which 55 per cent belonged to grocery and general stores, 20 per cent textiles and clothing, 7 per cent fixed fruit and vegetable sellers and 8 per cent fruit and vegetable hawkers. They were selected, 20 each in the vicinity of each of the 101 chosen organized outlets of four different formats (hypermarket, supermarket, discount store, and department store). In analyzing the survey results, the retailers are classified into four 27
  • 45. regions: (a) North (consisting of surveyed retailers from Delhi and Jaipur); (b) West (surveyed retailers from Mumbai, Ahmedabad and Indore); (c) East (retailers from Kolkata); and (d) South (Chennai, Hyderabad, Bangalore and Kochi). After eliminating the outliers, there are 1,999 traditional retailers in the final sample. A consumer survey was conducted through exit interviews of 1,010 consumers, equally divided between 505 persons each who shopped at 101 organized outlets and another 505 persons who shopped at the same number of traditional retail outlets. The same 10 cities for the retailer survey were also covered in the consumer survey. After eliminating the outliers, there are 470 consumers shopping at organized outlets and 462 consumers shopping at unorganized outlets. One hundred intermediaries of various categories dealing in different commodities were interviewed from the 10 cities. Ninety seven intermediaries have remained in the sample after discarding outlier cases. Given the very diverse categories of intermediaries and the variety of products they deal in, a sample of 97 intermediaries may not represent this heterogeneous group and hence the results from this survey may be treated as more indicative than conclusive. For the farmers’ survey, 197 cauliflower cultivators belonging to Hoskote taluka near Bangalore have been chosen where many organized retailers have set up their collection centres. These farmers were interviewed for their transactions with one or 13 other of organized retailers, local mandi, Bangalore mandi, and mandis of other states. Finally, in the case of manufacturers, executives for 12 large manufacturers and 20 small manufacturers were interviewed on their experience with organized retailing. 4.4 Survey Results: Unorganized Retailers 4.4.1 Size of Unorganized Outlets The sampled traditional retail outlets had an average size of 217 sq. ft. including the storage area, with textiles and clothing shops having a higher average size of 256 sq. ft. and fixed fruit and vegetable shops an average size of 129 sq. ft. The grocery and general stores have an average size of 216 sq. ft. including the storage area (Table 4.3). Table 4.3: Store Area of Unorganized Retail Average Storage/ Total Sample Category Store Size Godown Average Size (sq. ft.) (sq. ft.) Store Area Grocery and general store 1,299 200 16 216 Textiles and clothing shop 394 231 25 256 Fixed fruit and vegetable seller 151 119 10 129 Total 1844* 200 17 217 * Excludes 155 push-cart hawkers from the total sample of 1,999 cases. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 13 Mandi means market in Hindi. 28
  • 46. 4.4.2 Employment Impact The sampled unorganized retail outlets employ more family labour than hired labour; on an average they employ 1.5 persons per shop from the family, and hired employees of 1.1 persons. The survey finds a marginal increase in overall employment for these outlets over the period of existence of the sampled organized retail outlets which averaged 21 months. However, there has been a general increase in employment in the South and East but a decline in the West and virtually no employment change in the North (Chart 4.1a and Chart 4.1b). Chart 4.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers) Chart 5.1a: Family Labour (Per 100 Retailers) 180 158 95% 160 149 151 148 149 152 154 153 152 136 140 75% 120 100 55% 80 60 35% 40 20 15% 0 8.4% India East West All- Sout 2.7% 0.8% h -1.3% -1.6% -20 -5% Nort h Now Before % Change Chart 4.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers) Chart 5.1b: Hired Labour (Per 100 Retailers) 144 146 150 134 23% 124 128 130 117 113 111 110 18% 90 73 72 13% 70 50 8% 9.2% 30 10 2.4% 3% -10 2.2% -1.4% -2% Nort Sout Wes -30 India h All- h t -50 -7% -7.3% East Now Be fore % Cha nge n
  • 47. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 29
  • 48. There appears to be a relation between the employment effect on unorganized retail and the period of existence of organized outlets; the adverse effect, if at all there is any, wears off with time. Interestingly, in the South and East, where the sampled organized retailers have been in operation for some time, there has been an increase in employment (Table 4.4 and Chart 4.1c). Table 4.4: Employment Impact on Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail (Compound Annual Growth) All-India North (Average West (Average East (Average South (Average (Average age=19 mos.) age=15 mos.) Age=41 mos.) Age=24 mos.) Age of age=21 mos.) Organized Employ- Employ- Employ- Employ- Employ- Outlets Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample ment ment ment ment ment size size size size size growth growth growth growth growth (Nos.) (Nos.) (Nos.) (Nos.) (Nos.) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Up to 1 year 235 -1.2 290 -7.4 0 n.a 388 6.6 913 -0.5 Above 1 year 171 -0.5 148 -1.9 0 n.a 232 5.6 551 1.8 up to 2 years Above 2 years 70 0.6 59 -2.0 27 3.0 40 2.4 196 0.5 up to 3 years Above 3 years 40 -0.7 20 -2.7 50 1.4 20 -1.3 130 -0.6 up to 4 years Above 4 years 0 n.a 0 n.a 10 -1.5 29 -0.7 39 -0.9 up to 5 years Above 5 years 10 4.1 8 -0.4 9 0.9 143 1.6 170 1.6 Total 526 -0.1 525 -3.4 96 1.0 852 2.7 1999 0.8 n.a = not applicable; mos. = months; Nos. = Numbers. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. Chart 4.1c: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Employment (Annualized Growth in %) 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 <1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years > 5 years North -1.2 -0.5 0.6 -0.7 4.1 Wes t -7.4 -1.9 -2 -2.7 -0.4 Eas t 3 1.4 -1.5 0.9 South 6.6 5.6 2.4 -1.3 -0.7 1.6 All-India -0.5 1.8 0.5 -0.6 -0.9 1.6 North West East South All-India 30
  • 50. 4.4.3 Impact on Turnover and Profit The survey has brought out that there has been an adverse impact on turnover and profit of the unorganized retail sector after the opening of organized outlets. The overall impact has been a decline in turnover of about 14 per cent and in profit of about 15 per cent over the period, which is an average of 21 months. Therefore, the annual decline in turnover and profit is in the range of 8-9 per cent. The negative impact has been felt most in the West with an annual fall in turnover and profit of 19 per cent followed by the North and East in the range of 10-16 per cent whereas the effect has been virtually insignificant in South (Table 4.5). Table 4.5: Annual Growth in Turnover and Profit of Unorganized Retail Outlets Average Age of Organized Annual Sample Turnover Outlets Growth in Size Growth (%) (Months) Turnover (%) North 526 -15.9 19 -10.2 West 525 -23.7 15 -19.0 East 96 -33.0 41 -11.1 South 852 2.4 24 1.2 All-India 1999 -13.7 21 -8.0 Average Age of Organized Annual Sample Profit Growth Outlets Growth in Size (%) (Months) Profit (%) North 526 -17.1 19 -11.1 West 525 -24.1 15 -19.4 East 96 -44.8 41 -16.1 South 852 -1.0 24 -0.5 All-India 1999 -15.3 21 -8.9 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. Here again, it is interesting to see that the adverse impact has been in the first 4-5 years of opening of organized outlets after which the negative effects peter out (Table 4.6). 31
  • 51. Table 4.6: Annual Growth in Monthly Turnover and Profit of Unorganized Retail by Age of Organized Retail North West East South All-India (Avr. age=19 mos.) (Avr. age=15 mos.) (Avr. Age=41 mos.) (Avr. Age=24 mos.) (Avr.age=21 mos.) Age of Organized Outlets Turnover Sample size Turnover Sample size Sample size Turnover Sample size Turnover Sample size Turnover growth (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) growth (%) (%) Up to 1 year 235 -23.3 290 -36.4 0 n.a 388 1.0 913 -22.8 Above 1 year up to 2 171 -7.9 148 -16.6 0 n.a 232 2.2 551 -7.5 years Above 2 years up to 70 -8.2 59 -9.4 27 -7.7 40 -0.7 196 -7.4 3 years Above 3 years up to 40 -5.2 20 -7.8 50 -14.0 20 -1.2 130 -8.3 4 years Above 4 years up to 0 n.a 0 n.a 10 -19.6 29 0.9 39 -1.9 5 years Above 5 years 10 -2.5 8 -6.1 9 -2.6 143 1.2 170 -0.3 Total 526 -10.2 525 -19.0 96 -11.1 852 1.2 1999 -8.0 Profit Sample size Profit Sample size growth Sample size Profit Sample size Profit Sample size Profit (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) (%) (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) growth (%) (Nos.) growth (%) Up to 1 year 235 -20.2 290 -37.1 0 n.a 388 -4.4 913 -23.5 Above 1 year up to 2 171 -9.5 148 -15.6 0 n.a 232 6.1 551 -6.3 years Above 2 years up to 70 -10.5 59 -12.8 27 -13.2 40 0.8 196 -9.9 3 years Above 3 years up to 40 -6.0 20 -7.3 50 -13.6 20 -1.3 130 -8.1 4 years Above 4 years up to 0 n.a 0 n.a 10 -26.8 29 -10.7 39 -12.6 5 years Above 5 years 10 -4.9 8 -6.1 9 -13.0 143 1.6 170 -0.8 Total 526 -11.1 525 -19.4 96 -16.1 852 -0.5 1999 -8.9 n.a = not applicable: Nos. = Numbers. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 32
  • 52. The weakening of the adverse impact on the small retailers over time is also depicted in Chart 4.2a and 4.2b. Chart 4.2a: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Turnover (Annualized Growth in %) 5 0 <1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years > 5 years -5 -10 -15 % -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 North West East South All-India Chart 4.2b: Temporal Impact on Unorganized Retail Profit (Annualized Growth in %) 10 5 0 <1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years > 5 years -5 -10 -15 % -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 North West East South All-India About 49 per cent of the sampled small retailers reported decrease in turnover while the rest reported either an increase (27 per cent) or no change (24 per cent). The proportion of unorganized retailers who experienced decline in turnover was highest in the East (71 per cent) followed by the West (66 per cent) and the North (57 per 33
  • 53. cent) and the South reported only a smaller proportion (30 per cent) with a decline in turnover (Table 4.7). Retailers, who reported a decline in turnover as a result of competition from organized retail, were about 59 per cent. This was highest in the East (83 per cent), followed by West (62 per cent), and South (59 per cent) and least in the North (49 per cent). Table 4.7: Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover (% of Sampled Retailers) North West East South All-India Decrease in Turnover 57 66 71 30 49 Reasons: • Competition from organized retail 49 62 83 59 59 • Competition from unorganized retail 13 6 4 9 9 • All other factors 38 32 13 32 32 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. The aforementioned data provides the information collected without indicating the influence of the organized retail outlets. When the unorganized retailers were directly asked about the impact of the opening of organized outlets in their vicinity, only 40 per cent respondents admitted that there was a negative impact. Region-wise, the adverse impact of organized retail was admitted by as much as 59 per cent in the West, followed by 48 per cent both in the North and East, and in the South only 23 per cent mentioned the adverse effect (Chart 4.3a). Category-wise, the impact has been perceived more by textiles and clothing shops at 46 per cent and least by fruit and vegetable hawkers at 34 per cent (Chart 4.3b). Chart 4.3a : Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Region (% of Sampled Retailers) Chart 5.3a: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers 100% by Region (% of Sampled 80% 59% 60% 48% 48% 40% 40% 23% 20% 0% North South East West All-India
  • 54. 34
  • 55. Chart 4.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Category (% of Sampled Retailers) Chart 5.3b: Adverse Impact on Unorganized Retailers by Category (% of Sampled 100% 80% 60% 46% 39% 39% 40% 40% 34% 20% 0% Groce ry & Te xtiles & Fixe d Fruit/ Ove rall ge ne clothing fruit/ ve ge ve ge ral s hops table selle table haw store s rs kers Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 4.4.4 Closure of Unorganized Outlets It is interesting to know whether the presence of organized retail has led to the closure of traditional outlets. The survey asked the respondent retailers whether they are aware of any closing down of small shops in their neighbourhood after the opening of organized outlets. A total of 151 such outlets were reported to have been closed down over an average period of 21 months, which constituted about 4.2 per cent annualized closure of retailers. This ratio is somewhat higher in the West at 6.8 per cent, about 4.5 per cent in the North, 3.5 per cent in the South and least at 2.1 per cent in the East. These rates of closure are very low by international standards. The US data show a 50 per cent closure of small businesses within four years of operation (Headd, 2003). However, only 41 per cent of the retailers attributed these closures directly to competition from organized retail. This means that the closure of unorganized retail outlets has been about 1.7 per cent a year on account of competition from organized outlets. This varied between a high of 3.2 per cent in the West to a low of 0.4 per cent in the East and 1.5 per cent in the South and 1.6 per cent in the North. 4.4.5 Response to Competition According to the survey, unorganized retailers have indicated a number of steps taken in response to competition from organized retail, such as adding new product lines and brands, better display, renovation of the store, introduction of self service, enhanced home delivery, more credit sales, acceptance of credit cards, etc. (Table 4.8).
  • 56. 35
  • 57. Table 4.8: Response to Competition from Organized Retail Outlets (% of Sampled Retailers) North East West South All-India Reduced prices 43 31 24 33 33 Reduced expenses 33 38 31 36 34 Reduced staff 11 22 20 19 17 Added new product lines 47 52 56 55 53 Discontinued some 20 22 26 34 28 product lines Increased number of 45 57 60 60 56 brands Better display 55 56 65 60 60 Introduced self-service 38 7 52 24 34 Done up my store 32 35 58 30 38 Improved home delivery 22 15 32 25 25 Increased store space 24 10 31 20 24 Increased price for some 4 4 3 16 9 consumers Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. Home delivery is at present provided by about 32 per cent of these retailers, and this proportion is highest in the West at 39 per cent, followed by the South at 34 per cent and then the North at 24 per cent and least in the East at 17 per cent. The survey indicated increased home delivery sales after the advent of organized retail (Chart 4.4a). Chart 4.4a : Increased Home Delivery Sales (% of Retailers reporting Home Delivery) Chart 5.4: Increased Home Delivery Sales (% of Retailers reporting Home Delivery) 60.0% 45.0% 38.6% 40.0% 20.0% 9.4% 7.0% 0.0% Started free home Giving home delivery only now delivery to more customers now
  • 58. delivery order size Reduced home Any other 36
  • 59. The results of the survey suggest that over a third of the retailers (35 per cent) currently provide cash credit to their customers and the proportion is highest at 44 per cent in the East and least in the South at 32 per cent and in between at 36-37 per cent in the West and North. The average share of credit sales to total sales has been 21 per cent, up from 13 per cent before the opening of organized outlets (Table 4.9). Table 4.9: Cash Credit Sales North East West South All-India % of Retailers giving Cash Credit 37 44 36 32 35 Change in cash credit sales: Started giving cash credit only now 24 29 49 26 32 Giving cash credit to more customers 43 63 26 38 38 now Giving cash credit for more amount 8 5 14 17 13 Giving cash credit for longer periods 1 - 9 13 8 Charging higher prices/interest on 5 - 2 3 3 credit sales No change 20 3 - 4 7 Mean per cent of cash credit sales 20 23 23 19 21 (now) Mean per cent of cash credit sales 15 11 17 14 13 (before) Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. Another interesting finding is that a section of traditional retailers are currently using a number of modern technological facilities and this section is going to widen in the future (Table 4.10). For example, acceptance of credit cards by small retailers is a new phenomenon resulting from the presence of organized retailers. Currently 7 per cent of the sampled unorganized retailers have installed credit card machines and the survey showed that a huge additional 24 per cent plan to use a credit card machine in the future. Computerized billing is done by 10 per cent of these retailers and an additional 27 per cent is planning to use it in the future. Scanning and bar coding is done currently by 4 per cent and an additional 17 per cent plan to use it in the future. Computerized accounting and inventory control is practised by 5 per cent now and 19 per cent more want to do it in the future. Refrigerant, freezer, and hot case facilities are already being used by 36 per cent and in addition 14 per cent wish to utilize it in the future. About 10 per cent of the traditional outlets are air-conditioned and another 21 per cent will opt for it in the future. Surprisingly, about 45 per cent of these retailers have an electronic weighing machine, and an additional 15 per cent want to set up this machine in the future. 37
  • 60. Table 4.10: Technological Facilities in Use by Unorganized Retailers (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) Plan to Use in Currently Future Available (Additional) Computerized billing 10 27 Credit card machine 6 24 Scanning / bar coding 4 17 Computerized accounting / inventory control 5 19 Refrigerant/ freezer / hot case 36 14 Air-conditioning 10 21 Electronic weighing machine 45 15 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 Access to bank credit is low among the surveyed unorganized retailers; only 12 per cent of the respondents had availed themselves of bank credit during the last year. This is much below the proportion of those who wish to secure bank credit at about 37 per cent (Chart 4.5a). Chart 4.5a : Bank Finance Situation (% of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) Chart 5.5: Bank Finance Situation (% of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) 100% No, 88% 80% 60% No, 54% Yes, 37% Do'nt 40% k now 20% Yes, 12% /cannot s ay, 9% 0% Proportion of retailers availing bank loans during the last 1- Willingness to avail bank year credit (including those who have already taken bank loan) Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. A majority of those who are willing to receive bank finance want it for expanding and adding additional services to the same business (Table 4.11).
  • 61. 38
  • 62. Table 4.11: Bank Finance Situation for Unorganized Retailers (As % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) North East West South All-India Proportion of Retailers availing bank 11 4 8 15 12 finance during last year (%) Willingness to avail of bank credit: Yes 33 48 25 45 37 No 61 41 72 40 54 Don’t know/ can’t say 5 11 2 15 9 If willing, what would you do with bank credit? Will start another business along with 12 21 29 18 19 current business. Will expand and add more services to 69 54 59 53 58 the same business. Will get out of this business and start 4 4 6 6 5 something new. Never thought about expanding my business even, if I had sufficient 2 2 1 6 4 finance. Don’t know/ can’t say. 13 17 5 17 14 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. Despite the adverse impact so far, a large majority of unorganized retailers showed their determination to continue in business. This is indicated by their response to the need for making changes to keep up with the changing times (Chart 4.6a). Chart 4.6a : Dealing with Competition – All-India Chart 5.6: Dealing with Competition - All-India I would like to Don't know/ change my business in Can't say (17%) keeping with modern times (30%) We have always been doing this I do not have the business in a resources to certain way. I do change my not see any business in reason to change keeping with that modern times (29%) (24%) 39
  • 64. The region-wise attitude of the sampled small retailers in dealing with competition is shown in Table 4.11. Table 4.12: Dealing with Competition by Unorganized Retailers (In % of Sampled Unorganized Retailers) North East West South All-India Would like to change business in keeping with 23 50 39 28 30 modern times. Do not have resources to 25 6 22 25 24 change my business. Doing this business in a certain way; I do not see any 32 17 36 23 29 reason to change. Don’t know /can’t say. 20 27 2 24 17 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 Even for the next generation, unorganized retailers want to continue the same business. Only 29 per cent of the respondents want their children to do something other than retail (Chart 4.7a). Chart 4.7a : Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your Business – All-India Chart 5.7: Attitude Towards Children Taking up Your Business - All-India I would definitely like my children Don't know/Can't to continue with say the same (28%) business (7%) I would like my children to get I would insist into my business that my children but will leave the take up anything choice to them other than this (36%) business (29%) This ratio is higher in the North at 38 per cent and least in the East at 16 per cent (Table 4.13).
  • 65. 40
  • 66. Table 4.13: Attitude towards Children taking up Your Business (As % of Sampled Retailers) North East West South All-India I would definitely like my 8 8 6 7 7 children to continue with the same business. I would like my children to 39 55 32 35 36 get into my business but will leave the choice to them. I would insist that my 38 16 29 25 29 children take up anything other than this business. Don’t know /can’t say. 16 21 33 33 28 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. There has been talk of organized retailers extending franchisee relationship to small retailers as a way of helping them to cope with the adverse impact. Surprisingly, unorganized retailers expressed their lack of interest to become a franchisee of organized retailers. On an average only 10 per cent are willing to take up franchisees and this proportion is hardly 3-4 per cent in the East and West but higher in the North at 18 per cent (Chart 4.8a). Chart 4.8a : Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized Retailers (% of Sampled Retailers) Chart 5.8: Willingness to Become Franchisee of Organized Retailers (% of Sampled Retailers) 100% 80% 60% 40% 18% 20% 10% 10% 3% 4% 0% North South East West Total Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 4.5 Control Sample Survey of Retailers The above analysis has shown that unorganized retailers over the past few years have been adversely affected in terms of their turnover and profit. Is this adverse effect confined only to traditional retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers? To test this, 41
  • 68. the authors have undertaken a survey of a sample of 805 unorganized grocery outlets, fixed fruit and vegetable sellers and push cart fruit and vegetable vendors (“control sample”) who are located away from the organized retailers. This was done in four cities, one each in the four regions (Delhi in the North, Kolkata in the East, Hyderabad in the South and Ahmedabad in the West). The methodology of this survey can be seen in Annex 4. The results of this survey in comparison with those done in the same cities for traditional retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers (“treatment sample”) are examined below. 4.5.1 Size and Age of Outlets As can be seen in Table 4.14, the average size and average age of outlets in both samples are similar. Although some variations exist in each city, the overall average of the store size is about 166-167 sq. ft. excluding the godown. Similarly, the average age of outlets in both samples work out to about nine years. Table 4.14: Average Size and Age of Outlets - Control Sample vs Treatment Sample Average Size of Average Age of Sample Size Store* (sq. ft.) Outlet (years) Treatment Control Treatment Control Treatment Control sample sample sample sample sample sample Delhi 357 363 144 142 10 9 Kolkata 58 60 130 116 14 12 Hyderabad 259 261 171 205 9 9 Ahmedabad 119 121 241 215 6 9 Overall 793 805 167 166 9 9 * Excluding godowns, if any, and push-cart vendors. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.5.2 Employment Situation The overall employment situation showed no change in the treatment sample which is in tune with the authors’ earlier analysis (Table 4.15). The treatment sample shows some decline in employment in Delhi and Ahmedabad, while Kolkata and Hyderabad have some increase in employment. In the control sample, Kolkata and Ahmedabad record strong growth in employment in the unorganized retail sector. Surprisingly, Delhi indicates a large decline in unorganized retail employment in the control sample and Hyderabad, no change. 42
  • 69. Table 4.15: Employment Impact - Control vs Treatment Sample Treatment Sample Control Sample Average age Annualized Annual % % Change in of organized % change in change in employment outlets (Yrs) employment employment Delhi 1.37 -0.91 -0.67 -3.37 Kolkata 3.02 6.19 2.01 4.58 Hyderabad 1.97 1.16 0.59 0 Ahmedabad 1.10 -3.06 -2.79 4.47 Overall 1.65 0 0 -0.53 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.5.3 Impact on Turnover and Profit Table 4.16 brings out the comparative position with regard to turnover and profit for unorganized retail in both treatment and control samples. The control sample records an overall growth in turnover of about 2 per cent and profit of about 5 per cent in the past one year; in the treatment sample, both turnover and profit declined by about 10 per cent per annum. This diverse impact as between the treatment and control samples is evident in all the four cities. Table 4.16: Impact on Turnover and Profit: Control vs Treatment Sample Treatment Sample Control Sample Average age of % Annualized % Change over organized outlets Change % change the past year (years) A. Turnover Delhi 1.37 -18.57 -13.92 2.93 Kolkata 3.02 -36.00 -13.74 0.80 Hyderabad 1.97 -2.54 -1.30 4.91 Ahmedabad 1.10 -21.97 -20.19 -5.05 Overall 1.65 -16.26 -10.20 2.11 B. Profit Delhi 1.37 -16.29 -12.17 3.54 Kolkata 3.02 -34.77 -13.19 12.10 Hyderabad 1.97 -1.76 -0.90 7.41 Ahmedabad 1.10 -28.46 -26.25 1.5 Overall 1.65 -16.42 -10.30 5.26 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 The dissimilar impact as between the treatment and control samples is also seen in the proportion of retailers who experienced a decline in turnover or profit. In the treatment sample, overall 50-51 per cent of unorganized retailers indicated a decline 43
  • 70. in turnover and profit, while that proportion was only 28-29 per cent in the control sample (Table 4.17). Table 4.17: Proportion of Retailers Showing Fall in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs Control Sample (in per cent) Treatment Sample Control Sample A. Turnover Delhi 57 29 Kolkata 67 32 Hyderabad 31 25 Ahmedabad 64 35 Overall 50 29 B. Profit Delhi 57 29 Kolkata 74 28 Hyderabad 32 24 Ahmedabad 64 33 Overall 51 28 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 The unorganized retailers who were subject to a decline in turnover and profit were asked the major reason for that decline. In the treatment sample, 50-58 per cent of retailers who were subject to decline in turnover and profit attributed it to competition from organized retail, whereas only 24-25 per cent in the control sample attributed it to organized retail (Table 4.18). Similarly, while only 12-13 per cent quoted competition from the unorganized retailers as the main reason for decline in the treatment sample, a larger 26-32 per cent considered that as the main reason for the decline in the control sample. Table 4.18: Reasons for Decline in Turnover/ Profit: Treatment Sample vs Control Sample (% of Sampled Retailers Subject to Decline) Treatment Control Sample Sample A. Turnover 1. Competition from organized retail 58 25 2. Competition from unorganized retail 12 32 3. All other factors 30 43 B. Profit 1. Competition from organized retail 50 24 2. Competition from unorganized retail 13 26 3. All other factors 37 50 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 44
  • 71. 4.6 Consumer Survey Results The purpose of the survey of consumers is to understand the behaviour of and benefits to consumers in shopping at organized vs. unorganized retail outlets. Exit interviews were conducted with 505 consumers who shopped at 101 organized outlets in the selected 10 cities and an equal number of consumers who shopped at 101 unorganized outlets in the same cities. After dropping the outliers, the sample has 470 customers at organized outlets and 462 at unorganized outlets. 4.6.1 Income Levels of Shoppers As expected, consumers shopping at organized outlets have higher income levels than consumers shopping at unorganized outlets. However, the middle class including the aspirers (covering monthly household income between Rs.10,000 to Rs. 1,00,000) which is the mainstay for retail, shop at both organized and unorganized outlets (Table 5.19). Table 4.19: Average Monthly Household Income of Shoppers (% Share) Shoppers at Shoppers at Income Group (Rupees) Unorganized Organized Outlets Outlets Up to 10,000 6 27 10,001 – 20,000 36 54 20,001 – 50,000 45 16 50,001 – 1,00,000 11 2 1,00,000 -10,00,000 2 1 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.6.2 Location Advantage for the Unorganized Retailers Location is a comparative advantage for unorganized retailers as the mean distance to the residence for consumers at unorganized outlets is 1.1 km compared to 2.6 km for consumers at organized outlets (Chart 4.9a). As expected, a majority of consumers walk to traditional retailers, while most of the consumers use own vehicle to reach organized outlets (Chart 4.9b). 45
  • 72. Chart 4.9a: Distance of Retail Outlets 70 Organized Unorganized 70 (N = 470) (N = 462) 60 60 64 50 50 40 40 % % 26 24 30 30 19 19 16 20 15 20 7 6 10 4 10 0 0 Upto 0.6 to 1 1 to 2 2 to 4 Above 4 Upto 0.6 to 1 1 to 2 2 to 4 Above 4 0.5 Km Km Km Km Km 0.5 k m Km Km Km Km Mean Distance = 2.6 Km Mean Distance = 1.1 Km Chart 4.9b: Mode of Transport Organized Unorganized (N = 470) (N = 462) 60 60 50 50 55 40 40 % 30 33 33 % 30 20 22 20 10 23 18 4 12 10 0 0 Walk Car Scooter/ Other Walk Car Scooter/ Other Bik e Bike Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 4.6.3 Preference for Organized vs Unorganized Retailers Those who shopped at organized outlets reported the main reasons as better product
  • 73. quality, lower price, one-stop shopping, choice of more brands and products, family shopping, fresh stocks, etc. Those who shopped at unorganized outlets attributed it to proximity to residence, goodwill, credit availability, possibility of bargaining, choice of loose items, convenient timings, home delivery, etc. 46
  • 74. The survey also throws light on the fact that shoppers do not shop exclusively at the organized or the unorganized outlets. They shop at both outlets and the share of spending varies from product to product. Even those who were interviewed at organized outlets, declared that 43-46 per cent of their spending on vegetables, fruit, non-staple food items, cooking oil and other packaged food items was from unorganized outlets (Table 4.20). On the whole, the sample shoppers at organized outlets make a 30 per cent of their spending on food and grocery, and textiles and clothing at unorganized outlets. Similarly, consumers interviewed at unorganized outlets also spend at organized outlets; on an average, 39 per cent of their monthly shopping is done at organized outlets. This is relatively higher for toiletries (59 per cent), household cleaning products (45 per cent), readymade garments (45 per cent), and cooking oil (41 per cent). Table 4.20: Share of Average Monthly Spending by Product Category of Consumers at Organized/ Unorganized Outlets (% Share) Consumers at Organized Consumers at Outlets Unorganized Outlets Spending at Spending at Spending at Spending at organized unorganized organized unorganized outlets outlets outlets outlets Staples 66 34 31 69 Other food items 59 41 34 66 Cooking oil 54 46 41 59 Other packaged foods 55 45 38 62 Toiletries 63 37 59 41 Household cleaning 54 46 45 55 products Fruit 56 44 36 64 Vegetables 57 43 35 65 Readymade garments 62 38 45 55 Total 70 30 39 61 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 The consumers at organized outlets were asked whether their overall spending on food and grocery, and textiles and clothing has increased, decreased, or remained the same after they started shopping from organized outlets. While 32 per cent of sampled consumers declared an increase in spending, 21 per cent indicated a decrease and the balance no change. Thus the arrival of organized retail has enhanced spending in general. The reasons indicated for higher spending have been mainly the purchase of larger quantities due to wider range of products, availability of attractive offers like discounts and promotional schemes, and access to better quality products with higher prices. 47
  • 75. 4.6.4 Savings from Organized Outlets Do the shoppers who buy at organized outlets save money? Yes, they save but the degree of saving depends upon the type of modern formats. The sampled consumers at organized outlets reported an overall saving of 4 per cent, and the saving is higher at 8 per cent at discount stores and supermarkets, and a low of 2 per cent at hypermarkets and hardly one per cent at departmental stores (textiles and clothing outlets). Interestingly, the survey has shown that small spenders save more from shopping at organized outlets (Table 4.21). Table 4.21: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending) Depart- Spending at Sampled Visit Discount Super- Hyper- mental Overall (Rupees) Store market market Store Up to 250 12 10 6 0 10 251 - 500 9 6 6 2 6 501 - 1000 7 9 6 4 7 1001 – 2000 7 10 3 2 6 2001 – 5000 5 4 0 1 1 Above 5000 0 0 2 0 0.4 Overall 8 8 2 1 4 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 Is it that the small spenders who save more at organized outlets are into cherry picking on discounted items irrespective of income levels or are they from the low- income brackets? Table 4.22 shows that it is really the low-income households who save more at organized outlets. Table 4.22: Savings from Buying at Organized Outlets by Format (as % of Spending) Depart- Monthly Household Income Discount Super- Hyper- mental Overall (Rupees) Store market market Store Up to 10,000 17 10 6 0 10 10,001 – 20,000 7 10 4 4 7 20,001 – 50,000 7 6 2 1 3 50,001 – 1,00,000 7 3 1 1 2 1,00,000 -10,00,000 0 7 0 0 1 Overall 8 8 2 1 4 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 48
  • 76. 4.6.5 Consumers’ View on Opening of More Organized Outlets Finally, consumers were asked about their opinion about opening of more organized outlets. Among the shoppers at organized outlets, 73 per cent wanted more organized outlets whereas only 34 per cent of shoppers at unorganized outlets preferred to have more organized outlets. Among both shoppers, a quarter did not want any more organized outlets (Chart 4.10a). Chart 4.10a : Attitude towards Opening of More Organized Outlets Organized Unorganized (N = 470) (N = 462) No Yes No No Opinion Opinion 34% 22% 40% 5% No Yes 26% 73% Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.7 Consumer Survey at Unorganized Fruit and Vegetable Outlets The above consumer survey did not include consumers who are shopping at pure fruit and vegetable shops located in fixed market areas or the push-cart hawkers selling fruit and vegetables. Separate exit interviews were conducted of a total of 308 consumers shopping at these outlets in nine major cities (all ten cities included earlier minus Kochi). The findings of this survey are given below. 4.7.1 Income Levels of Consumers About 52 per cent of the sampled shoppers at fixed and push-cart fruit and vegetable vendors are the low-income households (monthly income up to Rs. 10,000). Within the sample, it is observed that about 37 per cent (114 numbers) of consumers shop also from organized retail outlets and the majority (63 per cent) shop exclusively from unorganized outlets. If we consider the part of shoppers who exclusively shop from these outlets, 66 per cent of them belong to the low-income group (Table 4.23). Among those who also shop from organized outlets for fruit and vegetables, the majority (71 per cent) belongs to the middle-income category (monthly household income from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 1,00,000).
  • 77. 49
  • 78. Table 4.23: Average Monthly Household Income of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share) Consumers Buying Consumers Buying only Income Group Total also from Organized from Unorganized (Rupees) (N = 308) Outlets (N = 114) Outlets (N = 194) Up to 10,000 52 28 66 10,001 – 20,000 32 43 25 20,001 – 50,000 14 24 8 50,001 – 1,00,000 1 4 1 1,00,000 -10,00,000 1 1 0 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.7.2 Attractiveness of Shopping from Fruit and Vegetable Vendors Proximity comes out clearly as the major advantage of the traditional fruit and vegetable shops and hawkers with their mean distance for consumers at just one km (Chart 4.11a). A majority of consumers walk to these outlets (62 per cent), some travel by scooter or motor cycle (19 per cent). These results are similar to what was evident in the case of consumers shopping at neighbourhood kirana shops. Chart 4.11a : Distance and Mode of Transport to Unorganized Retail Vendors Distance to Vendors Mode of Transport 70 62 70 62 60 60 50 50 40 40 % % 30 28 30 19 20 20 10 8 8 7 10 3 2 1 0 0 Upto 0.5 0.6 to 1 1 to 2 Km s 2 to 4 Km By Scoote r/ Au to Bi cycl e By C ar Bu s Km s Km s s Wal k Bi k e Mean Distance = 1.04 km Besides closeness to residence, the survey has highlighted the other attractive features of shopping from these retail outlets as: possibility of bargaining, freshness of products, better quality, lower price, choice of varieties, credit availability, convenient timings, e etc.
  • 79. 50
  • 80. 4.7.3 Share of Purchases, Organized vs Unorganized Outlets As indicated earlier, some of the consumers who shop at unorganized fruit and vegetable outlets also shop from organized outlets. On an average, these shoppers make 11 purchases in a month of which two are made from organized outlets. In the case of the shoppers who also shop from organized outlets (which constitute 37 per cent of the sample); they make 13 purchases a month of which four are from organized outlets. If we consider all those who shop exclusively from unorganized outlets, they shop 10 times a month (Table 4.24). As regards the level of spending in these outlets, the consumers on an average spend approximately Rs. 1,085 in a month on fruit and vegetables of which nearly one-fifth is spent at organized outlets. If one takes into account only those who shop also from organized outlets, they make over two-fifths of their fruit and vegetable purchases from organized outlets. Table 4.24: Share of Purchases of Consumers at Unorganized Fruit & Vegetable Outlets (% Share) Consumers Consumers Buying Buying only Total also from from (N = 308) Organized Outlets Unorganized (N = 114) Outlets (N = 194) A. Frequency of monthly purchases 1. Average number of 11 13 10 purchases 2. Purchases from organized 2 4 0 outlets 3. Purchases from 9 9 10 unorganized outlets B. Monthly expenditure 1. Average monthly 1085 1307 955 expenditure (Rs.) 2. % Spending at organized 18.7 41.8 0 outlets 3. % Spending at unorganized 81.3 58.2 100.0 outlets Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.7.4 Preference for Additional Organized Outlets These consumers were also asked whether they would like the opening of additional organized outlets for fruit and vegetables, a third answered in the positive. About 29 per cent did not want any additional organized outlets and 38 per cent did not have any opinion (Chart 4.12a). 51
  • 81. Chart 4.12a : Preference for Additional Organized Outlets for Fruit & Vegetables No Opinion Yes 38% 33% No 29% Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. 4.8 Intermediary Survey Results The profile of the sampled 97 intermediaries by type and by commodity and product group is given in Table 4.25. Table 4.25: Profile of Sampled Intermediaries by Type and Commodity/ Product Group (in numbers) Packaged Cooking Veget- Rice Wheat Pulses Consumer Fruit Apparel Total* Oil ables Products Commission 0 1 0 1 0 3 3 0 8 agent Miller/trader 1 1 2 4 3 0 0 2 9 Regional 0 1 1 0 2 0 1 1 5 wholesaler C & F agent 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Wholesaler 5 4 7 6 8 5 5 5 41 Local comm- 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 2 ission agent Company 4 2 3 3 10 0 0 2 19 stockist Distributor 1 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 7 Authorized 0 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 3 dealer Others 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 * In some cases, the same intermediary is engaged in more than one product category and hence the row total may add more than the last column total. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 4.8.1 Business Profile and Employment Intermediation is the core business for 96 per cent of the sampled intermediaries. A majority of them have been in business for a very long period: 36 per cent are in a business for more than 20 years and only 29 per cent are for less than 10 years.
  • 82. 52
  • 83. Thirty-two per cent of the intermediaries interviewed are company-appointed stockists or distributors. A bulk of the sampled intermediaries has good infrastructural backing: 71 per cent have warehouses and 80 per cent of them own those warehouses; 50 per cent of the intermediaries have their own transport and 77 per cent of them own them. 97 intermediaries employed 586 persons under them in 2006-07, almost the same number of 587 employees in 2005-06. 4.8.2 Business Turnover and Profit The sampled intermediaries reported an increase of turnover by 7.5 per cent in 2006- 07 over 2005-06 and an increase in profit by 15 per cent also over the same period. However, the sample indicated that there was: (i) some decline in turnover in fruit, vegetables and apparel; (ii) a decline in profit in vegetables and apparel; and (iii) stagnation in profit in pulses, packaged consumer products and fruit (Table 4.26). Table 4.26: Turnover and Profit by Product Category Average Turnover Average Profit Product/ (Rs. million) (Rs. million) Commodity 2005-06 2006-07 2005-06 2006-07 Cooking oil 21.3 22.0 1.4 1.5 Rice 15.0 16.6 2.7 3.4 Wheat 11.8 12.6 2.0 2.7 Pulses 11.6 12.7 1.0 1.0 Packaged consumer 8.1 11.2 0.7 0.7 products Fruit 8.1 7.9 0.5 0.5 Vegetables 4.1 3.6 0.3 0.2 Apparel 7.9 7.8 0.6 0.5 Total average 10.6 11.4 1.0 1.15 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 The sampled intermediaries were asked whether they have experienced an increase, decrease or constant turnover and profit in the past year compared to the previous year. In both turnover and profit, the number who reported increase had been 23-24 per cent which is lower than those who reported decrease (33 per cent for turnover and 38 per cent for profit). With both overall turnover and profit showing an increase, it implies that the smaller intermediaries have been affected. Interestingly, product- wise response indicated that a greater number of intermediaries had decreases than increases except in product categories of rice and wheat for both turnover and profit, and pulses for turnover (Table 4.27). 53
  • 84. Table 4.27: Change in Turnover and Profit by Product Category Turnover in 2006-07 Profit in 2006-07 Product/ over 2005-06 over 2005-06 Commodity Decreas Increase Same Increase Decrease Same e Edible Oil 23 54 23 23 54 23 Rice 31 23 46 38 31 31 Wheat 27 7 67 27 7 66 Pulses 28 17 56 28 28 44 Packaged consumer 31 31 38 31 34 35 Products Fruit 33 44 23 33 56 11 Vegetables 0 50 50 0 50 50 Apparel 9 27 64 0 27 73 Overall 24 33 43 23 38 39 Note: The figures are in terms of percentage of respondents who are 97 in number Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 Intermediaries were asked whether the emergence of organized retail had any adverse impact on them. Thirty seven per cent have admitted an adverse impact, while 59 per cent indicated no adverse impact. However a larger proportion of intermediaries dealing in commodities, such as rice (54 per cent), fruit (56 per cent), vegetables (50 per cent) and packaged consumer products (42 per cent) have indicated negative impact (Table 4.28). Table 4.28: Adverse Impact of Organized Retail on Intermediaries Don't Know/ Product/ Commodity Yes No Can't Say Cooking oil 31 62 8 Rice 54 46 0 Wheat 20 80 0 Pulses 22 67 11 Packaged consumer products 42 58 0 Fruit 56 44 0 Vegetables 50 50 0 Apparel 18 73 9 Overall 37 59 4 Note: The figures are in terms of percentage of respondents who are 97 in number. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007 The intermediaries were also asked whether they adopted changes in their business strategy to meet the threat from organized retail. Only 19 per cent had admitted changes in business strategy during 2006-07. The measures included improved 54
  • 85. services to customers, reduction in margins, dealing in better quality products, reduction of expenditure, reduced staff, new product lines, and increased credit sales. While 37 per cent had indicated adverse impact of organized retail, a lower proportion of 31 per cent intermediaries reported possible adverse impact of organized retail in their future business (Chart 4.13a). Even this 31 per cent plan different strategies to remain competitive to cope with the adverse effect of organized retailing, such as offering discounts, reducing margins, putting pressure on the government, shifting to better quality and branded products, increasing the variety of products, enhancing credit facility, etc. Chart 4.13a : Adverse Impact on Future Business Don't Know/ Can't Say, 20% Ye s , 31% No, 49% Source: DRS-ICRIER Retail Survey 2007. With regard to future plans, 66 per cent are prepared to invest and expand business and remain competitive. About 89 per cent want to remain in the same business, while only 3 per cent are thinking of changing the business line. An overwhelming proportion – almost two-thirds want their children to get into intermediary business and only 22 per cent did not want their children to be in the same business (Chart 4.14a). Chart 4.14a : Succession Plans 13 14 22 51 I w ould lik e m y childre n to ge t into m y bus ine s s but w ill le ave choice on the m I w ould ins is t that m y childr e n tak e up anything othe r than this bus ine s s Don’t' Know /Can't Say I w ould de finite ly lik e m y childr e n to continue w ith the s am e bus ine s s 5 55
  • 86. 5. Impact of Organized Retailing on Producers 5.1 Introduction This chapter analyses the impact of organized retail on farmers and manufacturers. The study of the impact of organized retail on farmers is undertaken in two parts. The first part explores the supply chain of agricultural produce. This has been done for 14 cauliflower farmers in Hoskote, Bangalore. The second part is an exhaustive survey of 197 cauliflower farmers in the same area. These farmers rely on multiple channels to sell their produce and the results of this survey have been analysed to find out the comparative advantages for the farmer. The chapter also reports the findings from interviews of manufacturers. To understand the impact on manufacturers, interviews of the management were conducted for 12 important FMCG and apparel producers. In addition, 20 small producers were also interviewed separately to learn about how the small sector is impacted and is coping with the emergence of organized retail. 5.2 Plotting the Supply Chain Subsequent to the investigation in and around Bangalore (Hoskote), where interviews were conducted with all market players in the supply chain, seven unique supply chains were mapped (Chart 5.1). These chains trace the various paths adopted by the farmer to sell his produce. The only logistic service providers are the transporters. Most of the services required, such as loading, unloading, grading, sorting and packing, are undertaken either by the farmer or the intermediary or the retailer. These services are value additions for either the farmer or the retailer. The selling price of the cauliflower is given in rupees in the arrow box below each player’s name. All prices are applicable for one head of cauliflower. The cauliflower is graded by size 15 and weight. Not all players buy all the grades of cauliflower. Hence prices of only those grades that the respective player sells to the buyer are given. The presence of those intermediaries (wholesalers) within the dotted arrow boxes is optional. On most occasions, these wholesalers are absent from the chain. These wholesalers are typically responsible for the produce reaching the small retailers such as the small stationery vegetable shops and the many push-cart vendors and hawkers. With the exception of the last two chains, (f) and (g)), which pertain only to organized retailers, in all the other chains, the retailer may be an organized or a traditional retailer. Most farmers utilize a mix of the chains listed above. 14 The climate in Bangalore is suited to growing cauliflower throughout the year. The vegetable is transported from Bangalore to other states in India all through the year. Hoskote is one of the largest cauliflower producing areas in the country. 15 A cauliflower weighing over 750g is considered as “large” (L), while a “medium” (M) weighs between 400-750g and a head that weighs less than 400g is “small” (S). 56
  • 87. Chart 5.1: The Cauliflower Supply Chain Farmer Transporters CA* Wholesaler Retailer L: 8-9 (Service L: 8-9 L: 10-10.50 L: 15-16 a) M: 4-4.50 provider) M: 4-4.50 M: 6-6.50 M: 11-12 S: 2 S: 2 S: 3-4 S: 8-9 Farmer Wholesaler Retailer b) L: 7-7.50 L: 8.50-9.50 M: 5 M: 6-7 Farmer Wholesaler Wholesaler Retailer CA* L: 8-9 L: 10.50-11 L: 12.50-13.50 L: 17-19 c) L: 10.50-11 M: 4-4.50 M: 6.50-7 M: 6.50-7 M: 8-8.50 M: 13-14 S: 2 S: 3 S: 3 S: 6-7 S: 9-10.50 Farmer Shandi Consumer d) L: 9-10 M: 6-7 S: 5 Farmer Safal Market Wholesaler Retailer e) L: 9.50-10.50 (NDDB) L: 11.50-12 L: 15.50-16 M: 7.50-8 L: 9.50-10.50 M: 9.50-10 M: 12-13 M: 7.50-8 Farmer Group Leader/ Collection Supermarket f) Consolidator Centre L: 9-9.50 L: 10-10.50 L: 14-15 Farmer Collection Supermarket g) Centre L: 10-10.50 L: 14-15
  • 88. *Commission Agent 5.2.1 Cost of Cultivation Investigation at the field level indicated that cultivation practices of farmers supplying to organized retailers and farmers not doing so were different. Therefore, interviews were held with both categories of farmers to understand farming practices and differences in the costs, if any, of cultivation. Table 5.1 provides the number of cauliflowers planted and harvested by the farmer differentiated as between the various channels to which he sells his produce. 57
  • 89. Table 5.1: Sowing Patterns of Farmers Cauliflowers Planted and Harvested per Acre First Buyer or Market of the Farmer Number of Cauliflowers Mandi Wholesaler Shandi NDDB Consolidator Retailer I Total planted 18000 18000 18000 18000 15000 12000 Numbers II harvested (a) Large 6000 6000 6000 6000 10000 7000 (b) Medium 4000 4000 4000 4000 3000 2500 (c) Small 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 1500 Total 12000 12000 12000 12000 14000 11000 16 III Wastage 6000 6000 6000 6000 1000 1000 Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER A farmer who does not supply to an organized retailer, directly or through a consolidator, seems to sow as many as 18,000 heads per acre of land. Farmers who do supply to organized retailers stated that sowing fewer heads ensures better quality produce. The farmers also stated that retailers too recommend the sowing of not more than 15,000 heads on an acre of land. Farmers who do not supply to organized retailers are aware that the crop yields bigger and better quality heads when fewer numbers are sown. However, they stated that greater numbers meant more flowers to sell. Interestingly, as per information collected and tabulated above, wastage is the highest among the farmers who are not associated with organized retailers. Farmers associated with organized retailers seem to not only have low wastage but also better quality yields. Table 5.2 puts down the costs of cultivation per acre of different farmers categorized by the first buyer or market that they sell to. The costs of cultivation for farmers supplying to the mandi, wholesaler, shandi or the NDDB market are the same. The differences arise in commissions payable and charges payable for transport and loading and/or offloading. All costs, except commission, are expressed in rupees. Commission is expressed in terms of percentage of the selling price. 17 From Table 5.2 it is evident that the farmer, who supplies to the consolidator (who in turn supplies to the organized retailer), incurs the highest cost for crop care. However, that farmer also has a fair number of “large” cauliflowers and low wastage. The same is true of a farmer supplying to an organized retailer directly. The farmers 16 Wastage here refers to the number of cauliflower heads that are not fit to be sold or consumed. Some farmers however do choose to feed the same to cattle. 17 The consolidator is sometimes also referred to as the group leader. 58
  • 90. who are not associated with organized retailers spend only half of what their counterparts do on crop care. It is perhaps because of this that the quality of the yield varies substantially. Table 5.2 Cost of Cultivation of Cauliflower per Acre Stages of the First Buyer or Market of the Farmer Supply Chain Mandi Wholesaler Shandi NDDB Consolidator Retailer Cost of Cultivation Land 10,600 10,600 10,600 10,600 10,100 13,400 preparation Crop care 7,100 7,100 7,100 7,100 20,750 12,325 Labour 2,800 2,800 2,800 2,800 9,000 4,600 Total 20,500 20,500 20,500 20,500 39,850 30,325 Logistics Loading/ 300 0 0 0 0 0 Offloading Transport 1000 0 200 500 0 0 Total 1,300 0 200 500 0 0 Commission 10% 0 0 0 0 0 Total Cost (excluding 21,800 20,500 20,700 21,000 39,850 30,325 commission) Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER 5.2.2 Farmer’s Profit Table 5.3 computes farmer’s profit. Costs of production in column two of the table is inclusive of the 10 per cent commission that is payable by the farmer to the commission agent. A 10 per cent commission has been computed on the sale proceeds received by the farmer for a large, medium, and small head of cauliflower and the total of the three has been added to the cost of cultivation value given in Table 5.2. The costs of production of those farmers selling either directly or through the consolidator to the organized retailer in the value chain (f) and (g) also show an increase in the cost of production. These farmers typically sell their large heads to the organized retailer and use value chain (a) to sell the rest of their produce at the mandi. The cost of production of the farmers using value chains (f) and (g) is also inclusive of costs incurred for selling a part of their produce at the mandi. 59
  • 91. Table 5.3: Farmer’s Profit for Cauliflower Cost of Prices Received (in Rs.) Sales Proceed (in Rs.) Production per Total Sales Total Profit Per Value Acre Proceed (in Profit Head Chain (in Rs.) Large Medium Small Large Medium Small Rs.) (in Rs.) (in Rs.) (a) 29,400 9 4.5 2 54,000 18,000 4,000 76,000 46,600 3.88 (b) 20,500 9.5 7 1.5 57,000 28,000 3,000 88,000 67,500 5.62 (c) 20,500 11 7 3 66,000 28,000 6,000 1,00,000 79,500 6.62 (d) 20,700 10 7 5 60,000 28,000 10,000 98,000 77,300 6.44 (e) 21,000 10.5 8 1.5 63,000 32,000 3,000 98,000 77,000 6.41 (f) 40,350 9.5 8 1.5 95,000 24,000 1,500 1,20,500 80,150 5.72 (g) 30,825 10.5 8 1.5 73,500 20,000 2,250 95,750 64,925 5.90 Note: See Chart 5.1 for Supply Chains (a) to (g). Source: Compiled from interviews conducted by ICRIER 60
  • 92. It is evident from the above table that the farmer using value chain (a) makes far less profit per flower than a farmer using any of the other chains. This is despite the fact that the costs of production of the farmer using the mandi is significantly lower than a farmer who produces cauliflower to supply to an organized retailer. The reason why a farmer using chain (c) is better off than all others is because the final price paid by the consumer in that chain is significantly higher than all other chains. The farmer is able to absorb some of this added margin. With the exception of this particular value chain, it is justified to infer from all other supply chains that the profit per flower decreases with the increase in the number of intermediaries in the supply chain. 5.2.3 Profit Margin for Each Player in the Supply Chain Chart 5.2 depicts the share of margin of each player. Shares have been computed as a proportion of the selling price to the consumer in each respective chain, for one large cauliflower. Chart 5.2: Share of Profit for Farmer, Intermediary and Retailer in the Consumer Price of Cauliflower g 19% 51% 30% 19% 44% 7% 30% f Cost of 11% 55% 9% 25% e Production 17% 83% d Farmer 9% 38% 24% 29% c Intermediary 18% 61% 21% Retailer b 15% 41% 9% 34% a 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% While here it is true that the farmer does receive a reasonable share of the selling price in all the chains, it is also true that he could receive more if there is less number of intermediaries. The value chains (b) and (e) are used scarcely, and value chain (d) has the farmer selling directly to the consumer. In value chain (f) and (g), where the farmer is linked to the organized retailer, he receives a relatively higher share of the selling price, compared to value chain (a) which is the traditional mandi channel. 5.3 Farmer Survey Results The details of the methodology for the farmer survey are provided in Annex 4. The analysis of the survey results has been organized as follows:
  • 93. 61
  • 94. 1. Farmer profiling a. Education b. Land ownership and irrigation facility c. Asset ownership d. Vehicle ownership e. Availing of credit 2. Quantitative advantages (profitability of the farmer) 3. Qualitative advantages 5.3.1 Farmer Grouping A two-way grouping of farmers was adopted. Group one was used for profiling the farmers and computing the costs of cultivation. Group two was used to compute the costs of transaction. Group one is a mutually exclusive grouping of farmers based on where the farmer sells the majority of his produce. Of the 197 farmers surveyed, 145 supply the majority of their produce to the mandi, 12 to the retailers’ collection centre, 8 through the consolidator to organized retail, two to the Safal mandi, 26 to the wholesaler, and the remaining four to local villagers, and the shandi at Bangalore city. Group two is a non-mutually exclusive grouping of farmers based on the choice of the marketing channels adopted by the farmer for the sale of their produce. Each group contained the number of farmers opting to sell their produce, irrespective of the share of the sale of produce, through the respective channel. Of the farmers that were surveyed 171 farmers sell some part of their produce to the commission agent at the mandi, 24 farmers sell some part to the organized retailer directly, 20 farmers sell a part of the share to the organized retailer through a consolidator, 65 farmers sell some share of their produce to the wholesaler, and 22 sell a part of their produce to local villagers and at the shandi. Interestingly, there were only two farmers amongst those surveyed that used the Safal mandi as a marketing channel to sell their produce. Table 5.4: Farmer Grouping Shandi Commission Collection Safal Consolidator Wholesaler & Local Total Agent Centre Mandi Villager For Profiling/ Cultivation Cost 145 12 8 2 26 4 197 calculation (Group One) For Calculation of Costs of Sales 171 24 20 2 65 22 304 transactions (Group Two) Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 62
  • 95. 5.3.2 Farmer Profiling Education Level Table 5.5 shows the education level of the farmers opting for any marketing channel. The farmers selling to the collection centre directly or through a consolidator seem to have a relatively larger proportion with an education equivalent to the secondary or intermediate level. Table 5.5: Level of Education of Head of Farmer Households (%) Shandi Education Commission Collection Safal & Local Overall Consolidator Wholesaler level Agent Centre Mandi Villager No. of 197 145 12 8 2 26 4 Farmers No. of 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Farmers (%) Illiterate 12 15 0 0 0 4 0 Literate but no formal 24 22 42 38 50 15 50 schooling Primary/ up to 5th 29 29 33 13 50 31 25 standard Secondary/ up to 10th 28 30 17 25 0 31 25 standard Intermediate/ up to 12th 6 3 8 25 0 12 0 standard Diploma 1 1 0 0 0 4 0 Some college, but 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 not graduate Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Land Ownership and Irrigation It was found from the survey that farmers supplying to the organized outlets through a consolidator and farmers opting to sell to the Safal mandi own larger land holdings than those selling to other outlets (Table 5.6). Also, in the case of farmers supplying either directly or through the consolidator to the organized outlets, their land is well irrigated. 63
  • 96. Table 5.6: Land Ownership (Owned and Leased) Shandi& Land Commission Collection Safal Overall Consolidator Wholesaler Local Ownership Agent Centre Mandi Villager No. of 197 145 12 8 2 26 4 Farmers Size of operated 4.43 4.49 4.42 9.38 9.5 2.33 3.75 total land (in acres) Operated Land 0.07 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 leased-out (in acres) Operated Owned 4.36 4.39 4.42 9.38 9.5 2.31 3.75 Land (In acres) Operated Lease-In 0.07 0.1 0 0 0 0.02 0 Land % Area under 51 60 77 61 42 80 60 irrigation Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Asset Ownership and Vehicle Ownership The farmers associated directly with organized retail also seem to be better endowed with assets. The most common form of irrigation in the area seems to be through borewell and a large part of the surveyed farmers own a tractor too (Chart 5.3). Chart 5.3 : Asset Ownership (in %) Chart 6.3: Asset Ownership (in % ) 120 100 Tractor 80 Pump set Valu 60 Bore well e Cart Sprayer 40 20 0 First Buye r/Ma rke t
  • 97. 64
  • 98. A major feature in ownership of assets is that farmers associated directly or indirectly with organized retail own four-wheelers. It is through these four-wheelers that farmers transport their produce, while other farmers incur costs for transport hiring (Chart 5.4). Chart 5.4 : Vehicle Ownership (in %) Chart 6.4: Vehicle Ownership (in % ) 120 100 80 4 Wheeler Value 60 2 Wheeler Phone 40 Bicycle 20 0 Overall Commission Collection Consolidator Safal Mandi Wholesaler Agent Centre Shandi & Local Villager First Buyer/Market Credit Availability Farmers avail of two kinds of credit for: (a) personal needs, and (b) cultivation. A common perception has been that most farmers prefer to go to the village money lender or to the commission agent for loans. While this seems to be true in the case of personal loans, most farmers seem to approach the banks for agricultural operations (Table 5.7). Table 5.7: Sources of Finance for Cultivation Shandi& Agriculture Commission Collection Safal Overall Consolidator Wholesaler Local Loan Agent Centre Mandi Villager No. of farmers 197 145 12 8 2 26 4 % Availing of 42 45 75 0 0 19 100 credit Source of Loan (Yes, %) Bank 40 42 75 0 0 15 100 Village lender 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 Commission 0.5 1 0 0 0 0 0 agent Wholesaler 0.5 0 0 0 0 4 0 % Possessing Bank 62 61 92 93 100 46 100 Account Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007
  • 99. 65
  • 100. Farmers who deal with organized retail directly avail themselves of most number of loans in general and also the most number of loans from the bank. Most of them have bank accounts. However, for personal loans, they do not approach banks but surprisingly, wholesalers (Table 5.8). Table 5.8: Sources of Finance for Personal Need Shandi& Commission Collection Safal Personal Loan Overall Consolidator Wholesaler Local Agent Centre Mandi Villager No. of farmers 197 145 12 8 2 26 4 % Availing 8 7 17 13 0 8 0 personal loans Sources of loan (yes, %) Commission 3 3.5 0 0 0 0 0 agent Wholesaler 5 3.5 17 13 0 8 0 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 5.3.3 Quantitative Advantages While there are several factors that help the farmer in choosing a marketing channel, the primary driver is profitability. A farmer chooses a particular channel depending on the channel’s profitability. Organized retailers too claim that they aid the farmer in increasing the latter’s profitability by not only offering them a better price but also by saving on their transaction cost. Price Advantage Table 5.9 clearly indicates that the farmer associated with organized retail does get a better price for a large head of cauliflower. This is however not necessarily true in the case of medium and small heads. This is because the organized retailer usually buys only large heads. Table 5.9: Average Price Received by Farmer per Head of Cauliflower Commission Collection Safal Whole- Shandi at Local Consolidator Agent Centre Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers No. of farmers 171 24 20 2 65 7 15 Average price received per head Large 12.40 12.68 13.44 0 12.15 14.00 12.83 Medium 7.68 7.95 7.22 0 7.50 8.00 7.50 Small 3.45 3.37 3.33 0 3.25 3.00 3.00 Mixed 7.57 8.40 10.54 8.39 7.82 8.46 7.11 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 66
  • 101. Profitability of the Farmer The survey attempted to capture the cost of production, cost of transaction, the realization, and thus the profitability of the farmer. Cost of Cultivation = Cost of Fertilizer + Cost of Pesticide + Cost of Labour Cost of Transaction = Cost of Loading + Cost of Transportation + Cost of Unloading Total Cost of Production = Cost of Cultivation + Cost of Transaction Table 5.10 provides the breakdown of average cost, price realization, and profit per head of cauliflower of a farmer supplying to each marketing channel. The data has 18 been collated from the survey results. Table 5.10 : Profit per Head of Cauliflower (excluding commissions payable) Shandi & Commission Collection Safal Consolidator Wholesaler Local Agent Centre Mandi Villagers No. of 171 24 20 2 65 18 farmers Input cost 1.23 1.07 1.36 1.5 1.36 1.11 Labour cost 0.9 0.73 0.99 1.4 0.61 1.06 Cost of 2.13 1.8 2.35 2.9 1.97 2.17 cultivation Transaction 1.1 0.7 0.6 1 0.9 0.5 cost Total cost 3.23 2.5 2.95 3.9 2.87 2.67 Price 7.0 8.0 9.6 8.0 8.64 7.42 realization Profit 3.77 5.5 6.65 4.1 5.77 4.75 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 The profitability is the lowest for the farmer selling to the commission agent at the mandi and the highest for the farmer selling to organized retail through the consolidator, despite his cost of production being the highest. The survey results seem to corroborate the value chain analysis. The farmers supplying to organized retail through the consolidator seem to invest a lot of money in crop care. However, as the value chain analysis also suggested, the quality of produce of these farmers is far better than their counterparts supplying to other channels. The transaction cost is the highest for the farmer selling to the mandi and one of the lowest for the farmers associated with organized retail. 18 The survey questionnaire contained detailed questions on costs of cultivation, shares of sale to each marketing channel, prices received and number of heads sold. Average cost, price realization, and profit were calculated based on the number of farmers using each marketing channel. 67
  • 102. Commissions Paid by the Farmers The above computations do not include the commissions that are paid to commission agents by farmers. Table 5.11 below depicts the pattern of commission fees as revealed from the survey. Table 5.11: Commission Paid by Farmer Commission Collection Safal Whole- Shandi at Local Consolidator Agent Centre Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers No. of 171 24 20 2 65 7 15 farmers No. of 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 farmers (%) Commission % of Farmers paying Commission Fee in % 25% 0.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 16% 0.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 10% 92.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8% 0.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6% 1.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 5% 4.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other 1.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Table 5.10 clearly indicates that it is only the farmer supplying to the commission agent in the mandi who pays the commission. Ironically, the APMC Act states quite clearly that all commissions that are paid to the commission agent are to be collected 19 from the buyer and not the seller (farmer). However, commission agents take their share from not the buyer but from the farmer, and the commission is fixed largely at 10 per cent. If one were to deduct commissions payable too from the realization of the farmer supplying to the mandi, his profit would drop even further making the mandi the most unprofitable channel. It was earlier seen that the price realization too is the highest for the farmers associated with organized retail. The above results clearly illustrate that the farmer associated with organized retail stands to gain considerably. 5.3.4 Qualitative Advantages Share of Different Marketing Channels Apart from the two farmers who sell their entire produce at the Safal mandi, it is the farmers selling to the commission agent who sells the majority of their produce through one channel (Table 5.12). The share that the farmer is unable to sell at the mandi is usually sold to local villagers. Since organized retailers buy only large heads of the cauliflower, farmers selling to those channels sell not more than 50 per cent of their produce. The rest is usually sent either to the mandi or sold to wholesalers or 19 As told to the authors by an APMC official at the Kalashapalayam vegetable mandi at Bangalore city. 68
  • 103. local villagers. One major advantage that a farmer who sells to the mandi has over the farmer who sells to the organized retailer appears to be that the former’s entire produce, irrespective of the grade, can be sold in the mandi. Table 5.12: Share of Produce Sold to Different Marketing Channels Commission Collection Safal Whole- Shandi at Local Consolidator Agent Centre Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers No. of 171 24 20 2 65 7 15 farmers Average % share of output sold 83 50 34 100 42 26 26 to that channel Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Rejection A related point that should be analysed is the rejection rate of produce. The percentage of farmers reporting rejection is lower for the mandi channel in comparison with the channel of the consolidator supplying to the organized retailer or the wholesaler (Table 5.13). Surprisingly, no farmer reported any rejection at the collection centre. In the case of farmers subject to rejection, the portion of rejection of the produce is insignificantly low for all channels. Table 5.13: Share of Rejection Commission Collection Safal Whole Shandi at Local Consolidator Agent Centre Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers No. of farmers 171 24 20 2 65 7 15 % Reporting 2.3 0 5 0 8 0 0 rejection Rejection rate 0.09 0 0.04 0 0.02 0 0 (%) If yes, Reasons for Rejection? Too small 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 More than they 75 0 0 0 0 0 0 required Discolouration due to exposure 0 0 100 0 20 0 0 to the sun Insect damage 0 0 0 0 80 0 0
  • 104. Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 69
  • 105. The reason for rejection varies; while in other marketing channels, the rejection is due to low quality, the primary reason for rejection at the mandi is that the supply was greater than the demand. Special Cultivation Practices As stated already, cauliflower is very sensitive to climate. Excess exposure to sunlight causes discolouration in the cauliflower. In order to prevent discolouration, farmers either tie up leaves or cover the heads of the cauliflower with newspaper to prevent exposure to sunlight. Most farmers adopt this practice. Table 5.14 shows that farmers selling to the mandi follow this practice more than the farmers supplying to organized retailers. Table 5.14: Special Cultivation Practices Shandi & Commission Collection Safal Overall Consolidator Wholesaler Local Agent Centre Mandi Villager No. of 197 145 12 8 2 26 4 farmers Cover head of 53 55 42 38 100 46 50 Cauliflower (%) At instruction from Whom? (Yes %) Commission 40 48 20 0 0 17 50 Agent Wholesaler 15 13 40 67 0 8 50 Supermarket 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 Agent Consolidator 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 Yourself 36 29 40 33 100 75 0 Other 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Interviews with farmers revealed that those associated with organized retail are not forced to adopt this practice as they are able to afford hybrid seeds which produce good quality heads. However, some of them do cover the cauliflower heads in order to protect the quality of those heads that are sold through alternate channels. Grading Contrary to popular belief, this survey reveals that commission agents at the mandi do offer a premium price for better quality produce. Most farmers supplying to the mandi, at their own initiative, grade their cauliflowers before sending them to the mandi (Table 5.15). 70
  • 106. Table 5.15 : Grading of Cauliflower Commission Collection Safal Whole Shandi at Local Consolidator Agent Centre Mandi saler Bangalore Villagers No. of farmers 171 24 20 2 65 7 15 No. of farmers 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (%) % Grading 63 79 30 0 48 43 60 cauliflower If yes, whose decision was it? (in %) Buyer asked for 46 68 83 0 52 0 0 it It was farmers’ 54 32 17 0 48 100 100 initiative % of farmers packing each 61 95 100 0 74 42 40 grade separately Source: DRS-ICRIER Retailer Survey 2007 Farmers selling to organized retail too grade their produce, but this is done at the request of the retailer or consolidator. The first level of sorting of cauliflowers occurs at the farm at the hands of the farmer. 5.3.5 Conclusion Direct procurement of produce from the farmer by organized retail is a recent phenomenon. Organized retailers maintain that this helps in being able to procure quality produce and offer fresher produce to the consumer. They also state that by procuring directly from the farmer, they are able to bypass intermediaries, thereby decreasing transaction costs. This results in not only reducing prices for the consumer considerably but also increasing the farmers’ profitability. While whatever has been mentioned above does hold true for the farmer, the biggest advantage that the farmer has is the option of another marketing channel for his produce. For many years, the farmer’s only choice of marketing channel has been the mandi, which lacks transparency. The farmer also does not have any bargaining power. Business is based only on trust and the farmer is under constant threat of being deceived by the commission agent. While the survey results showed that price and volume of sale is usually decided in advance through a verbal contract, it also showed that there are a number of farmers who receive a price lower than what was promised. Even though the APMC Act clearly states that commissions are not to be taken from the farmer, in actual fact this does not seem to be the case. The farmers cannot risk exposing the commission agents as he does not have an alternative channel through which he could sell his produce. The Safal mandi was expected to be an alternative channel through which the farmer could sell his produce. Unfortunately the Safal mandi is boycotted by most farmers and wholesalers, which leaves the farmer with the city mandi once again as the only option. Hence the entry of organized retail provides the farmer the option to sell his 71
  • 107. produce through another channel. With many organized retailers beginning to procure produce directly, the farmer’s selling options also increases. When the farmer has the option of selling through any of the channels, it increases his bargaining power. While it is important for farmers to have multiple channels to choose from, it is equally important to have both private and government players. The survey results also indicated that there are some farmers, who sold to organized retail, also reported having received a price lower than what was promised. The mode of business with organized retailers is through verbal contracts and is again based on trust. The solution therefore does not lie in doing away with the mandi completely. It lies in making the mandi more efficient and in enforcing laws that are already in place to protect the farmer’s interests. The NDDB Safal mandi facility in Bangalore has excellent infrastructure but is underutilized. The Safal mandi model can be adopted for all APMC mandis. This Report recommends the modernization of the APMC mandis by providing better infrastructure in terms of closed spaces for trading, better access roads and in also devising a suitable and effective waste disposal mechanism to improve the hygiene in and around the mandi. Allowing only private players to exist is at the risk of collusion between all organized retailers. Such a situation again leaves the farmer with no alternative choice or bargaining power. However, if private players and the mandi were to co-exist, the farmer stands no risk of deceit. This will ensure transparency and efficiency. And most importantly, the farmer will get an enhanced profit. 5.4 Manufacturers: Interview Report One of the key stakeholders likely to be impacted by the growth in the size and strength of organized retail are manufacturers and brand owners in the sectors under study – FMCG and apparel. It is recognized that, while, organized retail will offer many opportunities to brand owners and manufacturers, it will also pose several challenges that these companies will need to gear up for. This study is an attempt to understand how these companies view the advent of organized retail and its likely impact on their businesses. This section attempts to assess: (i) how large manufacturers or brand owners view the likely impact – either positive or negative - of modern retail on their business; (ii) how they are gearing up to leverage the opportunities that organized retail will throw up; and (iii) efforts they are making to retain countervailing power as organized retail becomes a more significant force in India. 5.4.1 Methodology This survey was conducted by Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. through one-to-one in- depth interviews of large manufacturers using a semi-structured open-ended questionnaire. A total of 12 companies operating in the FMCG and apparel categories participated (Table 5.16). The companies interviewed were selected deliberately to represent the leading companies with a significant presence in the FMCG and apparel categories in India. 72
  • 108. Table 5.16 : Participating Companies for Interview FMCG Apparel (Textile & Clothing) HUL Raymond ITC Foods Madura Garments Pepsi Foods Levi’s Cargill India United Colors of Benetton Glaxo Smith Kline FabIndia United Spirits Henkel In each company, the interview was done with the CEO, the Category/Business Head or the Head of Modern Trade/Retail. 5.4.2 Key Findings 1. At a macro level, manufacturers felt that the impact of modern retail will be positive. According to them, the advent of organized retail in India was both welcome and inevitable for the Indian economy. In their opinion, the benefits that organized retail would bring by far outweigh the negative effects of inadequate retail services in a country like India. Some of the reasons cited for this positive impact were: • Benefits for consumers: Organized retail will offer consumers several benefits, such as wider product choice more in line with consumer needs, lower prices, better shopping experience because of improved store ambience and increased browseability, enhanced service, and quality levels. • Greater job creation: Organized retail will create employment at several levels. The most significant increase will be in front-end jobs for retail staff, where the contribution of organized retail will be not only in the greater number of the people employed but also in making jobs that were otherwise considered “menial”, more dignified, thereby, giving even those without higher educational qualifications a decent livelihood. • Efficient supply chain: The robust sourcing and distribution network likely to be set in place by modern trade would result in a more efficient supply chain management -- reduced lead times, fewer stock outs, reduced wastage, and consistent product quality. • Survival of traditional retail: Manufacturers believe that both small and large retailers would continue to co-exist in India. Small retailers account for the bulk of retail sales today and will remain a significant force in the future since growing consumption will itself warrant the growth of both organized 73
  • 109. and traditional retail. Traditional retailers will also innovate, upgrade their stores and enhance value-added services to retain and strengthen relationships with their customers. 2. The likely direct impact on the business of manufacturers, however, will not be entirely positive. The response of manufacturers interviewed to the likely impact of growth of organized retail on their own businesses was, on the whole, more guarded and less positive. The benefits that organized retail would bring in terms of creating higher demand for their brands and greater efficiency in the distribution system would need to be weighed against the pressures on prices, margins, and the threat of competition from private label brands. 3. Manufacturers anticipate several benefits. • Organized retail will fuel growth and build efficiencies. Manufacturers felt that the advent of modern retail will stimulate their growth as well. Initially, this will be because of increased demand created by organized retailers in order to fill retail shelf space, and, subsequently, because of increased consumption created by the consumers’ exposures to categories and brands at modern retail formats. They also felt that the need to service large buyers demanding lower prices and greater efficiencies will force large manufacturers to invest in people, processes, and technology to streamline their own production and distribution operations. • Organized retail will aid development of new FMCG categories. Manufacturers anticipate that organized retail will help in the development of new product categories – particularly higher priced categories, categories that have a high degree of consumer involvement and those which benefit from consumer touch and feel – like personal care products and eatables. Further, since modern retail facilitates faster customer feedback, they will be able to effect improvements in products and brands and “go to market” faster. • Organized retail’s sourcing and distribution network will benefit manufacturers. Manufacturers felt that, currently, most of organized retail is operating through the traditional supply chain with its multiplicity of intermediaries. As organized retail grows and large retailers have their distribution centres (DC) and IT infrastructure in place, manufacturers will be able to supply directly to these retailers. This would help reduce transaction costs on logistics, packaging, credit, commissions, etc. Elimination of intermediaries would also bring in more transparency in the flow of operations. Chart 5.5 and Chart 5.6 illustrate the traditional (current) supply chain and the new supply chain that could emerge in the FMCG and apparel categories. 74
  • 110. Chart 5.5 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Shampoos/Detergents A. Current Supply Chain with more Intermediaries 0.5-2% Commission for the C&F Company C&F Distributor 3-4 % Margin for the Back-end Distributors 5-7 % Margin for the Distributor Wholesaler 2-3 % Margin for the wholesaler Front-end Consumer Retailer 10-15% Margin For the Retailer B. Emerging Supply Chain Manufacturer C&F Agent 0.5-2% Commission Back-end for the C&F agent 15-20% Margin For the Retailer Consumers Retailer Front-end
  • 111. 75
  • 112. Chart 5.6 : Illustrative Supply Chain for Apparel A. Current Supply Chain with more Intermediaries Company / Manufacturer Distributor Buying 5% Margin for Agent Distributors Back-end 5% commission for Buying agent Franchisees Company owned - outlets/ large organized 30% Margin Multi brand retailers for Franchisees outlets 30-32% Margin for company owned 35% Margin for outlets/large retailers Consumer Multi brand outlets Front-end retailers B. Emerging Supply Chain Company/ Manufacturer Back-end 38-40% Retailers Margin F- or Retailers Consumers Front-end Manufacturers felt that, in the future, modern retailers might have to be given higher margins than traditional retailers but this would be compensated by the larger volumes, and the more efficient, shorter supply chain. However, they do
  • 113. not foresee that the traditional supply chain will ever die out or be completely replaced for a long time to come. Since traditional retail will co-exist with modern retail, so will traditional and modern supply chains. 4. But manufacturers anticipate several threats. • The price pressure threat. Manufacturers anticipate that the growth of organized retail will put pressure on their prices as large retailers are already demanding lower prices in return for larger volumes. Manufacturers also face 76
  • 114. the additional issue of delayed payments vis-à-vis large retailers that impacts their profitability. Manufacturers felt that some of these price/payment pressures arise from the underlying cost structure of large retailers who are facing increase in costs in the entire value chain because of high real estate prices and increased employee cost. • The private label threat. Manufacturers anticipate that large retailers will expend efforts on building their own store brands and will favour those brands in building in-store visibility and allocation of shelf space. This will become more of a threat as the point of consumer decision-making shifts from the home to the shop floor as consumers build a preference for self-service formats. The threat is somewhat mitigated in the short term by their belief that modern retailers will tend to launch private labels more in the staples category, where the presence of brands is currently low. Manufacturers also felt that they have constantly battled strong regional/local brands successfully and that private labels are another form of such competition. Also, modern retailers will first face the arduous task of building strong, differentiated store brands before developing and building their private label brands. The multiplicity of categories in which private labels will need to be built also makes this task harder for the retailers. 5. Manufacturers are gearing up to counter these threats in various ways. • Reinforcing/building brand strength to help maintain countervailing power. Manufacturers recognize that their most powerful counter to price and private label threats is a strong brand. Therefore they felt that their brands have strong consumer preference which would help them counter competition from private label brands and give them more bargaining power since these brands also generate footfalls for modern retailers. They, therefore, will continue to focus on building strong brands (which they see as their area of competence), allowing them to negotiate terms that are mutually beneficial, collabourative, and lead to a “win-win” situation for both parties concerned. • Increasing manufacturer’s own retail presence. Manufacturers are also moving towards increasing their own retail presence in order to compete with modern retailers. Apparel manufacturers, for example, are opening exclusive showrooms to give their brands more visibility and to strengthen their position in this competitive scenario. • Helping small retailers. Most of the FMCG companies interviewed stated that their companies were ready to assist small retailers by “adopting” them and helping them upgrade service levels, systems, and operations. They anticipate that, in the next few years, the number of such “adopted” stores would almost double. They believe that if small retailers also come forward and unite, they can more effectively counter the competition posed by modern retail. Manufacturers stated that they are encouraging kiranas to consolidate buying of products from manufacturing companies as it would help small retailers build economies and efficiencies in their scale of operations. Many retailers are already coming forward to form these associations. 77
  • 115. They think that kiranas need to learn several aspects of retailing – like store promotions - from organized retailers and that they are ready to support kiranas by developing promotional offers customized to their set of customers. • Constituting dedicated teams internally to deal with modern retailers. Manufacturers are creating dedicated teams of accounts and category managers to deal with modern retailers. At the central/regional level they are recruiting teams to manage relationships with modern retailers as well as plan for new accounts. At the front end, dedicated teams are being constituted to work on developing store promotions through modern retailers. • Challenging times ahead for modern retailers too. Large manufacturers felt that high rentals arising out of a shortage of real estate will be a challenge for modern retailers and will affect their competitiveness vis-à-vis small retailers. Manufacturers were of the opinion that, while modern retail is an exciting phenomenon for small town consumers, in larger cities consumers want convenience and so being present in the right location are even more critical in these cities. Finally, manufacturers strongly believe that retailing is a local business and the large retailers will have to understand the local consumer’s tastes and preferences and conduct extensive research to build their knowledge of local markets and consumers. 5.4.3 Conclusion At a macro level, the overall picture that emerges from interviews with large manufacturers is largely positive regarding the likely impact of organized retail in India. Manufacturers believe that organized retail would benefit society at large, more so the end consumers -- in terms of better product choices and price – and farmers because of higher and more stable price realization for their produce. More employment opportunities will be generated. Present systems, IT and processes will improve because of investments in infrastructure that are likely to be made by organized retailers. The robust sourcing and distribution network of large retailers would certainly help make the supply chain more efficient. Manufacturers, however, are more guarded in their assessment of the likely impact of organized retail on their own businesses. They anticipate that they will be subject to price and competitive pressures as organized retail grows in importance. They are gearing up to counter these pressures by strengthening their own brands, enhancing their retail presence and collabourating with traditional retailers. They believe, however, that both modern and traditional retailers will co-exist in India for some time to come, as both of them have their own competitive advantages. The kirana has a low- cost structure, convenient location, and customer intimacy. Modern retail offers product width and depth and a better shopping experience. With the Indian economy currently growing at 8-9 per cent annually, rising consumption and the low per capita availability of retail space in India, manufacturers 78
  • 116. believe that there is room for both modern and traditional retail in India for several generations to come. 5.5 Small Manufacturers: Interview Report In order to understand the impact of large organized retail on small manufacturers, a survey was carried out among small-scale manufacturers in New Delhi. For this, small manufacturers of FMCG, (packaged food products, toiletries, cosmetics, etc.) and apparel were contacted and interviews held with the owners, directors, or senior managers of those companies. ICRIER engaged Development and Research Services (DRS) for carrying out these interviews. In total 20 manufacturers were interviewed of which 19 were FMCG producers and one apparel manufacturer. The list of small manufacturers and the checklist of questions asked are given in Appendices 2 and 3, respectively. 5.5.1 Respondent Profile Of the 20 respondents, 14 called themselves small-scale manufacturers, while six referred to themselves as medium-scale manufacturers. Only three of them have all- India coverage, while the remaining companies have regional operations. A few of them were exporting their products to some countries. While most of these manufacturers have been operating for 10 - 20 years, there was one who has been operating for as long as 36 years. The annual turnover of these participants varied from Rs. one million to as high as Rs. 100 million. Of these, six participants have an annual turnover between Rs. 10 - 20 million who were involved in manufacturing food products (cereals, pulses, spices, flour, etc.), cosmetics, toothpaste, shampoo, etc. Three have an annual turnover of Rs.1 - 1.5 million, while two have between Rs. 4-6 million. There has been one participant who did not specify his turnover. 5.5.2 Interview Results When asked about the size of the business that the manufacturers are planning to have in the next five years, 18 responded that they will surely expand and grow in the next five years. Most of them have plans to double their turnover. For this, they are planning to increase their production and supply by increasing manpower and machinery. In addition, they are willing to improve the product quality. Some of the participants are also considering export options for which they have already begun taking necessary action. Two participants, one dealing in food products and the other in health products (soya milk, soya food, soya meal, etc.) even had plans to supply their products to big organized outlets. One of them commented: “My size of business will increase by two or three times, as I have planned to supply to big organized outlets. Our main focus is now on big organized outlets.” However, there were two respondents who felt that in the next five years their business would go down drastically. This would be due to the advent of more MNCs and organized retail outlets on one hand, and their lack of capability in advertising their products for increasing sale, on the other hand. A comment made by a participant has been: 79
  • 117. “I cannot think of supplying my products to organized outlets and my product demand and my turnover is going down. My sale has reduced a lot, so I do not think that my business is going to survive after five years.” Participants were asked to give their opinion with respect to large players entering modern retail and whether they foresee any changes in their business with respect to large players entering modern retail. It was found that 12 participants were not in favour of large players entering into modern retail and said that the organized retailers are their competitors as they may carry products of large brands / manufacturers or their own private labels and this may affect their business prospects. The remaining eight respondents however felt that the advent of organized retail was good as this would help them increase their sales. These participants were ready to work with them. According to one: “They are good players in the market and we are also planning to do business with them.” Eight out of the 20 participants did not foresee any changes in their business operations due to large players entering modern retail. But there were 12 participants who did foresee changes in their business. Out of these 12, two thought that there would be a huge reduction in their business and they may even have to shut down their operations very soon. Ten participants felt that though organized retailers are their competitors, their business would increase, as already they had started taking actions like providing better quality service to their clients. They are focusing on improving the brand name, quality, variety along with making products available at reasonable and affordable prices. A few were even thinking of new marketing strategies to advertise their products and get a better hold over the market. On enquiring whether there was any change in their bargaining power, 17 participants said that till now they have not experienced any change. One participant commented: “There has been no change in the bargaining power as we have good customers and suppliers and have a healthy relation with them.” When asked about the present payment terms and conditions, it was found that presently all except one participant had both cash and credit based transactions. But in case of credit-based transaction, the manufacturers provide the retailers with 30 days payment time, while some extended credit up to 60 days. Some even charged an interest of 2-3.5 per cent per month after the expiry of 10-20 days of grace period from their clients which mostly include small unorganized retailers. None of the participants reported any change in the payment terms in the last couple of years. Ten participants had more of credit-based clients while only eight had cash-based clients. There were two who said that they had provided both cash and credit services but did not say which one was more. In the words of a respondent: “The credit sale right now is 60 per cent where the time provided is 20-30 days and cash sale is 40 per cent. There has been no change in these terms and conditions.” 80
  • 118. Nine out of 20 participants said that there is a competition threat to them due to the private label brands of large organized retailers, but till so far, a very small effect of it has been noticed. One of the manufacturers commented: “Competition threat is very much there, not just from organized retailers but also from large manufacturers and MNCs. Earlier my products were famous with children whereas now children ask for brands like Lays, Kurkure, etc. This is a threat and it’s killing my business.” However 11 participants responded that they did not consider entry of private label brands of large organized retailers a threat as they had their own set of customers who are mostly unorganized retailers. Moreover, as a result of their focus on quality, people trusted their products. Quality was something they would never compromise with, and so they would never face any problem in the future. A respondent commented: “Though there is competition, our prompt service and dealing enables us to maintain the trust of our customers.” Sixteen out of 20 respondents are thinking of future expansion of their business to meet the growing demands of large retailers. For doing this, they are planning to increase their production with new and improved machines, more manpower and spread their customer base beyond their region. They are also working upon improving their service and quality. Two participants are also planning to sell their products to big organized outlets in the near future. A participant commented: “Right now our plan is to supply our products to all the big organized outlets. We have started in Delhi with Big Bazaar, and will surely increase this to all over India.” When asked if their company was facing any price pressure from large retailers, 13 out of 20 participants said that they did not face it while the remaining seven said that they faced some pressure. Eighteen participants said that their company was facing no problems in terms of sourcing and distribution with the advent of large players in modern retail. Among the surveyed participants, 13 had around 10-50 employees in their manufacturing units in back end and production. All except two were planning to increase the number of their employees and some even planned to double considering the increase in demand because of growth of organized retail. There were two respondents who said that they would have to reduce their manpower employment to a large extent as the demands of their products were going down. In fact, they even said that they would have to shut down their business very soon. 81
  • 119. 6. Future Scenario in Retailing 6.1 Introduction The emergence of organized retail has been a recent phenomenon in the country, starting in the late 1990s. Its growth till 2006-07 was reasonably fast, at nearly 20 per cent per annum during the past three years. Unorganized retail also grew but at a slower pace of nearly 11 per cent per annum. There are signs that the growth of organized retail has accelerated in 2007-08 and is expected to gather further momentum during the coming years. This chapter highlights the following issues: (a) industrial estimate of future growth in total retail during the next five years; (b) relative share of organized vs. unorganized sectors; (c) the amount of additional investments that are envisaged in retail in the medium term; (d) estimates of employment generation; (e) geographical penetration of organized retail; (f) projection of real estate availability; and (h) the concentration in retail industry. 6.2 Growth of Retail and its Distribution The NCAER, based on its Market Information Survey of Households (MISH), has projected that the consuming class consisting of the “aspirers”, the middle class and the rich with annual household income of above Rs. 90,000 will rise from about 336 million in 2005-06 to 505 million in 2009-10. This implies a huge growth potential of retail in the country. The sales of the Indian retail industry have been about US$ 322 billion (Rs. 14,574 billion) in 2006-07, amounting to about 35 per cent of India’s GDP. It is the seventh largest retail market in the world. Indian retail industry is projected to grow to about US$ 590 billion by 2011-12 and further to over US$ 1 trillion by 2016-17 (Chart 6.1). Chart 6.1 : Size of Indian Retail (in US$ bn) Char t 7.1: Siz e of Indian Re tail 12 0 0 10 11 10 0 0 800 59 0 600 400 322 200 0 2006- 0 7 2 0 11- 12 2 0 16 - 17 Source: Technopak Analysis, CSO and other sources. This works out to an annual compound growth rate of about 13 per cent during 2007- 1 12 and a slower 11 per cent during 2012-17.
  • 120. 82
  • 121. In India, organized retail contributed roughly 4 per cent of the total Indian retail in 2006-07, which is very small even compared with most of the emerging market economies. However, during the coming years, it is projected to grow at a compound rate of about 45-50 per cent per annum and is estimated to contribute 16 per cent to the total Indian retail by 2011-12 (Chart 6.2). Chart 6.2: Projection of the Share of Organized Retail 2006-07 2011-12 Organized, Organized, 16% 4% Unorganized, Unorganized, 84% 96% Total Retail: US$ 322 billion Total Retail: US$ 590 billion Source: Technopak Analysis. Interestingly, this huge growth in organized retail does not involve a decline in the business of unorganized retail; the sales of the unorganized sector is envisaged to grow by about 10 per cent per annum, from US$ 308.8 billion in 2006-07 to US$ 495.6 billion in 2011-12. 6.3 The Retail Real Estate Scenario The real estate sector in India has historically been unorganized and dominated by opportunistic development rather than any planned creation of quality space. There were various factors that impeded organized development, such as: (i) absence of a centralized title registry providing title guarantee; (ii) lack of uniformity in local laws and their application; (ii) non-availability of bank financing; (iii) high interest rates and transfer taxes; and (iv) lack of transparency in transaction values. Also, there were very few takers of quality space, as retail was also dominated by unorganized players. The unorganized players prefer to operate from neighbourhood convenience stores. Whilst the Indian real estate market still lacks transparency and liquidity compared to more mature real estate markets, there are various factors which could expedite the process of professionalism of the industry. Some of these factors are: • Changing profile of the business consumers, like large multinational companies (MNCs) and professional Indian corporates, who would prefer to deal with companies with proper credentials; • Listing of many developers on stock exchanges, both in India and abroad, and t also raising funds through global institutions;
  • 122. 83
  • 123. Increasing transactions facilitated through professional banks, who would once again verify all the records before releasing any funds. The nature of demand is also changing with the entry of large corporates into organized retailing. These large corporates cater to higher consumer aspirations resulting from larger disposable incomes, increased globalization, and greater awareness levels. The organized retail real estate sector has grown from a miniscule 0.9 million sq. ft. in 1999 to 28 million sq. ft. in 2006. The growth till now has been at a scorching pace of over 60 per cent per annum for the last seven years (though on a smaller base) and is expected to grow at least at 50 per cent per annum in the next 4-5 years. The last financial year witnessed a number of retail centric projects. 6.4 Organized Retail Investment Until a couple of years ago, the Indian organized retail market was either dominated by the apparel brands or regional retail chains. However, the scenario has changed dramatically. The sector has attracted not only the large Indian corporates but also received the attention of large global players. As per Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. estimates, investments amounting to approximately US$ 35 billion are being planned for the next five years or so (Table 6.1). Of this, about 70 per cent is expected to come from top seven players including Reliance Industries, Aditya Birla Group, Bharti-Wal-Mart, Future Group and others. Also, it is estimated that about 40 per cent of the total investments will be contributed by foreign players including Wal-Mart, Metro, Auchan, Tesco and many others, signifying the importance that the international community is attaching to the Indian retail opportunity. In short, India is attempting to do in 10 years what took 25–30 years in other major markets in the world and shall bypass many stages of “evolution” of modern retail. India is likely to see the emergence of several “innovative” India-specific retail business models and retail formats during the coming years. Table 6.1: Investment Plans of Major Retailers in the Next 5-7 Years Retailer Estimated Investment (US$ billion) R1 6.0+ R2 4.0+ R3 2.5+ R4 2.0+ R5 2.0+ R6 2.0+ R7 2.0+ R8 1.5+ R9 – R50 13.0+ Total 35+ Note: Retailers’ identities are not revealed for maintaining anonymity. Source: Technopak Analysis 84
  • 124. 6.5 Share of Investments by City Of the US$ 35 billion investment being planned over next 5-7 years, almost all the investment (i.e. 93 per cent) is slated for the urban market. Though the investment is expected to be across the spectrum of all types of cities, a large proportion (more than 60 per cent) is slated for the top 25 cities falling in category A-type or above . AAA cities will include the markets of NCR Delhi, Mumbai, and Kolkata, while AA cities will include the metros including Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad, Pune, and Ahmedabad. A typical A-class city will include cities like Surat, Nagpur, Indore, Vadodara, etc., while B+ cities will be represented by Nashik, Rajkot, Agra, Jallandhar, etc. Kota, Bhubaneswar, Bilaspur will be a B-class cities, while Sonepat, Alwar, Tumkur, etc will categorized as C-type and D- type cities. Chart 6.3: Investment Estimates by City Category (%) C D B 7% 2% AAA 6% 30% B+ 23% AA A 17% 15% Source: Technopak Analysis. Urban investments are slated to be across all modern formats although the majority share will be taken by supermarkets and hypermarkets. The share of hypermarkets is expected to increase in the lower-tier cities, as a single hypermarket would be able to cater to a significant proportion of the demand in smaller cities. Chart 6.4: Investment Estimates by Format (%) Other Form ats * (includes apparel, footwear, watches , furniture & furnis hing, toys etc.), 23% Superm arket, 34% Warehous e , 9% Departm ent Store , 2% Hyperm arket, 32% Source: Technopak Analysis.
  • 125. 85
  • 126. 6.6 Expected Share of Top Players in Indian Retail The top 50 players are geared to take about 39 per cent share of total retail in the top 150 cities. These top players will dominate the market in Indian retail. This high concentration in the retail market is in tune with international trends. For example, in the US, the top five retailers, such as Wal-Mart, Kroger, Albertsons, Safeway, and Ahold, account for about 40 per cent of the US grocery market. Table 6.2: Retail Market for 150 Cities in 2011-12 Market Share Total market (Top 150 cities) 100% Share of top 7 players 31% Share of next 43 8% Share of top 50 players 39% Source: Technopak Analysis 6.7 Retail Space Break-up by Category The total new retail space required to facilitate the proposed investment will be of around 487 million sq. ft. across all retail formats. Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. estimate that 50 per cent of the space would need to be catered by the shopping malls and rest by stand-alone locations in formats like supermarkets. Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. also estimate that with 143 million sq. ft. of mall space being planned over the next five years, it still leaves the retail industry with a shortage of more than 40 per cent in mall space. Most of the large format retailers will find it difficult in getting adequate real estate and it is expected that they may end up creating space for retail on their own. The required retail space for organized retail is expected to be around 7-8 times the current space available for organized retail. Hypermarkets and supermarkets will take approximately 62 per cent of the retail space (Chart 6.5a). About 51 per cent of new retail space is expected to come up in A-class and above type cities which are already crowded (Chart 6.5b). Chart 6.5 a: Retail Space Estimates by Format (%) Speciality, Department & Others 22% Hypermarket 44% Cash and Carry 16% Supermarket 18% 86
  • 128. Chart 6.5 b: Retail Space Estimates by City Type (%) C D AAA 3% 15% 24% B 9% AA 14% B+ A 22% 13% Source: Technopak Analysis. 6.8 Employment Growth As per the industry estimates of employment of one person per 350-400 sq. ft. of retail space, about 1.5 million jobs will be created in the front-end alone in the next five years. Assuming that 10 per cent extra people are required for the back-end, the direct employment generated by the organized retail sector in India over the coming five years will be close to 1.7 million jobs. This constitutes nearly 5 per cent of the existing employment of about 37 million in the retail industry. Indirect employment generated on the supply chain to feed this retail business will add further to this already high number. While a boon for the Indian economy in terms of the employment generation, at the same time it is a significant challenge for the organized retail industry to gain access to such a high number of trained manpower in such a short period of time. Table 6.3: Employment Generation by Organized Retail during 2007-12 Speciality & Cash & Hypermarket Supermarket Department Total Carry Store New retail space 218 86 76 107 487 (Million sq. ft.) Retail space per floor staff (sq. 350 200 450 350 ft.) No. of front-end 623 430 169 306 1527 staff (‘000) No. of back-end 62 43 17 31 153 staff (‘000) Total manpower 685 473 186 336 1680 (‘000) Source: Technopak Analysis and Industry Estimates
  • 129. 87
  • 130. 6.8.1 New Retail Stores Given the expected investments and future projections of growth of retail area, there will be a huge increase in the number of stores in the next five years. It is estimated that around 44,500 new stores of different formats will open (Table 6.4). Table 6.4: Number of New Organized Retail Stores during 2007-12 Cash & Department Speciality Hypermarket Supermarket Carry Store Store New retail space 218 86 76 32 75 (million sq. ft.) Average store 80,000 4,000 1,50,000 40,000 4,000 size (sq. ft.) No. of stores 2,725 21,500 507 803 18,725 Source: Technopak Analysis and Industry Estimates. 88
  • 131. 7. Policy Recommendations 7.1 Main Findings of the Study The major findings of this study are: • Retail trade is expected to grow at 13 per cent per annum during 2007-12. Its value will then be about US$ 590 billion in 2011-12. With this expected increase it is inconceivable that the rising demand would be effectively met by the unorganized sector. As in other countries, this provides the basis for the expansion of organized retail. • The share of organized retail in total trade has risen in all developing countries in recent years. In China it was 20 per cent in 2006, Brazil 36 per cent, South Korea 15 per cent, Indonesia 30 per cent, Poland 20 per cent, Thailand 40 per cent, and Vietnam 22 per cent. • The international experience shows that in nearly all emerging economies, governments have taken policy measures to improve the operating conditions for unorganized retail. • Unorganized retailers in the vicinity of organized retailers have been adversely affected in terms of their volume of business and profit. Unorganized retail has maintained employment levels perhaps as a result of competitive response. • The adverse impact on unorganized retailers tapers off over time. • The major factors that attract unorganized retailers to consumers are proximity, goodwill, credit sales, bargaining, loose items, convenient timings, and home delivery. • There is clear evidence of a competitive response from traditional retailers who are gearing up to meet the threat from organized retailers. • While kirana stores are trying to increase credit sales to retain customers, their own reliance on institutional finance remains very low. This has a clear policy implication. • Consumers have generally gained with the emergence of organized outlets through the availability of better quality products, lower prices, one-stop shopping, choice of additional brands and products, family shopping, and fresh stocks. • Lower income consumers have saved more from purchases at organized outlets. • Intermediaries do not appear to be adversely affected so far although there are signs of their losing business in products such as, fruit, vegetables, and apparel. • Farmers have benefited through direct procurement by organized retailers as this provides an alternative channel for selling their produce with better revenue realization. • Organized retailers are themselves investing heavily or through third-party logistics companies on temperature-controlled warehouses, cold-chain transport, etc., to modernize the distribution system. • Large manufacturers have started feeling the impact of organized retail through price pressure and competition from private labels of organized retailers. 89
  • 132. Small manufacturers, in general, are yet to feel any major impact of organized retail as a large number of unorganized retailers continue to constitute their clientele. They are however, optimistic of future expansion of business with the spread of organized retail. These results are not indicative of the countrywide scenario, but only of mega-and mini-metro cities around a limited number of organized retail outlets. The results of the control-sample survey conducted for the study indicate that traditional retailers are not affected adversely even in these cities, away from organized outlets. For the country as a whole, unorganized retail is growing at a reasonable rate and will continue to do so for many years to come. Yet it is clear that the growth in demand for retail business is likely to substantially exceed any possible supply response coming exclusively from the unorganized retailers. 7.2 A Balanced Approach to Retail India is at the crossroads with regard to the retail sector. Several emerging market economies have gone ahead and reaped the benefits of modern retail. India is however a latecomer to organized retail expansion and the picture still remains unclear as to its future direction. The study advocates a balanced approach to retail and suggests that the government plays a major role in shaping its future course. There is no doubt that traditional retail has been performing a vital function in the economy and is a significant source of employment. However, it suffers from huge inefficiencies as a result of which consumers do not get what they want, and farmers often get prices for their produce much below what is considered fair. In contrast, organized retail provides consumers with a wider choice of products, lower prices, and a pleasant shopping environment. It gives farmers a better alternative channel for selling their products at a better price. The competition from organized retail has affected the business of traditional retailers but they are making efforts to stay on. In their struggle to face this competition, they are handicapped by a lack of access to formal credit from commercial banks. As in other countries, government policy can and should play an important role in modernizing the unorganized sector and improve its competitiveness. On the other hand, a policy of protection of traditional retailers by restricting organized retail will harm the growth prospects of the country by foregoing the enormous benefits that are generated by organized retail. 7.3 Modernization of Unorganized Retail The government should launch a time-bound “national kirana and wetmarket reform” programme. The key elements of this programme should be the following: 1. Assist the formation of co-operatives or associations of kirana stores, which in turn can undertake direct procurement of products from manufacturers and farmers. By eliminating intermediaries, kirana stores can obtain their supplies at lower prices, while farmers get better prices for their produce. The European and US experience of co-operative retailing needs to be studied in greater detail. 2. Encourage setting up of modern large cash-and-carry outlets, which could supply not only to kirana stores but also to licensed hawkers at wholesale 90
  • 133. rates. The case in China where the central government is using Metro Cash & Carry to modernize the entire supply chain and source directly from farmers is a case in point. 3. Make available credit at reasonable rates from banks and micro-credit institutions for expansion and modernization of traditional retailers. While a liberal branch expansion for Indian and foreign banks would help, the study recommends the promotion of innovative banking solutions for unorganized retail like Syndicate Bank’s lending for small business linked with the collection of daily or weekly pigmy deposits (Annex 5). 4. Convert all uncovered wetmarkets to covered ones and modernize those markets in a time-bound manner with emphasis on hygiene, convenience to shoppers, proper approach roads, entry, exits, etc. In India, the route of public-private partnerships (PPPs) is advocated for this purpose. PPPs should be formed between the government and existing small shops on the pattern of the “Industrial Infrastructure Upgradation Scheme” being successfully undertaken to improve infrastructure in existing industrial clusters. 5. Facilitate the formation of farmers’ co-operatives to directly sell to organized retailers. In this case, while the government could provide tax incentives and capital subsidies, equity support should be avoided. 7.4 Regulation of Organized Retail New restrictions on organized retailers are not advocated as this will dampen the modernization efforts of traditional retail. However, the study stress the need for organized retailers formulating certain “private codes of conduct” governing their relationships with suppliers including manufacturers, wholesalers, and farmers. The experience in Argentina, Mexico and Colombia could be studied in this regard. These steps could be complemented by the Competition Commission enforcing rules against collusion and predatory pricing as in the US, UK and France. The government may also consider enacting legislation if that ensures the implementation of a code of conduct by large organized retailers. Organized retail is subject to a number of licensing requirements at the central, state, and local levels that are cumbersome. A fresh look at the gamut of regulations is called for with a view to simplifying and compressing the time taken for the issue of permits. A move towards a nationwide uniform licensing regime for organized retail in all states and union territories is suggested. 7.5 Modernization of APMC mandis Modernization of government regulated markets in the states is suggested on the lines on the NDDB Safal mandi model in Bangalore. The infrastructure of these markets needs to be improved by providing closed places for trading, better access roads, and also better hygiene with an effective waste disposal system. 91
  • 134. Annex 1: Unorganized Retail Universe 2006 The total number of traditional retailers is estimated to be 13 million by Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. The classification of the unorganized retail universe by category is shown below. Jewelry Fruit & Vegetables 0.4% Chemists Sellers Furniture 4% 3% Food Stores 1% 1% Cosmetics 2% Hawkers Non Veg Stores 8% 1% Kirana I 20% Paan n Bidi Stores 14% General Merchandise 2% Hardware 2% Furnishing Footwear 1% CDIT 2% 2% Apparel 6% Kirana II Modern Independent Stores 32% 0.2% Source: Technopak Analysis. Categories of traditional retailers • Fruit and Vegetable Sellers - Sells fruit and vegetables. • Food Store - Reseller of bakery products. Also sells dairy and processed food and beverages. • Non -Vegetable Store - Sells chicken and mutton (supplemented by fish), or predominantly fish. • Kirana I - Sells bakery products, dairy and processed food, home and personal care, and beverages.
  • 135. Kirana II - Sells categories available at a Kirana I store plus cereals, pulses, spices, and edible oils. 92
  • 136. Modern Independent Stores - Sells categories available at a Kirana II store and has self- service. Operates single or several stores (but not an organized chain of stores). • Apparel – Sells men’s wear, women’s wear, innerwear, kids’ and infant wear. • Footwear – Sells men’s wear, women’s wear, and kid’s wear. • CDIT (Consumer Durables & IT) – Sells electronics, small appliances, durables, telecom, and IT products. • Furnishing – Sells home linen and upholstery. • Hardware - Sells sanitary-ware, taps and faucets, door fittings, and tiles. • General Merchandize – Includes lightning, stationery, toys, gifts, utensils, and crockery stores. 93
  • 137. Annex 2: Modern Retail Formats in India Hypermarket Typically varying between 50,000 sq. ft. and 1, 00,000 sq. ft., hypermarkets offer a large basket of products, ranging from grocery, fresh and processed food, beauty and household products, clothing and appliances, etc. The key players in the segment are: the RPG Group's Giant (Spencer’s) hypermarkets, and Pantaloon Retail's Big Bazaars. Cash-and-carry These are large B2B focused retail formats, buying and selling in bulk for various commodities. At present, due to legal constraints, in most states they are not able to sell fresh produce or liquor. Cash-and-carry (C&C) stores are large (more than 75,000 sq. ft.), carry several thousand stock-keeping units (SKUs) and generally have bulk buying requirements. In India an example of this is Metro, the Germany-based C&C, which has outlets in Bangalore and Hyderabad. Department Store Department stores generally have a large layout with a wide range of merchandise mix, usually in cohesive categories, such as fashion accessories, gifts and home furnishings, but skewed towards garments. These stores are focused towards a wider consumer audience catchment, with in-store services as a primary differentiator. The department stores usually have 10,000 - 60,000 sq. ft. of retail space. Various examples include: (i) Shoppers' Stop, controlled by the K. Raheja Group, a pioneering chain in the country's organized retail; (ii) Pantaloons, a family chain store, which is another major player in the segment; (iii) Westside, the department store chain from Tata Group's Trent Ltd; (iv) Ebony, a department store chain from another real- estate developer, the DS Group; (v) Lifestyle, part of the Dubai-based retail chain, Landmark Group; and (vi) the Globus department and superstore chain. Supermarket Supermarkets, generally large in size and typical in layouts, offer not only household products but also food as an integral part of their services. The family is their target customer and typical examples of this retailing format in India are Apna Bazaar, Sabka Bazaar, Haiko, Nilgiri's, Spencer’s from the RPG Group, Food Bazaar from Pantaloon Retail, etc. Shop-in-Shop There is a proliferation of large shopping malls across major cities. Since they are becoming a major shopping destination for customers, more and more retail brands are devising strategies to scale their store size in order to gain presence within the large format, department or supermarket, within these malls. For example, Infinity, a retail brand selling international jewellery and crystal ware from Kolkata's Magma Group, has already established presence in over 36 department chains and exclusive brand stores in less than five years. Shop-in-shops have to rely heavily on a very 94
  • 138. efficiently managed supply chain system so as to ensure that stock replenishment is done fast, as there is limited space for buffer stocks. Speciality Store Speciality stores are single-category, focusing on individuals and group clusters of the same class, with high product loyalty. Typical examples of such retail format are: footwear stores, music stores, electronic and household stores, gift stores, food and beverages retailers, and even focused apparel chain or brand stores. Besides all these formats, the Indian market is flooded with formats labelled as multi-brand outlets (MBOs), exclusive brand outlets (EBOs), kiosks and corners, and shop-in-shops. Category Killers – Large Speciality Retailers Category killers focus on a particular segment and are able to provide a wide range of choice to the consumer, usually at affordable prices due to the scale they achieve. Examples of category killers in the West include Office Mart in the US. In the Indian context, the experiment in the sector has been led by “The Loft”, a footwear store in Powai, Mumbai measuring 18,000 sq. ft. Discount Store A discount store is a retail store offering a wide range of products, mostly branded, at discounted prices. The average size of such stores is 1,000 sq.ft. Typical examples of such stores in India are: food and grocery stores offering discounts, like Subhiksha, Margin Free, etc. and the factory outlets of apparel and footwear brands, namely, Levi’s factory outlet, Nike’s factory outlet, Koutons, etc. Convenience Store A convenience store is a relatively small retail store located near a residential area (closer to the consumer), open long hours, seven days a week, and carrying a limited range of staples and groceries. Some Indian examples of convenience stores include: In & Out, Safal, amongst others. The average size of a convenience store is around 800 sq.ft. Source: Technopak Advisors Pvt. Ltd. 95
  • 139. Annex 3: Typical Clearances Required for Retail Store Operations – General List A. General 1 Trade License. 2 NOC for Fire License from Municipal Corporation. 3 Health and Sanitary License. 4 Registration under Weights and Measures Act. 5 Forecourt License (for sale outside the shop area) (if required). 6 Signboard License (Within & Outside the Store). 7 Approval from the State Pollution Control Board (water disposal / solid waste disposal) (if required). B. Operations Related 1 APMC Licenses (F&V and Staple - Procurement and Sale). 2 Eating House / Food License (Food & Beverages). 3 PFA License required for the different categories of products stored / sold in the distribution centres (DCs) under the Prevention of Food Adulteration Act (PFA). 4 Cold Storage License – under the Factories Act. 5 Sweets Shop (Shop-in-Shop) License (if required). 6 License under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945. 7 Household Pesticides and Insecticides License (if required). 8 Registration of manufacturers, packers, and importers under Rule 35 of the Standards of Weights and Measures (WM) (Packaged Commodities) Rules, 1977. 9 Essential Commodities Act - Storage Control Order. 10 Manufacturer’s Warranty to Consumer under the PFA Act. C. Infrastructure Related 1 Power Connection. 2 DG Set Approval as required from the Local Electricity Board. 3 License if the Facade of the Store faces a Road (if required). 4 License for Ground Water Storage and Usage. D. Labour Related 1 Shops and Establishment Act. 2 Employees PF Act- Apply for PF Code no. 3 Employees State Insurance Corporation (ESIC) Act regarding Medical Benefit/Sickness Benefit and Employment Injury. 4 The Contract Labour Act. 5 The Payment of Gratuity Act. 6 The Factories Act, 1948. 96
  • 140. E. Taxation Related 1 Professional Tax (if applicable). 2 Octroi / Cess in lieu of Octroi (if applicable). 3 Entry Tax (if applicable). 4 Service Tax Registration. 5 Permanent Account Number (Income Tax). 6 Sales Tax Registration (State-wise) - VAT & CST. Note: The list may vary from state to state and as per the store format. Source: Industry Sources. 97
  • 141. Annex 4: A Note on Sampling Design This section briefly describes the methodology and sampling design used for collecting primary data through structured survey questionnaires from traditional retailers, intermediaries, consumers, and farmers. Product Category Coverage Following the deliberations in the brainstorming workshop, the present study covered the following categories of organized outlets: • Food and grocery, which is present across three different formats, namely discount stores, super markets, and hypermarkets. • Textiles and clothing which is usually departmental stores, and regular or large format stores. Thus, the choice of the above categories was guided by the consideration of their propensity to impact unorganized (small) retail outlets, which was the core purpose of the present study. Geographic Coverage Since the retail universe is very vast, widespread and diverse, obtaining a nationally representative sample (covering urban and rural areas) would involve a very large budget and time. Moreover, organized retailing is more of an urban and metropolitan phenomenon and therefore, it was also decided that the study should only cover metropolitan cities and a few tier-2 towns in different regions of the country where organized retailing has a strong presence. Selection of Cities 20 All mega-metro cities namely Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, 21 Hyderabad and Ahmedabad were covered in the study. In addition, one mini-metro each from three regions having a sizeable presence of organized retail namely Jaipur from the North, Indore from the West and Kochi from the South were also included. No mini-metro city was covered in the Eastern region as the presence of organized retail sector is limited. Selection of Organized clusters Only where an organized retail outlet is located, could it impact the small, unorganized retail outlets. Thus, the second stage of selection in the study involved sampling of organized retail outlets as clusters. The following process was adopted for the sampling of organized retail outlets, which served as study clusters: 20 Population of over 4 million as per the 2001 Census. 21 Population between 1 million and 4 million as per the 2001 Census. 98
  • 142. 1. The number of organized retailers by outlet type (food and groceries or textiles and clothing) and format category (discount stores/ supermarkets/ hypermarkets and departmental stores) was obtained from Technopak Advisers Pvt. Ltd. separately for each city. 2. Using information in step 1 above, DRS has generated an exhaustive list of all the organized retail outlets in the selected 10 cities from secondary sources. 3. The sample size of 101 clusters was allocated to different formats covered in the study at the national level to ensure a minimum sample size of unorganized retailers for each format category. Through purposive sampling, 20 each of the discount stores, hypermarkets and departmental stores, and 40 supermarkets were covered. 4. The sample size for each format was allocated to the 10 cities covered in the study through the proportional allocation method. 5. In the case of cities wherever the sample size was large, the sample was proportionately allocated to different regions within a city, after stratifying them by region: North, East, West, Central and South using Eicher city maps. 6. The outlets belonging to each type and format were selected following the stratified random sampling method. These organized retail outlets served as study clusters. A. Sampling Design: Small Unorganized Retail Outlets Small, unorganized outlets are adversely affected by the expansion of organized retailers, if they fall in the catchment area of the organized outlets. A catchment area is defined as the area (radius of distance in km) from where the organized outlet is expected to draw its customers. In other words, small, unorganized retailers in the catchment area are likely to lose business as customers migrate (either in full or part) to organized outlets for making their food and grocery, and textiles and clothing purchases. Using the standard industry norms, the catchment area for different types and formats of organized outlets was defined as follows: Catchment area (in km) Discount stores 1 Supermarkets 1 Hypermarkets 10 Department stores 10 From the catchment area of each sampled organized retail outlet (hereafter referred to as a cluster), a fixed number of small, unorganized retail outlets was selected and interviewed. The number of organized outlet clusters selected and the number of 99
  • 143. unorganized retailers interviewed varied across different formats and is shown in Table 1. Table 1: Sample Size and Distribution No. of Unorganized Retailers No. of Sampled per Cluster Sampled Total Format Type Textiles Organized Food & Sample Clusters 22 & Total grocery clothing Discount stores 18 20 - 20 360 Supermarkets 43 20 - 20 860 Hypermarkets 20 20 10 30 600 Department stores 20 - 10 10 200 Total Sample 101 2020 In order to ensure that the sample of unorganized retailers drawn extends over the entire catchment area, a distance criterion (distance of the unorganized outlets from the organized retail outlet i.e. cluster) was used to select unorganized outlets which are both “nearby” and “far away” from the cluster. The distance criterion varied across different formats and is shown in Table 2. Table 2: Distance* of Unorganized Outlets from Organized Outlets “Far- away” Format Type “Nearby” Outlets Outlets Supermarkets/ discount stores Within 0.5 km. 0.6-1.0 km. Hypermarkets Within 5 km. 6-10 km. Department stores Within 5 km. 6-10 km. * Distance in radius of organized outlets. For selecting the requisite number of unorganized retailers from each cluster, the field researchers were asked to generate a list of such outlets in the catchment area. This was done in consultation with key informants and knowledgeable retailers in the area and the requisite sample was drawn from the list following the systematic random sampling procedure. In the case of apparel outlets, wherever it was difficult to generate such a list, a snowball sampling technique was employed. B. Control Sample Survey of Small Retailers The original survey of the impact of organized retail outlets on unorganized retailers was conducted only in clusters where organized retailers have been established. As a follow up to this survey, a survey was planned in clusters which are similar in profile and character but do not have the presence of organized retailers (control clusters). This survey was undertaken to compare changes in employment, turnover and profit 22 Grocery stores include grocery shops and general stores. Grocery shops deal mainly in grocery items, such as staple food items (rice, atta, wheat, etc.). Other food items, such as grains and flour, cooking oil, ghee, vanaspati, spices, etc. are available in loose. Grocery shops are also called kirana shops. General stores, as the name suggests, deals in variety of general use items used for daily needs. For example, in a general store one can find items, such as toiletries, biscuits and snacks, packaged foods, cosmetics, hosiery and stationary, etc. 100
  • 144. of small retailers and vendors in the unorganized sector in clusters where organized retailers have a presence (treatment clusters) and where they do not have a presence (control clusters). The differences observed between the two samples together help establish the impact of organized retail. The control sample survey was undertaken only in respect of food and grocery organized outlets of different formats covered in the main survey. Given the limitation of time and budget, the control sample survey was conducted in four out of the 10 cities covered in the main survey representing one city from each region. The cities covered were: Delhi (North), Kolkata (East), Hyderabad (South) and Ahmedabad (West). While the two cities (Delhi and Kolkata) selected are the largest cities in their respective regions, the other two cities (Hyderabad and Ahmedabad) are large metro cities with a great deal of presence of organized retail, but are not the largest cities in their respective regions. Secondary data pertaining to the location of organized retail in different cities was gathered and all the organized outlets were mapped. Through this mapping exercise, localities that fall in the catchment areas of organized outlets (one km radius in the case of supermarkets and discount stores, and 5 km in case of hypermarkets) were identified. The same guideline was used in the main sample survey also to identify the catchment areas of organized clusters in respect of supermarkets and discount stores, but in the case of hypermarkets the guideline used was a radius of 10 km which was revised to 5 km in the control sample survey. This was done as a distance of 10 km was considered too large for food and grocery items, which was the only product category covered in the control sample survey. In order to ensure that the retailers covered in the main survey and control sample survey are comparable (which was the main purpose of undertaking the control sample survey), care was taken to ensure that the localities selected for the control sample survey are similar in economic profile of its residents and are in the same geographical region of the respective cities. The same semi-structured Retailer Interview Schedule that was canvassed in the main survey was used in the control sample survey. The only difference between the two surveys was in respect of the reference period for all variables like sales turnover, profit, employment, etc. In the main survey, the reference period for all the historical data on these variables was the month and year of establishment of the organized retail outlet in that cluster. In the control sample survey, as the survey was conducted in clusters where the organized retailers do not exist, the reference period was the same for all the clusters which was “12 months before”. C. Sampling Design: Intermediaries Several layers of trade intermediaries are involved between the producers of goods and the retailers who sell these goods directly to the consumers. Intermediaries are a 101
  • 145. very diverse group in terms of their functions and scale of operations and as such, it is difficult for a small sample survey to statistically represent these heterogeneous groups. Given this challenge, it was decided to represent different types of intermediaries dealing with different commodities or products in different geographical zones by adopting a quota sampling design. Accordingly, a quota of 10 intermediaries was interviewed from each commodity or product group and a total of 100 intermediaries were interviewed from 10 cities covered under the study. The break-up of this sample is as follows: Table 3: Intermediary Sample by Product Group Commodity/ Product Group Targeted Sample Size Cooking oil 10 Rice 10 Wheat 10 Pulses 10 Fruit 10 Vegetables 10 Package consumers products 30 Apparels 10 Total 100 However, the actual sample of 100 intermediaries comprises more than 10 respondents in respect of many categories as some of the intermediaries were engaged in trading of more than one commodity or product category. Broadly, the following categories of trade intermediaries were covered in the survey: (i) commission agents; (ii) miller/traders; (iii) regional wholesalers; (iv) C & F agents; (v) wholesalers; (vi) local commission agents; (vii) stockists; (viii) distributors; and (ix) authorized dealers. The results based on the survey ought to be treated only as indicative and not as conclusive evidence, given the limitations cited above. It must be stated that the quota sampling is widely practised in survey research. The quota sampling method has been used, given the limitation of time, resources, and lack of adequate and reliable knowledge on the number of intermediaries. D. Sampling Design: Consumers at Organized and Unorganized Outlets As consumers are a major stakeholder category in the expansion of organized retail, a consumer survey was planned as an integral part of the present impact assessment study. To assess the impact of organized retail network on consumers, exit interviews were conducted with the consumers at the sampled 100 organized outlets across 10 study cities. A separate survey was also conducted at one or two of the sampled unorganized outlets in each cluster. Exit interviews were preferred over household surveys as it is difficult to locate households who have made purchases from the sampled organized clusters (as the catchment’s area extends over a large area). Moreover, there could be a poor or inaccurate recall if the actual incidence of purchase occurred long before the date of 102
  • 146. the interview. Exit interviews are reliable, easy to implement, and are widely used in surveys of this nature. In order to capture adequate information about the products purchased and savings made if any from purchasing at organized outlets, only consumers who have spent at least Rs. 100/- at the organized outlet in the present visit were included in the sample. Five consumers were interviewed from each sampled organized outlet adopting the systematic random sampling procedure. Every fifth consumer exiting from the shop was interviewed provided he or she has made a purchase of Rs. 100/- and above. Wherever the selected respondent was found to be ineligible on this criterion, he or she was replaced with the next eligible respondent. Unlike in the case of consumers at organized outlets, no minimum purchase value was stipulated for eligibility in the case of consumers interviewed at the unorganized outlets. As the number of consumers visiting unorganized outlets is not large, every alternate consumer visiting the shop for making a purchase was interviewed (visitors who did not make any purchase, however, were not included in the sample). In total 1,010 consumers were interviewed, of which 505 consumers were interviewed at the unorganized outlets, and 505 consumers were interviewed at the organized retail outlets. Survey of Consumers at Fruit and Vegetable Vendors The above consumer survey did not cover consumers shopping at unorganized fruit and vegetable outlets. An additional survey of consumers through exit interviews was done for 308 consumers shopping at food and vegetable shops and hawkers in nine cities (all 10 cities covered in the earlier surveys minus Kochi.) E. Farmer Survey: Sampling Design Improved crop value realization for farmers is often cited as the major benefit of direct procurement of produce from farmers by organized retailers. The present study seeks to examine this phenomenon. Subsequent to the value-chain assessment undertaken in Bangalore, Karnataka for cauliflower, it was decided that this would be studied in detail. The universe of farmers in India is quite large and extensive. Identifying a statistically significant sample is almost impossible. Therefore it was thought appropriate to identify just one area and look at only one product and undertake a case study. Cauliflower is a commonly consumed vegetable across all parts of India. An average cauliflower cultivation cycle, from land preparation before sowing to harvest, is 120 days. Cauliflower is not a seasonal vegetable, but is sensitive to climate. Cool weather is most suited for the cultivation of cauliflower. Good irrigation facilities are also required, since the vegetable requires moist soil. Owing to these precise specifications required for the cultivation of the vegetable, there are bound to be obvious quality differentiations. While cauliflower is grown in many parts of India, Bangalore’s climatic conditions are conducive for the crop to be raised all through the year. 103
  • 147. 23 An extensive reconnaissance was conducted over two field trips in Bangalore and Hoskote. Hoskote is situated 25 km from Bangalore and is one of the main vegetable, and specifically cauliflower, growing areas. A couple of years ago, Hoskote was considered to be the outskirts of the city. But, with the city growing as a result of the 24 IT boom and escalating property prices, Hoskote is now part of the city. 25 Many organized retailers, Spencer’s, Reliance and Fabmall, to name a few, have their collection centres at Hoskote, all within 2-3 km of each other. Even though the 26 Hoskote Taluk includes a little over 200 villages, the catchment area for the study was intentionally restricted to villages within a 20 km radius of the collection centres, in order to dispense with any geographical bias. The study was implemented in two stages. Over the two field trips an attempt was made to collate information on the following fronts: • Contact all organized retailers within our catchment area and collate information on their procurement practice. • Put together a list of farmers from whom, or the list of villages from where cauliflower is procured. • Find out the various marketing channels available for cauliflower. • Interview each person in the respective marketing channels to understand their role and the value additions that they bring to the chain. • Interview farmers selling to organized retailers either directly or through a consolidator and farmers selling through other channels to capture in detail their costs of cultivation and transaction. Once this was completed, a value-chain analysis was carried out and a detailed questionnaire was prepared for the survey to be conducted, and thus ended the first stage of analysis. The second stage of the study involved an extensive survey executed in the same area. The survey was to be conducted in Hoskote under similar conditions as that of those chosen for the value-chain analysis. The survey began by first interviewing those farmers who were selling to organized retailers either directly or through a consolidator. Subsequently, farmers using other channels were also identified in the same villages as where farmers selling to organized retailers lived, and were interviewed. A total of 197 farmers were interviewed within the 20 km stipulated radius to obtain a reasonable representation of all marketing channels. While the emphasis of the value-chain analysis was to capture in detail the costs of production of the farmer and the value additions brought in by each player, the aim of the survey was to capture in detail the profile of the farmer, the cultivation practices and the costs of transaction incurred in each marketing channel. The survey also tried to capture any qualitative advantages that the farmer might benefit from. 23 May 23, 2007 to May 27, 2007 & June 12, 2007 to June 16, 2007. 24 The new airport for Bangalore is constructed in the vicinity. As a result, property prices at Hoskote have multiplied over the last year or two. 25 Soon to be renamed “More” post after its acquisition by the Aditya Birla Group. 26 A sub-division of a district.
  • 148. 104
  • 149. Annex 5: Syndicate Bank’s Small Credit Scheme Linked to Pigmy Deposits (“SyndSmallCredit”) (A new scheme for providing financial assistance to entrepreneurs of small means contributing to the deposit scheme “PigmyPlus2007”- Doorstep Banking.) Highlights of the Scheme: • The scheme aims at entrepreneurs of small means, such as manufacturers, retail traders, professional and self-employed persons, artisans and those engaged in making handicrafts, village/ cottage industries, and other non-farm income- generating activities. • The facility is available at all the branches where “PigmyPlus2007” scheme is in operation, in clusters of not less than 50 accounts in an area. • Need based credit of above Rs. 25000/-, subject to a maximum of Rs. 1.50 lakh per borrower. A component up to 30 per cent of the total limit is included for necessities, such as consumption/ contingencies and repayment of high-cost private debt. • No collateral security: only hypothecation of assets created out of a bank loan, lien on “PigmyPlus2007” account and a creditworthy third-party guarantee. • Easy repayment at the convenience of the borrowers: the repayment is linked to day-to-day contributions towards “PigmyPlus2007” account, at the doorstep of the customer. • Contributions towards Pigmy can be at the convenience of the customer. It is not fixed. • Ballooning of equated monthly installments (EMIs) facilitating the customer to repay smaller installments in the beginning when the income level is low and gradually higher installments by the time the income level gets improved. Repayment period spread over 60 months. The first three months is the repayment holiday. • Except for execution of documents at the branch level, the doorstep banking facility is extended to the customer through Pigmy agents. • The rate of interest is at PLR-0.50 per cent i.e. presently 12.5 per cent per annum. • 1.0 per cent rebate in interest for prompt repayment is provided at the closure of the account. • The Bank collects nominal out-of-pocket expenses @ 3 per cent of the amount set for transferring from “PigmyPlus2007” to the loan account, which includes payment of 2 per cent commission to Pigmy agents. • A step towards comprehensive and wholesome financial inclusion. Source: Syndicate Bank. 105
  • 150. References Abbott, J.C. (1967). The Development of Marketing Institutions. In H.M. Southworth and B.F. Johnston (eds.) Agricultural Development and Economic Growth (pp. 364-399). Ithaca: Cornell University Press. AC Nielsen. 2007. Survey of Consumer's Shopping Behaviour and Perceptions toward Modern & Traditional Trade Channels in Indonesia. Report to the World Bank/Indonesia. Annual Report 2006-07. Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Agriculture & Co- operation, Government of India. Anupindi, R. and S. Ravikumar 2005. ITC’s e-Choupal: A Platform Strategy for Rural Transformation, presented at Business Solutions for Alleviating Poverty (BSAP) Conference, Social Enterprise Initiative, Harvard Business School, December 1- 3. Bakshi, K., D. Roy, and A. Thorat. 2006. Small they may be and Indian farmers they are but export they can: The case of mahagrapes farmers in India. In From plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its implications for the smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New Delhi, by International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC. Berdegué, J.A. 2001. Cooperating to Compete. Peasant Associative Business Firms in Chile. Published doctoral dissertation, Wageningen University and Research Centre, Department of Social Sciences, Communication and Innovation Group. Wageningen, The Netherlands. Berdegué, J.A. F. Balsevich, L. Flores, T. Reardon. 2005. “Central American supermarkets' private standards of quality and safety in procurement of fresh fruit and vegetables,” Food Policy, Vol 30 Issue 3, June: 254-269. Birthal, P.S., P.K. Joshi, and A. Gulati. 2006. Vertical coordination in high value commodities. In From plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its implications for the smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New Delhi, by International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington DC. Bose, P.R. 2005. Amul mulls setting up 10,000 parlours: May sell fresh, frozen vegetables. Business Line Internet Edition. http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/2005/06/22/stories/2005062201480900. htm 21 (accessed February 4, 2008). Boselie, D. 2002. “Business Case Description: TOPS Supply Chain Project, Thailand”. KLICT International Agri Supply Chain Development Programme. Agrichain Competence Centre, Den Bosch. 106
  • 151. Brom, J.F. 2002. ‘Experiencia Argentina: Relación entre los proveedores y los th Supermercados’. Speech at the 7 Biennial Congress of the Costa Rican Food Industry Chamber of Commerce, Costa Rica, June. Brom, J.F. 2006. Autoregulación Privada vs. Regulación Estatal, Experiencia Argentina e Internacional: Los Códigos De Buenas Prácticas como Metodología Efectiva para Resolver Controversias y Prevenir Conflictos Originados en Asimetrías de Poder. Masters Thesis in International Relations, Universidad de Belgrano, Argentina. September. Business Line. 2007. ITC to take retail biz to doorsteps of customers. February 7. Cabochan, C.V. 2005. “Philippines: Modern Retail Trade and Policy Implications”. Paper presented at the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council’s (PECC) Pacific food System Outlook Annual Meeting, held 11-13 May 2005 in Kunming, China. Chakravarty, C. 2007. A hit? Safal’s sarson sag: Retailer cuts prices of 13 vegetables to Rs 5/kg. Economic Times. November 20. Chakravarty, C., and B. Kurian. 2007. Bharti eyes Big Apple as starter for retail feast. Economic Times. December 24. China Resources Enterprise. 2002. “Retailing Strategies and Execution Plan, July 2002”, posted on website of China Resources Enterprise, Limited, Hong Kong. CIES Food Business Forum. 2002. “Wu-mart,” CIES Food Business Forum, no paging. CIES Food Business Forum. 2006a, June. “Foreign retailers pursue small-format investment in Thailand,” CIES Food Business News, June. CIES Food Business Forum. 2006b, July 17. “Freeze on hypermarket licenses in Malaysia may be lifted,” CIES News of the Day, no paging. CIES Food Business Forum. 2006c, October 4. “Retailers faced with prison/fines in Thailand,” CIES News of the Day, no paging. Coca-Cola Retailing Research Council Asia. 2005. The Fresh Imperative: Creating Excellence in Asian Fresh Food Retailing. Study by Accenture, commissioned by Coca-Cola Retailing Research Council. Commerce and Industry Ministry. 2007. India Retail Report 2007. Delhi: Commerce and Industry Ministry, January. 107
  • 152. CRISIL Research, 2007. Organized food retailing can increase rural income, cut inflation – Resultant increase in rural spending can boost GDP, Insight in Industry, June. Deloitte-Stores 2007. 2007 Global Powers of Retailing, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu and Stores Magazine. Desai, A. 1999. The Price of Onions, Penguin Books, India. Digal, L.N. and S.B. Concepcion. 2004. “The Case of the Philippines – Regoverning Markets: Securing Small Producer Participation in Restructured National and Regional Agrifood Systems”. <www.regoverningmarkets.org> (accessed 10 June 2004) Dries, L. and T. Reardon. 2005. Central and Eastern Europe: Impact of Food Retail Investments on the Food Chain, London: FAO Investment Centre – EBRD Cooperation Programme, Report Series no. 6, February. Dries, L. and J. Swinnen. 2004. Foreign Direct Investment, Vertical Integration and Local Suppliers: Evidence from the Polish Dairy Sector. World Development 32(9), 1525-1544. Economic Survey 2006-07. Government of India. Faiguenbaum, S., J.A. Berdegué and T. Reardon. 2002. “The Rapid Rise of Supermarkets in Chile: Effects on Dairy, Vegetable, and Beef Chains,” Development Policy Review, 20 (4), September: 459-471 Financial Express. 2007. Mayawati: Retail to open to RIL. December 25. Fishman, C. 2006. The Wal-mart Effect. Penguin. Goldman, A. 1974. “Outreach of Consumers and the Modernization of Urban Food Retailing in Developing Countries,” Journal of Marketing, 38 (4), October: 8- 16. Goldman, A. and W. Vanhonacker. 2006. The Food Retail System in China: Strategic Dilemmas and Lessons for Retail Internationalization/Modernization,” paper presented at the “Globalizing Retail” Conference, July 17-18, University of Surrey. Goldman, A., R. Krider, and S. Ramaswami. 1999. “The persistent competitive advantage of traditional food retailers in Asia: Wetmarkets’ continued dominance in Hong Kong,” Journal of Macromarketing, 19(2): 126-139. Gulati, A. 2007. Organized retail must be competitive and inclusive. Economic Times. September 28. 108
  • 153. Gulati, A. and K. Kanguly. 2007. “Competition among retail giants good,” Economic Times of India, 3 August http://economictimes.indiatimes.com/Opinion/Guest_Writer/Competition_amo ng_retail_giants_good/articleshow/2251975.cms Gupta, K., D. Roy, and H. Vivek. 2006. Do small farmers gain from participation in producers’ organizations? The case of Milkfed Dairy Cooperative in Indian Punjab. In From plate to plough: Agricultural diversification and its implications for the smallholders in India. Submitted to Ford Foundation, New Delhi, by International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington DC. Gutman, G. 1997. Transformaciones recientes en la distribución de alimentos en Argentina, Buenos Aires: Secretaría de Agricultura, Ganadería, Pesca y Alimentación (SAGPyA) and Instituto Interamericano de Cooperación Agrícola (IICA). Headd, Brian 2003. “Redefining Business Success: Distinguish Between Closure and Failure,” Small Business Economics, 21: 51-61, Kluwer Academic Publishers. Hen, N.E. 2007. Speech at the Official Opening of the Singapore Institute of Retail Studies, March 20, Toa Payoh HDB Hub. http://www.mom.gov.sg/publish/momportal/en/press_room/mom_speeches/20 07/20070320-speech_by0.html. Ho, S-C. 2005. “Evolution versus tradition in marketing systems: The Hong Kong Food-Retailing Experience,” Journal of Public Policy and Marketing (24(1), Spring: 90-99. Hu, D., T. Reardon, S. Rozelle, P. Timmer, H. Wang. 2004. “The Emergence of Supermarkets with Chinese Characteristics: Challenges and Opportunities for China’s Agricultural Development,” Development Policy Review, vol. 22, no. 4, Sept.: 557-86. ICICI Property Services-Technopak, 2007. India Retail Real Estate: The Read Ahead, An ICICI Property Services – Technopak White Paper, 2007-08. Khanna T., et al. 2006. METRO Cash & Carry, Harvard Business School, Case Study No. N1-707-505, December 15. Kinsey, J. 2004. “Supply Chain Innovations in the US Retail Sector,” Presentation at the International Conference “Supermarkets and Agricultural Development in China: Opportunities and Challenges,” Shanghai, May 24-25. Jadhav, R. 2008. “Maharashtra government not averse to idea of direct marketing”. Times of India. January 1.TNN Lee, J-H. and T. Reardon. 2005. Forward Integration of an Agricultural Co-operative into the Supermarket Sector: The Case of Hanaro Club in Korea. Joint Working Paper, Department of Industrial Economics, Chung-Ang University, 109
  • 154. Seoul, Korea, and Department of Agricultural Economics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, March. Levenstein, H.A. 1988. Revolution at the Table: The Transformation of the American Diet, New York: Oxford University Press. Manalili, N.M. 2005. The Changing Map of the Philippine Retail Food Sector: The Impact on Trade and the Structure of Agriculture and The Policy Response. Presentation at the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council’s Pacific Food System Outlook 2005-6, Annual Meeting in Kun Ming, China, May 11-13. Mattoo, A., D. Mishra, and A. Narain. 2007. From competition at home to competing abroad: A case study of India’s horticulture. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Metro Group. 2007. Existing Trader Approaches. Powerpoint. Ministry of Commerce (China). 2006. The 200 Markets Upgrading Programme. Memorandum 2006-42, Beijing. Morgan Stanley Research. 2006. The Retail Revolution – Part I: The Macro Story, India Economics, November 22. Mutebi, Alex M. 2007. Regulatory Responses to Large-format Transnational Retail in South-east Asian Cities, Urban Studies, vol. 44, No. 2, 357-379, February. Natawidjaja, R., T. Reardon., and S. Shetty, with T.I. Noor, T. Perdana, E. Rasmikayati, S. Bachri, and R. Hernandez. 2007. Horticultural Producers and Supermarket Development in Indonesia. UNPAD/MSU Report published by the World Bank/Indonesia, June. Natawidjaja, R.S., E. Rasmikayati, Kusnandar, D. Purwanto, T. Reardon, and H. Zhi. 2007b. Impact of Agrifood Market Restructuring in Indonesia: Case of Potato Farmers in West Java. Report to Regoverning Markets Program. Padjadjaran University, Bandung. Nestle India Limited. 2006. Annual report 2006. New Delhi. Ooi, G.L. 1991. “Urban policies and retail trends in Singapore,” Urban Studies 28(4): 585-96. Philippines Information Agency (PIA). 2006. Cebu market joins DA "Huwarang Palengke" national winners. Press release. August 31. http://www.pia.gov.ph/Default.asp?m=12&sec=reader&rp=6&fi=p060831.ht m&no=51&date= (accessed February 4, 2008). Planet Retail. 2005. “Consumers Forsake Wetmarkets in Asia,” Daily News by M+M Planet Retail, 7 June. 110
  • 155. Planning Commission. 2004. National Sample Survey. Delhi: Planning Commission. Planning Commission, Government of India, 2006. Towards Faster and More th Inclusive Growth: An Approach to the 11 Five Year Plan, June 14. Reardon, T. and J.A. Berdegué. 2007. The Retail-Led Transformation of Agrifood Systems and its Implications for Development Policies – A Background Paper Prepared for the World Bank’s World Development Report 2008: Agriculture for Development. Rimisp and MSU: January. Reardon, T., J-M. Codron, L. Busch, J. Bingen, and C. Harris. 2001. Global Change in Agrifood Grades and Standards: Agribusiness Strategic Responses in Developing Countries. International Food and Agribusiness Management Review 2 (3), 195-205. Reardon, T., S. Henson, and J. Berdegué. 2007. “Proactive Fast-Tracking’ Diffusion of Supermarkets in Developing Countries: Implications for Market Institutions and Trade,” Journal of Economic Geography 7(4): 1-33. Reardon, T. and R. Hopkins 2006. The Supermarket Revolution in Developing Countries: Policies to Address Emerging Tensions among Supermarkets, Suppliers and Traditional Retailers. The European Journal of Development Research, vol. 18, No. 4, December 2006, pp. 522-545, December, Reardon, T. and C.P. Timmer. 2007. “Transformation of Markets for Agricultural Output in Developing Countries Since 1950: How Has Thinking Changed?” chapter 55 in R.E. Evenson, and P. Pingali. Handbook of Agricultural Economics, 3: Agricultural Development: Farmers, Farm Production and Farm Markets. Amsterdam: Elsevier Press: 2808-2855. Reardon, T., C.P. Timmer, C.B. Barrett, and J. Berdegué. 2003. The Rise of Supermarkets in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. American Journal of Agricultural Economics 85 (5), December, 1140-1146. Rodríguez, E., M. Berges, K. Casellas, R. Di Paola, B. Lupín, L. Garrido, and N. Gentile. 2002. “Consumer Behaviour and Supermarkets in Argentina,” Development Policy Review, 20(4), September: 429-439. Shamsudin, M.N. and J. Selamat. 2005. “Changing Retail Food Sector in Malaysia”. Paper presented at PECC Pacific food System Outlook Annual Meeting, held 11-13 May 2005, Kunming, China. Suryadarma, D., A. Poesoro, S. Budiyati, Akhmadi, and M. Rosfadhila. 2007. Impact of Supermarkets on Traditional Markets and Retailers in Indonesia's Urban Centres, WBDTF-Trade Policy Programme TF056307/TFS54314, Report submitted to The World Bank Office Jakarta, Indonesia. SMERU Research Institute. March. 111
  • 156. Wang, H., X. Dong, S. Rozelle, J. Huang, T. Reardon. 2006. Producing and Procuring Horticultural Crops with Chinese Characteristics: A Case Study in the Greater Beijing Area. Staff Paper 2006-05, Dept. of Agricultural Economics, Michigan State University. Wrigley, N. and M. Lowe. 2002. Reading Retail: A Geographical Perspective on Retailing and Consumption Spaces. London: Arnold. 112
  • 157. LATEST ICRIER’S WORKING PAPERS NO. TITLE AUTHOR YEAR 221 CHINA AND INDIA: A TALE OF PRZEMYSLAW AUGUST TWO TRADE INTEGRATION KOWALSKI 2008 APPROACHES 220 TRADING WITH ASIA’S GIANTS BARRY BOSWORTH AUGUST SUSAN M. COLLINS 2008 AARON FLAAEN 219 INFORMAL VALUES AND SARADINDU BHADURI JULY 2008 FORMAL POLICIES: A STUDY OF JANASHRUTI CHANDRA JAPANESE TECHNOLOGY POLICY AND SIGNIFICANCE FOR INDIA 218 REGIONAL ECONOMIC ARADHNA AGGARWAL JULY 2008 INTEGRATION AND FDI IN SOUTH ASIA : PROSPECTS AND PROBLEMS 217 DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY FOR SURABHI MITTAL JULY 2008 THE HILL DISTRICTS OF GAURAV TRIPATHI UTTARAKHAND DEEPTI SETHI 216 IMPACT OF PROPOSED PRAVAKAR SAHOO JULY 2008 COMMODITY TRANSACTION RAJIV KUMAR TAX ON FUTURES TRADING IN INDIA 215 INDEX OF FINANCIAL MANDIRA SARMA JUNE 2008 INCLUSION 214 MEASURING SUSTAINABILITY PURNAMITA DASGUPTA MAY 2008 WITH MACROECONOMIC DATA SHIKHA GUPTA FOR INDIA 213 DEEPENING INTRAREGIONAL MEENU TEWARI APRIL 2008 TRADE AND INVESTMENT IN SOUTH ASIA THE CASE OF THE TEXTILES AND CLOTHING INDUSTRY 212 CHANGING PARADIGM OF P G RAJAMOHAN APRIL 2008 INDO-JAPAN RELATIONS: DIL BAHADUR RAHUT OPPORTUNITIES AND JABIN T JACOB CHALLENGES 113
  • 158. About ICRIER ICRIER, established in August 1981, is an autonomous, policy-oriented, not-for-profit research institute. We have nurtured our cherished autonomy by establishing an endowment fund, income from which meets all our administration expenses. ICRIER’s offices are located in the prime institutional complex of India Habitat Centre, New Delhi. The prime focus of all our work is to support India’s interface with the global economy. ICRIER’s founding Chairman was Dr. K.B. Lall who led the organization since its inception from 1981 till 1992 when he handed over the Chairmanship to Mr. R.N. Malhotra (1992-1996). He was followed by Dr. I.G. Patel who remained Chairman from 1997 to 2005 until his demise in July 2005. ICRIER’s current Chairperson is Dr. Isher Judge Ahluwalia. Amongst ICRIER’s founding members are: Dr. Manmohan Singh, Dr. C. Rangarajan, Dr. M.S. Swaminathan, Dr. Jagdish Bhagwati, Mr. Montek Singh Ahluwalia. ICRIER conducts thematic research in the following six thrust areas: • Trade, Openness, Restructuring and Competitiveness • WTO-Related Issues • Regional and Bilateral Issues • Financial Liberalization and Integration • Macro-economic Management in an Open Economy • Strategic Aspects of India’s External Relations In addition, ICRIER holds public policy workshops to bring together policy makers, academicians, Union Cabinet Ministers, senior industry representatives, Members of Parliament and media persons to try and forge a consensus on issues of major policy interest. In the effort to better understand global developments and experiences of other economies which have bearing on India’s policies and performance, ICRIER invites distinguished scholars and policy makers from around the world to deliver public lectures on economic themes of interest to contemporary India. ICRIER’s highly qualified core team of researchers includes several PhDs from reputed Indian and foreign universities. At present the team has 20 Senior Economists, 24 Research Associates/Assistants and 29 External Consultants. The team is led by Dr. Rajiv Kumar, D.Phil in Economics from Oxford University and PhD from Lucknow University. 114